Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."


 Your Results - you searched for the keyword Resource Focus Progression 694 Results    

  Sort Results By:

1. Maxfield, L. (2003, September). A working memory explanation for the effects of EMs in EMDR. In N. Smyth (Chair), Recent research evaluating the role of eye movements in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research has consistently demonstrated that performance is degraded when participants engage in two simultaneous tasks that require the same working memory resources. This study tested predictions from working memory theory to investigate the effects of eye movement (EM) on the components of autobiographical memory. In two experiments, 24 and 36 participants, respectively, focused on negative memories while engaging in three dual-attention EM tasks of increasing complexity. Compared to No- EM, Slow-EM and Fast-EM produced significantly decreased ratings of image vividness, thought clarity, and emotional intensity, and the more difficult Fast-EM resulted in larger decreases than did Slow-EM. The effects on emotional intensity were not consistent, with some preliminary evidence that a focus on memory-related thought might maintain emotional intensity during simple dual-attention tasks (Slow-EM, No-EM). The findings of our experiments support a working memory explanation for the effects of EM dual-attention tasks on autobiographical memory. Implications for understanding the mechanisms of action in EMDR are discussed.

Keywords: EMs  Eye Movements  Working Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


2. 福井 義一 [Fukui Yoshikazu]. (2007年3月). 催眠とEMDRの併用と統合的使用(その1)書痙の訴えから母子関係におけるトラウマの再処理へ移行した事例を通して[The combined and integrative use of hypnosis and EMDR (1) From a case study in which treatment focus shifts from graphospasm to reprocessing of mother-child relationship]. 臨床催眠の日本誌、8、55から64 [Japanese Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8, 55-64] .

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Hypnosis  Mother-Child Relationship  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


3. 吉川 久史 , 市井 雅哉 [Yoshikawa Hisashi, and Ichii Masaya]. (2008). 児童養護施設に入所中の児童に対するRDIの効果 [Effect of RDI on children in children's home]. 発達心理臨床研究 14, 57-65 [Development and Clinical Psychology, 14, 57-65].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Keywords: Children  Orphanage  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


4. Koshal, A. (2010, June). The 4-fields-technic in the traumatherapy of complex traumatized and drug-addicted people (in methadone-treatment). In Addictions. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nowadays several international studies demonstrate that the problem of drug-addiction is very often found in combination with complex traumatization in early childhood and youth. (Felitti. 2903; Kufner et al. 2000; Langeland et al. 2006; Schmidt, 2000 etc.) As we all know PTSD and the other trauma symptoms cause a lot of psychophysical dysregulation. So the psychiatrist Khantrian postulated already 1985 the "self-medication hypothesis of addictive disorders". Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, called this assumed combination of trauma-consequences and drug-addiction, "compensatory strategies aimed at self-regulation" In many years of working with drug-addicted people it became very obvious that a high percentage of this people are using drugs, for example to calm down after being aggressive, may be caused by an argue: or to reduce strong inner tensions; to sleep without nightmares, to alleviate the feeling of helplessness and fear etc. Drugs and alcohol do reduce all the mentioned symptoms for a while. To learn to cope in another, more adaptive way, the addicted people need to learn alternatives strategies for a good functioning self-regulation. After stabilization, the trauma therapy can start, so the patient can reduce some of the sources of psychophysiological dysregulation. Even when the addicted people still get methadone psychotherapy is possible. Practical experience over a long time. started 1990, did show a lot of successful treatments and that methadone does not interfere a traumatherapy. The 4-Fields-Technic is a special method of EMDR that was developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico after a hurricane disaster. Dorothee Lansch modified the group method into a therapy-setting for single persons. For complex traumatized and drug-addicted people this technic is very helpful. The focus is more easy to keep in mind, - in front of the eyes. In the 4-Fields-Technic the patient focuses on a self-painted picture, that represents the worst part of a trauma experience. The patient keeps his focus on this picture, combined with bilateral stimulation, till he feels the picture should be changed. And so the process is going on till finished. The participant will be able to learn: - about the correlation between complex trauma and drug-addiction - that drug-addicted people who get methadone are able to do trauma therapy -the 4-Fieids-Technic as a method to create resources. Psychotherapy and specially psychotraumatherapy with drug-addicted people who are as well in a methadone-treatment is for many therapists still controversial. This presentation will give you an idea how good it can work, based on various case series.

Keywords: 4-Fields-Technic  Complex Trauma  Drug Addiciton  Methodone Treatment  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


5. Sime, W., (2002). Absorption, concentration, dissociation, desensitization, flow and neurofeedback: The essence of Tiger Woods performing optimally focused "In the zone". Winter Brain Meeting.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Absorption that allows an athlete, a surgeon, an astronaut or a musician to get into the Zone, i.e., to block out all distractions unrelated to performance has been assessed by Tellegen, Csikszentmihalyi and others in self-report measures. It occurs relatively rarely at the very highest levels and is very elusive to achieve. Qualitatively speaking, it is the phenomena of being totally immersed in the activity with time moving slowly, senses being sharpened, but pain not recognized. Thoughts and images are clear and controllable while physical performance seems effortless and automatic. To measure this phenomenon accurately and completely is not possible in a dynamic state, but to shape it's appearance and to extend duration is essential in finite psychomotor skills like golf. Physical preparation for performance is mentally grueling and fatiguing. If often results in trance-like, dis-associative and sometimes dissociative states where depersonalization is a valuable technique to block out the intense suffering and pain associated with running, swimming or bicycling. The difficulty in sport is being able to switch in and out of full alertness for some strategic tasks while remaining in the dissociative state for endurance. The experience of flow, absorption and being in the zone is to harness power and ultimately unleash explosive yet finely titrated effort. Concentration is the umbrella concept that also encompasses EMDR. The process of actively shifting eye focus from left to right while striving to hold an image or statement of emotionality is exceedingly difficult and ultimately beyond control. The combination of EMDR with neurofeedback is an innovative intervention that holds potential for greater impact in removing negative images of failed effort or in solidifying the recall of a successful effort. The neurofeedback serves to reinforce the development of greater mental stamina toward intensively focus comparable to zooming in a camera lens thus blocking out distractions and irrelevant stimuli. Enhanced quality of visualization is the desired outcome for the performance enhancement sport psychology consultant and his/her client.

Keywords: Absorption  Concentration  Dissociation  Desensitization  Flow  Neurofeedback  Performance Enhancement  Tiger Woods  The Zone  

Accuracy Verified: No


6. Beccari, A. (2008). Abuso sessuale sui minori: Il sostegno alle giovani vittime [On child sexual abuse: Support for young victims]. Universita Degli Studi di Parma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract: Il filo conduttore di questo report sarà il trauma. La prima parte sarà incentrata sulla definizione di trauma, sulle risposte adattive e su quelle patologiche di fronte ad un evento negativo e sulle variabili individuali e soggettive che determinano nell’individuo un vissuto traumatico. Quest’ultimo aspetto, infatti, sappiamo essere fondamentale per capire la differenza che intercorre tra le diverse reazioni (emotiva, cognitiva e comportamentale) delle persone che si trovano ad essere esposte anche al medesimo evento disturbante. La seconda sezione sarà invece dedicata al trauma dei bambini e alle diverse modalità di condurre un assessment adeguato. La terza parte si concentrerà, nello specifico, sul trauma da abuso sessuale: ne prenderà in considerazione la definizione, le conseguenze a breve e medio-lungo termine nonchè le possibilità di sostegno alle giovani vittime di abuso sessuale intra ed extra familiare. Inoltre verrà trattata una tecnica piuttosto recente dimostratasi efficace nel trattamento del Disturbo Post-traumatico da Stress negli adulti come nei bambini: l’EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing).

The theme of this report is trauma. The first part will focus on the definition of trauma, and those on adaptive responses pathological in the face of a negative event and the individual variables and subjective determine in the individual a traumatic experience. This latter aspect, in fact, we know be crucial to understand the difference between the different reactions (emotional, cognitive and behavioral) of persons who are to be presented on the same event disturbing. The second section will be devoted to the trauma of children and the different modes of conduct a proper assessment. The third part will focus specifically on the trauma of sexual abuse: it will take consider the definitions, the short-and medium-long term as well as the possibility of support for young victims of sexual abuse within and outside the family. also will be treated fairly new technique proved effective in treating the disorder Post-traumatic Stress in adults as in children: EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing).

Keywords: Children  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


7. Lynn, B. (2000, September). Accessing pre-traumatic prenatal experience using EMDR:  Uncovering a powerful resource of equanimity, integration, and self-esteem in the pre-traumatized self. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(3), 6-7.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article is a preliminary report on the remarkable results some of my clients and I have been achieving using EMDR to target prenatal trauma, with a focus on the discovery of an experience of the self prior to any trauma occurring and the enormous healing power that derives from revisiting and reactivating this extraordinarily positive pretraumatic experience. It is with some hesitation that I am reporting my experience with prenatal trauma processing, as I do not wish to be seen as on the fringe or even over the edge by my colleagues. However, I realize that I was able to overcome my prejudices -through examination of the facts- about the nature of prenatal experience, when memory begins, and how it can be accessed. I have found there is a body of scientific investigation and knowledge on prenatal experience and trauma, and that indeed we do experience and are influenced by our environment in the womb. We can learn from such experience, and therefore, can be traumatized prior to birth. The prenatal self can feel and record this experience. I refer the reader to www.birthpsychology.com/resources/ index.html for a list of publications on this matter. The various kinds of pre- and perinatal trauma and the deep healing that results when processed with EMDR will be the object of other articles by myself and Dr. Heather Pearson, who is also investigating this same field. What I intend to focus on here is the discovery of a pre-traumatic experience at the embryonic stage, which I have found to be a remarkably powerful internal resource for healing, already developed and installed, simply requiring reactivation. When I saw the powerful healing results of reactivation of this pre-traumatic experience in a number of relatively “stuck” clients, I felt ethically bound to report this immediately to other clinicians using EMDR so that others may benefit.

Keywords: Prenatal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


8. Lee, C. W., Taylor, G., & Drummond, P. D. (2006, March-April). The active ingredient in EMDR: Is it traditional exposure or dual focus of attention?. Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 13(2), 97-107. doi:10.1002/cpp.479.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Very little is known about the mechanisms that underlie the therapeutic effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). This study tested whether the content of participants' responses during EMDR is similar to that thought to be effective for traditional exposure treatments (reliving), or is more consistent with distancing, which would be expected given Shapiro's proposal of dual process of attention. The responses made by 44 participants with PTSD were examined during their first EMDR treatment session. An independent rater coded these responses according to whether they were consistent with reliving, distancing, or focusing on material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement on a measure of PTSD symptoms occurred when the participant processed the trauma in a more detached manner. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggest that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that covaried with improvement. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Attention  Australians  Cognitive Processes  Empirical Study  Mechanism of Action  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Quantitative Study  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


9. Carbonell, J. L. (2008). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Traumatic incident reduction: Research and results (2nd ed.) (pp. 65-73). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 65] [Pilot]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Neurolinguistic Programming  NLP  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Stressors  Survivors  TIR  Trauma Focus Therapy  Traumatic Incident Reduction  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


10. Carbonell, J. (2005). Active ingredient study: Preliminary findings. In V. R. Volkman, (Ed.), Beyond trauma: Conservations in trauma incident reduction (2nd ed.) (pp. 116-124). Ann Arbor, Michigan: Loving Healing Press .

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In 1994, TIR, V/KD, EMDR, and TFT were investigated through a systematic clinical demonstration (SCD) methodology at Florida State University. This methodology guides the examination but does not test the effectiveness of clinical approaches. Each approach was demonstrated by nationally recognized practitioners following a similar protocol, though their methods of treatment varied. A total of 39 research participants were treated, and results showed that all four approaches had some immediate impact on clients and appear to also have some lasting impact. The paper also discusses the theoretical, clinical, and methodological implications of the study. [Text, p. 116]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Neurolinguistic Programming  NLP  Random Clinical Trial  RCT  Stressors  Survivors  TIR  Trauma Focus Therapy  Traumatic Incident Reduction  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


11. Barreda-Hanson, C. (2012, Septiember). Adaptación del EMDR y terapia breve centrada en el cliente para cambiar percepciones negativas y traumaticas [EMDR adaption of brief client-centered therapy to change negative and traumatic perceptions]. Presentación en la 70 Conferencia Anual del International Council of Psychologist(ICP), Sevilla, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El estrés subsiguiente después de un traumatismo, representa un trastorno disfuncional – tanto interno como externo – que se manifiesta en alteraciones en el reconocimiento cognitivo y en los comportamientos, llevando además asociados síntomas somáticos, afloramiento de problemas inconscientes y ansiedades. Pues una de las características del estrés post-traumático, es precisamente la pérdida de equilibrio entre el mundo interno y externo de quien lo sufre. Por eso, ante la complejidad de las respuestas post-traumáticas, éstas se pueden catalogar en gran medida dentro de las perturbaciones psicopatológicas. El estrés psicológico surge por una situación estresante “real”, externa, tangible y la reacción ante esta difícil experiencia, evoca un conjunto bastante universal y coherente de síntomas y respuestas que provocan reacciones primitivas relacionadas con temores inconscientes ante las amenazas a la vida, que hacen aflorar incipientemente fantasías e impulsos abrumadores. Los resultados son los pensamientos disfuncionales que conducen a las respuestas y a los comportamientos desadaptativos. Objetivos: el taller está diseñado para proporcionar a estudiantes y profesionales de la Psicología – que trabajan o desean trabajar en esta área del trauma y el cambio de comportamientos -, la habilidad para utilizar eficaz y rápidamente intervenciones breves, que puedan poner en practicar incluso en casa. En el taller se estudiará la forma inicial de evaluar, tanto al trauma como a la clientela. Se trabajará la historia del trauma y se profundizará en sus consecuencias y en cómo diseñar las intervenciones breves para hacerles frente. También se centrará en averiguar qué cambios quieren los y las clientes a través de relatos y visualizaciones, utilizando una adaptación de las terapias EMDR y la Solución Enfocada tanto a crear el cambio deseado, como a mantenerlo. En consecuencia el taller es de particular interés para quienes trabajan con personas que han sufrido cualquier tipo de trauma, o quienes perciben acontecimientos de la vida, experiencias, etc. que les afectan de forma negativa en su día a día. También es útil para las personas que sufren de TOC, sobre todo trastornos del pensamiento. Los aspectos más útiles de las dos técnicas que se han adaptado junto con otras innovaciones de la autora, guardan relación con la creación de un ambiente seguro, no-traumático, que actúa rápidamente y que además, se puede realizar en casa sin peligro de consecuencias negativas. Objetivos específicos: 1. Ser capaz de describir e identificar las manifestaciones del trauma. 2. Aprender y describir dos técnicas terapéuticas breves en el tratamiento del trauma 3. Definir una técnica breve terapéutica que puede ser utilizada para fomentar el cambio 4. Destacar el rol del o de la terapeuta durante el tratamiento de los traumatismos 5. Ser capaz de describir, diseñar y establecer metas de la terapia y promover cambios mediante el uso de técnicas de terapia breve. Métodos: la Desensibilización y Reprocesamiento por Movimientos Oculares (EMDR), es un método complejo e integrador de la psicoterapia individual, mediante el que se guía al cliente utilizando un procedimiento para acceder a sus experiencias y resolver sus problemas conductuales y emocionales. El EMDR utiliza elementos de múltiples orientaciones psicoterapéuticas tanto psicodinámicas, como cognitivo- conductuales, enfoques centrados en el cliente, gestalt y bioenergéticos. La premisa subyacente de EMDR es que las experiencias de pánico y ansiedad se procesan de forma diferente por el cerebro que las experiencias habituales. La teoría subyacente es que durante el estrés, la memoria grava en una parte del cerebro responsable de las emociones de modulación (la amígdala) y se cierra temporalmente otra parte del cerebro (el hipocampo), responsable de procesamiento de la memoria normal. La experiencia traumática queda atrapada en el exterior y potencialmente no forma parte del procesamiento normal del cerebro, y el EMDR permite a la persona acceder a la experiencia y transformarla en memoria declarativa en el hipocampo. Con el método EMDR, el hipocampo se puede abrir a las emociones evocadas por la experiencia para que el/la cliente pueda soportarlas mientras se realiza el tratamiento. La distracción y la atención a la estimulación bilateral, desempeñan un importante papel que ayuda al cliente a experimentar las emociones como tolerables. Aunque cómo la distracción bilateral en concreto, facilita el procesamiento de las experiencias dolorosas, sea algo que todavía no se termina de entender. Por otra parte, las Intervenciones Breves de Terapias enfocadas al Cliente se centran en las excepciones del problema, pensando que a continuación se desarrollará un cambio natural en el comportamiento. Es una especie de visión orientada no en las formas tradicionales, sino hacia el futuro, sin profundizar demasiado en la “patología” sino más bien centrándose en lo que el sistema puede hacer para adaptarse a ella, puesto que ambos pueden decidir si esa “patología” es un problema o no lo es. Las Intervenciones de Terapia Breve enfocadas al Cliente se utilizan para resolver una variedad de problemas de comportamientos y actitudes, mediante el uso de los propios recursos de los y las clientes y las observaciones de las estrategias que utilizan para alcanzar los resultados deseados, en sus situaciones vitales habituales. Se trata de una buena técnica para establecer y mantener un contexto de cambio en el que los pequeños, pero útiles cambios, se anticipan y se buscan. En definitiva, la combinación de ambas técnicas con algunas variaciones desarrolladas por la Dra. Barreda-Hanson, han demostrado ser una herramienta poderosa para mejorar la respuesta al tratamiento en un período de tiempo más corto, teniendo también la ventaja de permitir practicar los ejercicios en casa. Aplicaciones: la aplicación habitual del EMDR ha sido el tratamiento de trastornos emocionales relacionados con eventos muy perturbadores o traumáticos. Pero también se usa para trabajar síntomas preocupantes como la ansiedad, la depresión, la culpa y la ira. E igualmente, se puede utilizar para mejorar recursos emocionales tales como la confianza y la autoestima. Procedimientos: - El taller se impartirá en español y el alumnado recibirá amplios folletos complementarios. - Se realizará en una única jornada, en sesión de mañana para teoría y de tarde para prácticas, trabajando cada modelo por separado. - Se espera que quienes asistan lleven una cuestión-problema sobre la que trabajar utilizando las diversas técnicas, pues aunque se utilizarán múltiples ej. de casos reales, se alentará a quienes participen a traer sus propias experiencias e ideas para debatir y trabajar sobre ellas.

The subsequent stress after trauma represents a dysfunctional disorder - internal and external - that is manifested in alterations in cognitive recognition and behavior, besides being associated somatic symptoms outcrop unconscious problems and anxieties. As one of the characteristics of post-traumatic stress, is the loss of balance between internal and external world of the sufferer. Therefore, given the complexity of post-traumatic responses, they can be categorized largely into psychopathological disturbances. Psychological stress arises from a stressful situation "real" external, tangible and reaction to this difficult experience, quite evokes a universal and consistent set of symptoms that cause reactions and responses primitive unconscious fears related to threats to life, which bring out fantasies and impulses incipiently overwhelming. The results are the thoughts that lead to dysfunctional responses and maladaptive behaviors. Objectives: The workshop is designed to provide students and psychology professionals - who work or want to work in this area of ​​trauma and behavior change - the ability to quickly and efficiently use brief interventions, which may put in practice even in house. The workshop will explore how to evaluate initial both trauma as to clients. It will work history of trauma and its consequences will deepen and how design brief interventions to address them. It will also focus on finding out what changes customers want and through stories and views, using an adaptation of EMDR therapy and Solution Focused both to create the desired change, and to keep it. Thus the workshop is of particular interest to those working with people who have suffered any kind of trauma, or who perceive life events, experiences, etc.. that negatively affect them in their day to day. Also useful for persons suffering from OCD, especially disorders of thought. The most useful of the two techniques that have adapted along with other innovations of the author, are related to the creation of a safe, non-traumatic, acting quickly and also can be done at home without fear of consequences negative. Specific objectives: 1. Be able to describe and identify the manifestations of trauma. 2. Learn and describe two brief therapeutic techniques in the treatment of trauma 3. Define a short therapeutic technique that can be used to promote change 4. Outline the role of the therapist or during treatment of injuries 5. Be able to describe, design and establish goals of therapy and promote change through the use of brief therapy techniques. Methods: Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement (EMDR), is a complex and inclusive method of individual psychotherapy, which is guided by the client using a procedure to access their experiences and address their behavioral and emotional problems. The EMDR uses multiple elements of both psychodynamic psychotherapeutic approaches as cognitive-behavioral, client-centered approaches, gestalt and bioenergy. The underlying premise of EMDR is that experiences panic and anxiety are processed differently by the brain than normal experiences. The underlying theory is that during stress, gravel memory part of the brain responsible for emotions modulation (amygdala) and temporarily closes another part of the brain (hippocampus), responsible for normal memory processing. The trapped traumatic experience abroad and potentially not part of the normal brain processing, and EMDR allows people access to the experience and transform it into declarative memory in the hippocampus. With EMDR, the hippocampus can be opened to the emotions evoked by the experience that he / the client is able to bear while performing the treatment. Distraction and attention to bilateral stimulation, play an important role to help the client to experience emotions as tolerable. Although bilateral distraction how specifically facilitates the processing of painful experiences, is something that is not yet fully understood. Moreover, brief interventions focused Customer Therapies focus on the exceptions of the problem, thinking that then will develop a natural change in behavior. It is a kind of non-oriented view on traditional forms, but to the future, without going too deeply into the "pathology" but rather focus on what the system can do to adapt to it, since both can decide whether this "pathology "is a problem or not. Brief therapy interventions focused Customer are used to solve a variety of problem behaviors and attitudes, using their own resources and comments from customers and the strategies used to achieve the desired results in their situations normal life. This is a good technique to establish and maintain a context of change in that small but useful changes, anticipate and seek. In short, the combination of both techniques with some variations developed by Dr. Barreda Hanson, have proved a powerful tool for improving the response to therapy in a shorter period of time, having also the advantage of allowing in practice exercises house. Applications: the routine application of EMDR has been the treatment of emotional disorders associated with very disturbing or traumatic events. But also used to work worrying symptoms such as anxiety, depression, guilt and anger. And also, can be used to enhance emotional resources such as confidence and self-esteem. Procedures: - The workshop will be taught in Spanish and students will receive extensive additional brochures. - Will be held in a single day, in morning session and afternoon theory to practice, working each model separately. - Who are expected to attend with a question-problem on which to work using various techniques, for example, although multiple use. real cases, those involved are encouraged to bring their own experiences and ideas to discuss and work on them.

Keywords: Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


12. Fisher, J. A. (2000, November). Adapting EMDR techniques in the treatment of dysregulated or dissociative patients. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Annual Meeting, San Antonio, Texas.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Since its inception, EMDR [Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing] has been understood by both clinicians and patients as a powerful vehicle for processing traumatic experience but one to be undertaken only when the patient has achieved some degree of stabilization (Shapiro, 1992). In DID and DDNOS patients, that baseline stability is also supposed to include a level of internal communication and consensus that would permit cooperation between parts of self about how to tolerate the memory processing and how to re-stabilize afterward. However, as any clinician who works with this population knows, some dissociative disorder patients never achieve that degree of internal coherence, and some have a long, rocky, tumultuous, exhausting road to travel before they get there. Faced with the DID or DDNOS patient who cannot tolerate affect or associations to traumatic memories; who cannot control switching, get grounded, or resolve internal struggles over power and control; who is unable to manage selfdestructive impulses; who cannot differentiate past and present experience; who is even unable to tolerate Resource Development (Korn & Leeds, 2002) or create a Safe Place inside—is there any way that EMDR can be helpful?

Keywords: Dissociation  Dysregulation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


13. Knipe, J. (2010, July). Adaptive information processing as a guiding framework for the treatment of addictive disorders and addictive behavior patterns. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Within our field, the term “addiction” has been used to describe not only chemical dependence but also entrenched, selfdefeating behavior patterns. Either type of addiction may develop in the context of traumatic experience. An impulse to engage in addictive behavior can be thought of as a part of a dysfunctionally-stored memory network connected with traumatic events. In this workshop, an Adaptive Information Processing model of addiction will be presented, including guidelines for treatment planning, preparation, resource installation, urge reduction, and (when necessary) transformation of the addict “identity.” The content of the presentation will be illustrated with video examples.

Keywords: Addictions  Addictive Behaviors  Addictive Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


14. Schubert, S., & Lee, C. W. (2009). Adult PTSD and its treatment with EMDR: A review of controversies, evidence, and theoretical knowledge. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 117-132. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.117.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article provides an overview of selective issues relating to adult posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and its treatment with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). The article begins by providing a historical overview of PTSD, and debates about the etiology and definition of PTSD are discussed. The most predominant theories of PTSD are summarized by highlighting how they have evolved from traditional behavioral accounts based on the assumption that PTSD is an anxiety disorder to theories that now incorporate information-processing models. This article then examines the development of EMDR and the corresponding body of research that clearly demonstrates its efficacy for the treatment for adult PTSD. The underlying mechanisms of EMDR are discussed, with a focus on the importance of the eye movement component and how the therapeutic processes in EMDR differ from those of traditional exposure therapy. Finally, the adaptive information-processing (AIP) model that underlies EMDR is outlined, and evidence for the model is summarized. The article concludes by suggesting future research based on questions raised about PTSD and its treatment with EMDR when the AIP model is compared to other information-based theories of PTSD.

Keywords: Adult  Mechanism of Action  Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


15. Laliotis, D. (2000, September). Advance applications of cognitive interweave and resource development in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) enhance their ability to facilitate the client's processing with EMDR by broadening their repertoire of cognitive interweaves; 2) identify a variety of clinical situations where interweaves and resource development can be applied during the course of an EMDR session; 3) develop a greater understanding of the different kinds of cognitive interweaves that can be used in those clinical situations; 4) apply cognitive interweave and resource development to faclitate closure of an EMDR session and towards the creation of future templates; and 5) to develp a greater sense of how and when to intervene during a client's processing.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


16. Laliotis, D. (2001, June). Advanced applications of cognitive interweave and resource installation of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop offers a conceptual framework for systematically applying cognitive interweave. Special emphasis is placed on learning to identify clinical situations where interweaves and resource installation can be applied before, during, and after a session.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


17. Dworkin, M. (2008, September). Advanced clinical strategies for clients with complex PTSD and dissociation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex PTSD and dissociation present many challenges. The neurosciences have helped us to begin to understand and deal with them through a recent clarification of mirror neurons and associated neural structures in both the clinician and client. Concepts from the Boston Change Process Study Group and ego state therapy provide methods of analyzing and intervening in the “microprocesses” that occur in treatment. Hoppenwasser’s concept of “dissociative attunement” challenges thinking about the “multiple self states” both clinician and client operate from. Her ideas push us to rethink current conceptualizations of relatedness. Participants will learn how to deal with ruptures in positive empathy that may result in the history taking, assessment, and desensitization phases. In the preparation phase, participants learn to use the therapeutic relationship as an additional resource for containment. Concepts of dyadic regulation of affect, now moments and moments of meeting will be taught to deal with ruptures to the therapeutic relationship throughout treatment. Dealing productively with countertransference ruptures poses additional challenges. Participants will learn a strategy called the “relational interweave”. Its function is to restore EMDR processing when an interpersonal “event” has temporarily derailed the work. A practicum using Dworkin’s Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be held in the afternoon part of the workshop to enhance learning this strategy.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress DIsorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


18. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four. Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile. Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.

Keywords: Advanced Techniques  Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


19. Giannantonio, M., Guzzi, R., Fernandez, I., & Ziveri, D. (2003, May). Advances in EMDR research – Qualitative analysis of EMDR – Efficacy for PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research on the efficacy of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD has concentrated its focus mostly on the measurement of quantitative variables. This approach facilitates the application of effective procedures of statistical analysis and the comparison of EMDR efficacy with other treatments. Conversely, important information is not reported like the different levels of efficacy in relation to individual characteristics. During this presentation, through the thorough discussion of 3 experimental cases treated with EMDR, we will review how different analysis tools (clinical interviews, biofeedback measures, tests, self-report, etc.) show evidence of different features of EMDR efficacy. The positive results achieved with EMDR treatment with these three subjects will be compared through biofeedback measures and self-administered tests.

Keywords: Efficacy  Qualitative Analysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


20. Taylor, S. (2004, July). Advances in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Cognitive-behavioral perspectives.. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Company.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Are behavioral and cognitive-behavioral therapies sufficiently broad in their effects on trauma-related psychopathology and related factors? This volume considers many of the complexities in treating PTSD, and emphasizes evidence-based approaches to treatment. A useful resource for clinicians, trainees, as well as investigators doing research into the treatment of PTSD.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


21. Boodman, S. G. (2004, June 29). All in the head:  Three approaches to mental health treatment that stretch the boundaries – and, sometimes, credulity. Washington, DC: The Washington Post, Health, F1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Imagine being able to quickly banish phobias by rhythmically tapping on various body parts. How about a painless treatment that eliminates depression by exerting gentle pressure on a patient's shoulders or torso? What if it were possible to overcome attention- deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) by having a child focus on a computer image that retrains his brain waves?

Keywords: General  Overview  Wasington, DC  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


22. Rogers, S. (1998). An alternative interpretation of “intensive” PTSD treatment failures. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 11(4), 769-775. doi:10.1023/A:1024401601800.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
An evaluation of program failures in the treatment of combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder has led some reviewers to conclude that the focus of treatment should be shifted away from combat trauma and directed toward other problems. A more detailed examination of these programs reveals that they rarely involve the systematic use of the most soundly-validated PTSD treatment, trauma-focused therapy.

Keywords: Exposure  Outcome  Treatment Program  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


23. Miller, E. (1992, December). Anorexia, body image, and self-acceptance. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 2.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
From the ages of 6 to 13, Melody, who was a gymnast, practiced 6 to 8 hours per day and was thin, lean, and wiry. She cut back on her athletics to focus on schoolwork, but by her senior year in high school had begun a dietary regimen to try to regain her 13 year-old body. This was a goal that seemed healthy in her mind, had been promoted as healthy by her exercise-addicted family, and was the image she saw paid homage to in the media.

Keywords: Acceptance  Anorexia  Body Image  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


24. Hartung, J. (2008, Novembro). Aplicações de EMDR para o desenvolvimento de recursos, melhoria de desempenho e treinamento [Applications of EMDR to resource development, performance enhancement, and coaching]. Apresentação no II Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract: The traditional focus of psychotherapists (and their clients) has been on pathology and symptom reduction. Professional therapists are becoming increasingly interested in applications of psychotherapeutic principles to prevention, growth, and other examples of what is being generically called “positive psychology”. EMDR clinicians, like other psychotherapists, are seeking more positive ways to practice, both to increase the services they offer, and to redefine themselves professionally. A focus on performance enhancement and coaching are two examples of how clinicians can offer services beyond symptom reduction. A model for using EMDR in positive applications, pilot tested in several countries, will be presented and demonstrated. The EMDR phases will be reconsidered in light of this positive focus: history taking has a greater focus on solutions; the safe place will be discussed as a tool for developing more specific and relevant resources; the TICES acronym will be expanded to include behavior and the therapy relationship; and greater flexibility will be suggested between the parallel processes of desensitization (of the traumatic past) and installation (of the positive future). This last comment relies on the assumption that participants are already skilled in the use of EMDR as a preferred treatment of trauma. The model to be presented has been successfully field tested in several countries in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.

Keywords: Coaching  Performance Enhancement  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


25. Hase, M. (2004, June). Application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on severe posttraumatic stress disorder following a single traumatic event in elderly psychiatric patients. In single trauma and grief (L. Cornil, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Single traumatic events can lead to severe posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) with serious effects on some and psyche as well as on social functioning. Often our focus in diagnostics is limited on obvious traumatic experiences according to the ICD-10 or DSM-IV criteria of what a traumatic event should be. But trauma can be variant or masked by somatic illness or comorbid psychiatric disorder. Beside the straightforward PTSD cases, the clinician should pay attention to comorbidity and the effect of dysfunctionally stored, incompletely processed information in a variety of patients. PTSD seems to be underdiagnosed in elderly patients. This paper, as part of the symposium on the treatment of single traumatic events using EMDR, has it foundation in clinical practice and gives evidence on the importance if diagnosing for PTSD and applying appropriate treatment especially EMDR, in the subgroup of elderly patients. Two case examples of PTSD following a single traumatic event in the course of depressive illness and the course somatic illness illustrate important principles and give evidence of the successful application of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD following a single traumatic event with elderly patients. The guidelines for good clinical practice in the treatment of PSTD following a single traumatic event regarding EMDR standard protocol and procedural rules will be outlines. In some respects EMDR treatment has to be adapted to the special demands of the elderly. Some ideas will be formulated and discussed. The aim of the presentation is to encourage the clinician in engaging in active treatment of the sequelae of single traumatic events in general and specially to apply EMDR with elderly patients, hereby stimulating research on the application of EMDR with the elderly, a hitherto often neglected subgroup of patients.

Keywords: Elderly  Grief  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Single Trauma  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


26. De Divitiis, A. M. (2010, June). Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in delivery preparation in order to prevent post partum depression. In Female issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
According to the latest statistical evidence Post-Partum Depression develops in approximately 13% of women during the second -third month after childbirth with symptoms lasting between few weeks and a year and risks of relapse. Unlike the Baby Blues (affecting 70% of mothers, with onset in the 3'd - 6" day after delivery and spontaneous recovery within approximately two weeks), likely to be caused basically by hormone modifications in the immediate aftermath of childbirth. PPD development would seem to be solely determined by psychological factors: the experience of childbirth, the surfacing of unresolved problems in the relationships with attachment figures, the change in the woman's role both in the social sphere and within the couple relationship, the fear of being unable to adequately attend to the new responsibilities (both in terms of skills and of the ability to cope with the additional workioad), etc. Consequently, women experiencing childbirth as a traumatic experience are more destabilized by the event, and therefore. at a higher risk of developing PPD. Childbirth requires the deployment of many personal resources. A woman in labor must be able to bear the pain, while having to "push", 1.e. contrast the automatic antalgic reaction (which would close the delivery channel) and "meeting the pain", during the "expulsion" phase. Considering that "Peak Performances" require moving out of a person's comfort zone and stretching a person's boundaries, childbirth experience can be rightfully considered a "Peak Performance". This work describes RDI application times and modes during Delivery Preparation in order to strengthen the different personal resources needed by pregnant women to experience her childbirth as an ego syntonic experience. In this sense, RDI associated with EMDR can be considered an actual Primary Prevention intervention, capable of teaching women something positive about themselves, thus effectively offsetting the onset of PPD. Furthermore the results of the application of this technique collected during the Post-Partum phase on 48 women will be discussed. Learning objectives: 1 identification of the specific issues predisposing the development of PTSD due to Childbirth and of Post-Partum Depression. 2. Framing Childbirth as a Peak Performance. 3 Learning RDI (Resource Development and Installation) application through Bilateral Stimuli during Delivery Preparation Courses.

Keywords: Delivery Preparation  Female Issues  Resource Development and Installation  RDI  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


27. Lansch, D. (2010, June). Application of the Four-Fields-Technique in treatment of a patient with dissociative disorder (case report). In Complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The treatment of complex traumatized patients is difficult. Especially during long term treatments it is not easy for the chronically traumatized individuals to tolerate the exhausting confrontation with the trauma during the EMDR standard procedure. On the other hand they have often problems to recognize the severity of what happened to them. Many have problems with their compromised feelings of self-worth. Those and other clinical problems are the reason to look for alternative EMDR techniques. The Four-Field-Technique. one of the techniques of EMDR. could be a good approach to solve some of these problems. It was developed by Jarero et al, as a group protocol which followed the 8 phases of the standard EMDR protocol (STDP). Different from the STDP is that the moment of greatest distress is drawn on a sheet of paper (after drawing a resource image before and installing it with (bilateral: butterfly hugs. Different from the group protocol patients some benefit greatly from the individual application of the technique. In this lecture the long term treatment of a patient with a dissociative disorder is reported. Thereby the different phases of trauma treatment will be demonstrated via spates of pictures. The four field- technique itself will be explained as well as the difference to the standard protocol of EMDR as the patient experienced.

Keywords: Case Report  Dissociative Disorder  Four-Fields-Technique  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


28. Vos, S. M. (2005, December). An application of the transtheoretical model to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. University of Stellenbosch. doi:10019.1/2938 .

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study demonstrates the use of the transtheoretical model in the context of sexual trauma in middle childhood. Exploring contemporary literature I found that there is no literature in South Africa available on this topic. It was not until 1997 that the transtheoretical model was implemented internationally with regard to sexual abuse. Taking this in consideration, I realised that there was much scope for exploring, discovering and reflecting on the transtheoretical model and its use within the boundaries of childhood sexual trauma. A qualitative case study within the social constructivist/interpretive paradigm, was chosen as research design. The study involved a participant in middle childhood. Elna (pseudonym) was selected from referrals from the Child Protection Unit of the South African Police Services to the Unit for Educational Psychology at Stellenbosch. The reason for referring Elna to the Unit was because of the negative and diverse effects sexual trauma had on her life story. The study explores the transtheoretical model and the appropriateness thereof as alternative treatment model in a case of sexual trauma, as well as insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Data was collected by means of interviews and therapy sessions during which Narrative therapy, EMDR, sandtray therapy (used in a narrative context) and art therapy techniques were used in an integrated manner. The data was analysed by means of interpreting codes, categories and themes. The study concluded with a discussion of the findings and a reflection on the impact the use of the transtheoretical model had on me as a research-therapist-in-training. The literature review and the findings of this research suggest that the transtheoretical model can be applied effectively to a case of sexual trauma in middle childhood. The use of the model also gives insight into progression of the client in the therapeutic process. Thesis (MEdPsych (Educational Psychology)--University of Stellenbosch, 2005.

Keywords: Narrative Therapy  South Africa  Transtheoretical Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


29. De Divitiis, A. M. (2008, Novembre). Applicazione dello sviluppo e installazione delle risorse (RDI) nella psicoprofilassi al parto finalizzata alla prevenzione delle depressione post partum (DPP) [Application of resource development and installation (RDI) in psychoprophylaxis geared to the prevention of postpartum depression(DPP)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dagli ultimi dati statistici risulta che la Depressione Post Partum viene sviluppata da circa il 13% delle puerpere nel corso del secondo – terzo mese successivi al parto e la durata dei sintomi varia da qualche settimana ad un anno, con rischi di recidiva. A differenza del Baby Blues (colpisce il 70% delle puerpere, insorge in III – VI giornata e si risolve spontaneamente nell’arco di un paio di settimane), imputabile essenzialmente alle fisiologiche modificazioni ormonali (calo degli estrogeni e progesterone) dell’im-mediato post partum, lo sviluppo della DPP sembrerebbe invece essere determinata da fattori di natura strettamente psicologica: l’esperienza del parto, il riemergere di problematiche irrisolte nelle relazioni con le figure di attaccamento, il cambiamento di ruolo della donna sia nell’ambito sociale che all’interno della coppia, il timore di non essere in grado di attendere adeguatamente alle nuove responsabilità (sia sul piano delle proprie capacità, che del nuovo carico di fatica fisica), ecc. Le donne che hanno vissuto il parto come esperienza traumatica risultano essere maggiormente destabilizzate da tale evento e quindi maggiormente esposte allo sviluppo della DPP. Il parto richiede alla donna il reclutamento di molteplici risorse personali. Nel corso del “travaglio” la donna deve riuscire a contenere il dolore, mentre nella fase dell’“espulsione” le viene richiesto inoltre di “spingere”, ossia di contrastare una reazione antalgica automatica (che chiuderebbe il canale da parto) per andare invece “incontro al dolore”. Se consideriamo che le “Prestazioni di Picco” si caratterizzano per essere “al di fuori” del proprio ambito di sicurezza, di agio e di conforto, nel tentativo di oltrepassare il limite estremo delle proprie capacità, l’esperienza del parto può essere inscritta a pieno titolo nelle “Prestazioni di Picco”. Nel presente lavoro vengono descritte le modalità e i tempi di applicazione del RDI nel corso della Preparazione al Parto, finalizzata al rafforzamento delle diverse risorse personali di cui ogni gestante ha bisogno per poter vivere il parto come esperienza egosintonica. In tal senso l’RDI, tramite EMDR, è da considerarsi un vero e proprio Intervento di Prevenzione Primaria, in grado di insegnare alle donne qualcosa di positivo riguardo sé stesse, contrastando efficacemente l’insorgere della DPP. Verranno esposti, inoltre, i risultati dell’applicazione di tale tecnica su 48 gestanti, raccolti nella fase del Post Partum.

The latest statistics show that postpartum depression is developed by about 13% of mothers during the second to third months after delivery and the duration of symptoms varies from few weeks to a year, with risks of recurrence. Unlike the Baby Blues (affects 70% of mothers, occurs in III - VI day and resolves spontaneously within a couple of weeks), largely because of the physiological hormonal changes (decline in estrogen and progesterone) of IM-mediated post-partum, the development of the DPP seems to be determined by factors strictly psychological: the experience of childbirth, the resurgence of unresolved issues in relations with attachment figures, the changing role of women both in social the couple, the fear of not being able to wait adequately to new responsibility (both in terms of its ability, that the new burden of physical labor, etc.). Women who have experienced childbirth as a traumatic experience become more undermined by this event and, therefore, at greater risk of developing the DPP. The birth of the woman requires the recruitment of many personal resources. During the "Labor" the woman must be able to contain the pain, while in phase the 'expulsion' is the also required to "push", i.e. a reaction to counter analgesic automatic (which close the channel by birth) to go instead "to meet the pain." If we consider that "Peak Performance" are characterized by being "outside" the extent of its security, ease and comfort, in an attempt to go beyond the bounds of their abilities, experience delivery can be fully inscribed in the "peak performance". The present paper describes the methods and timing of application of RDI during the preparation for childbirth, which aims to reinforce the various personal resources which each pregnant woman needs to live the experience of childbirth as ego syntonic. In this sense, the RDI, through EMDR is considered true primary prevention interventions that can teach women something positive about themselves to effectively counter the rise DPP. Will be exposed, in addition, the results of applying this technique on 48 pregnant women, collected at the stage of post-partum.

Keywords: Postpartum Depression  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


30. Britt, V. J., Diepold, J., & Bender, S. (2008, September). Applying energy psychology methods in the preparation phase of the EMDR eight step protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore and provide an additional means of stabilization and resource for the EMDR preparation phase, as well as expand therapeutic strategies to resolve treatment blocks and stuck processing. Using concepts such as correct polarity and methods like muscle-testing, which come from the emerging field of energy psychology, compromised psycho-energetic activity at the mind-body interface will be demonstrated. These methods can be incorporated into the EMDR preparation phase without compromising the 8 phase protocol.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  Preparation Phase  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


31. Sautai, G. (2007, Juin). Approche des patient poly-traumatisés par immersion EMDR [Approach of poly traumatised patients with EMDR immersion]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Certains patients présentent "traumatisme poly» ou «empoisonnement psychique» tel que décrit par Jacques Roques dans «Guérir Avec l" EMDR. "Souvent, il s'agit d'un environnement socio culturel a commencé pendant l'enfance. Sur la base de l'hypothèse formulée par Francine Shapiro que le traumatisme peut engendrer des «bloqué les réseaux neuronaux," nous supposons une mise en forme "pourrait se produire au cours de la petite période d'apprentissage.
Exposés à un traumatisme insidieux et répétitifs, un jeune cerveau Virgin Stores réseaux neuronaux liés à la vulnérabilité des enfants en tant que mécanisme de défense. Cela pourrait être obstrué par des perturbations répétitives créer une souffrance psychologique. En tant qu'adulte, ce réseau neuronal inhibiteur, stimulée par déclenchement d'exprimer des comportements excessifs et une forte émotion que nous avons appelé le «non adapté en forme» (NAF).
Nous savons combien il est difficile de prendre ce type d'intoxication »en charge des séances de thérapie EMDR traditionnels en raison de l'interférence des composants multimodal. Habituellement, ils participent émotions mixtes liés à la sécurité, l'estime de soi et le libre choix. Par conséquent, nous avons développé une modalité particulière: EMDR immersion qui est un cours intensif de 10 jours consécutifs de traitement par le patient. «L'objectif clinique est de traiter les dimensions de la croissance personnelle et le développement ainsi que l'élimination de plus de la souffrance» (Francine Shapiro).
Notre expérience comprend 24 patients avec un niveau élevé de troubles psychologiques liés à la NAF. Seuls les patients avec expérience dissociative échelle score inférieur à 25 ont été considérés.
Nous utilisons l'approche thérapie EMDR suivant les 8 étapes du protocole standard.
Nous recevons toute l'histoire chronologique du patient, «de la naissance à aujourd'hui», permet nous permet d'identifier une moyenne de sept objectifs principaux.
Pour être capable de transmuer la NAF à une résolution d'adaptation, nous introduisons un des noms de ressources notamment l '«archaïsme», définie comme «la partie de l'être humain en charge de Live principe de préservation."
Nous l'accès au réseau d'information dysfunctionally stockée par le biais des objectifs.
Nous stimulons le système de traitement de l'information et de la maintenir en forme dynamique avec tactiles et autres additifs stimulations bilatérales. Nous passons l'information par le suivi du processus de libre-association et de lancement des procédures pour s'assurer que la cible transmue à une résolution adaptative.
Comme mesure psychométrique et méthode d'évaluation, nous utilisons l'échelle PCL-S sur les traumatismes exprimé par le patient au début de MED immersion. Le score moyen est de 70 degrés avant l'immersion elle à 28 deux mois plus tard et à 26 six mois plus tard.
En ce qui concerne les résultats encourageants, nous décidons de partager l'expérience afin de mettre à jour.

Some patients present with “poly traumatism” or “psychic poisoning” as described by Jacques Roques in “guérir avec l”EMDR.” Often it is a socio cultural environment started during childhood. Based on the hypothesis formulated by Francine Shapiro that trauma could engender “blocked neuronal networks,” we assume a “formatting” could occur during the childhood learning period.
Exposed to insidious and repetitive trauma, a virgin young brain stores neuronal networks related to the child vulnerability as defense mechanism. That could get blocked by repetitive disturbances creating psychological pain. As an adult, this blocker neuronal network, stimulated by trigger express excessive behaviors and strong emotion we called the “Non Adapted Formatting” (NAF).
We know how difficult it is to take this “poisoning” in charge with traditional EMDR sessions because of the multimodal components interfering. Usually, they involved mixed emotions related to security, self esteem and free choice. Therefore, we developed a particular modality: EMDR Immersion that is an intensive, 10 consecutive days of therapy with the patient. “The clinical goal is to address the dimensions of personal growth and development along with the elimination of over suffering” (Francine Shapiro).
Our experience includes 24 patients with a high level of psychological disturbance related to the NAF. Only patients with Dissociative Experience Scale score less than 25 were considered.
We use EMDR therapy approach following the 8 phases of the standard protocol.
We receive the complete chronological story of the patient, “from birth to now,” allows allows us to identify an average of seven main targets.
To be able to transmute the NAF to an adaptive resolution, we introduce a particular resource names “Archaism” defined as “Part of the human being in charge of Live Principle Preservation.”
We access the dysfunctionally stored information network through the targets.
We stimulate the information-processing system and maintain it in dynamic form with tactile and additive alternative bilateral stimulations. We move the information by monitoring the free-association process and initiating procedures to make sure that the target transmutes to an adaptive resolution.
As psychometric measurement and method evaluation, we use PCL-S Scale on the traumatisms expressed by the patient at the beginning of MED Immersion. The average score is at 70 before Immersion it degrees to 28 two months later and to 26 six months later.
Regarding the encouraging results, we decide to share the experiment in order to upgrade it.

Keywords: EMDR Immersion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


32. Haycock, R. D. (2009). Arming commanders to combat PTSD: A time for change – Attacking the stressors vice the symptoms. School of Advanced Military Studies, United States Army Command and General Staff College, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Arming Commanders to Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder by COL Robert D. Haycock, US Army, 53 pages. Just as war is not a new phenomenon, neither are the issues associated with the mental and emotional scars combat brings to those who fight a nation’s wars. Historically, the United States has assumed a reactive vice proactive posture as it relates to coping with the fiscal, and humanistic challenges that manifest within a nation at war, and those who experience the trauma of combat. The Army has proven slow to respond to the need to train and educate its leaders and instead has devoted vast capital on the assessment and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), attacking the symptoms as they arise, vice attacking the stressors which cause the affliction. The invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan and the deployment of forces throughout the world to combat terror, however, have created conditions whereby PTSD is again in the lime-light. This monograph examines PTSD from a historical perspective reviewing the manner in which the Army viewed, assessed, and treated those afflicted with PTSD as well its methods for training and educating those honored with the opportunity to lead these warriors in battle. This monograph highlights existing shortfalls in assessment, training, doctrine, and education as it relates to those commanding at the battalion-level. The Army does not properly prepare battalion commanders for the complexities of coping with PTSD in their units nor arm them with the tactics, techniques, and procedures necessary to mitigate the effects of PTSD on the combat effectiveness of their units and the soldiers that fill the ranks. The Army should implement more rigorous assessment programs for units deployed to identify those at risk of PTSD or demonstrating stress-related symptoms before the mental well-being of the soldier is dramatically affected and treatment becomes more difficult. Further, the Army should review and update existing doctrine and training techniques (Battlemind training) to focus specifically on commanders at the battalion level. The Army must demonstrate a linkage between doctrine, training and education, enhance efforts to consolidate PTSD resources for ease of access, and revise strategic communications procedures to reduce stigmas associated with PTSD. The Army must arm its tactical commanders with the tools to address the stressors associated with PTSD in order to preserve the force and ensure its effectiveness in the ambiguous and complex environment which appears to best characterize the way ahead.

Keywords: Combat  Military  Monograph  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Stressors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


33. Solomon, R. M. (2007, June). The art of EMDR: Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic emotions, often involved the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in talking therapy, utilize resource installation, or provide an interweave to lower the level of intensity. While this can, at times, be appropriate and helpful, often it is counter indicated and a perceived resolution may be short lived and/or needlessly circumscribed. It is important to recognize the markers of treatment, and what choices are appropriate. Ironically, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotion.
The hallmark of EMDR is “staying out of the way” if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client’s natural healing patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) – though often useful – can interfere with the client’s own internal processing and take the client away form their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client one’s therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing, c) using different rate, speed and tempo to control emotional intensity of the processing, d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to “stay out of the way.”
This workshop will focus on:
a) Assessment of client readiness
b) Therapeutic clinical presence and attunement skills
c) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing and control intensity
d) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and “staying out of the way."
Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions  Intense Affect  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


34. Solomon, R. M. (2006, September). The art of EMDR:  Dealing with abreactions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The overall objective of this workshop is to enable the EMDR therapist to deal more effectively, and comfortably, with intense client affect. Treatment of complex trauma, where dissociation prevents the integration of traumatic memories, often involves the processing of intense emotions. The abreaction can be quite shocking to the therapist who may then engage the client in verbal interventions (e.g. interweave, resource installation, talking therapy). While this can indeed be appropriate and helpful, it is often the therapist who is uncomfortable with the level of & client affect, rather than the client being unable to deal with the intense emotions. The hallmark of EMDR is "staying out of the way" if the dysfunctionally stored information is moving. An inherent value of EMDR is to facilitate natural processing and the client's natural patterns. Assuming client readiness and preparation to deal with emotional material, an interweave (which elicits other neural networks), or resource installation (which initiates a state change) or prolonged talking (which initiates an interpersonal process) - though often useful - can interfere with the client's own internal processing and take the client away from their natural and unique resolution and integration. The therapist can enable the client to process intense material utilizing a) strong attunement skills to hold the client in one's therapeutic presence, b) recognition of behavioral manifestations of processing to guide speed, rate, and tempo of bilateral stimulation to maximize processing c) using different rate, speed, and tempo to control emotional intensity of processing; d) and knowing when to verbally intervene and when to "stay out of the way". Hence, more important than the mechanics of bilateral stimulation is the way EMDR is delivered. EMDR is a "dance" between client and therapist with the therapist interacting through bi-lateral stimulation even more than through verbal communication. This workshop will focus on dealing with intense affect with EMDR (the dance) and include discussjon of 1) How to assess client readiness for dealing with intense material, both before and during EMDR processing. 2) Therapist clinical presence and attunement skills. 3) Detecting behavioral manifestations of processing and calibrating bilateral stimulation to the client in order to maximize processing, and control intensity of processing. 4) Therapeutic choice points concerning verbal interventions and "staying out of the way". Demonstration and video tapes will be used to illustrate teaching points. (Participants should be aware that the videos have intense emotional content).

Keywords: Abreactions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


35. Scurfield, R. M., & Wilson, J. P. (2003, April). Ask not for whom the bell tolls: Controversy in post–traumatic stress disorder treatment outcome findings for war veterans. Trauma, Violence, and Abuse, 4(2), 112-126. doi:10.1177/1524838002250763 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reviews and analyzes two national studies of the efficacy of treatment for war veterans suffering from post–traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Acareful analysis of the studies conducted by the Department of Veterans Affairs (DVA) Northeast Program Evaluation Center (NEPEC) reveals conceptual, methodological, and design flaws in the research, which reports minimal treatment efficacy for PTSD. Based on this limited, if not biased, data, the results were used for policy purposes to dismantle inpatient PTSD hospital units and trauma-focus treatments. Acritique is offered as a review to suggest how future studies might be conducted, designed, and evaluated, including the need for independent, “outside” peer reviews inasmuch as the issue of treatment outcomes generalizes to many nonmilitary populations.[Sagepub]

Keywords: DVA  Outcome  Policy  PTSD  Research  Therapy  Treatment  Vietnam Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


36. van der Kolk, B. A. (1999, November). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD. Specialty training course presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While most research on PTSD has studied subjects exposed to single trauma, in clinical practice the vast majority of treatment seeking patients have histories of multiple traumas, usually interpersonal, abuse. This gives rise to complex clinical pictures, of which PTSD is just one dimension. The Trauma Center in Boston is a large, multidisciplinary, developmentally focused Clinic which specializes in the treatment of traumatized children and adults. Our clinic uses a developmentally based assessment tool which helps in the staging of appropriate treatment interventions. Special emphasis is placed on providing patients with skills to deal with complex trauma-based symptoms, such as dissociation, by teaching stablization with DBT techniques, psychoeducational groups, resource installation, SIT, and body-oriented methods, in which patients are taught skills to increase their internal locus of control. We will review the rationale for various psychopharmacological interventions and the role of groups to enhance the capacity for mutual relationships. All treatment occurs on the foundation of continuity of care with one individual therapist who follows the patient’s progress,explores life issues, helps deal with re-enactment behaviors, and does trauma-specific treatment, such as EMDR or CBT for alleviation of trauma-specific symptoms. This conference will explore these issues in depth and discuss in detail the staging and applications of various treatment techniques in clinical practice.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PSTD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


37. Roberts, A. R. (2002, Spring). Assessment, crisis intervention, and trauma treatment: The integrative ACT intervention model. Brief Treatment & Crisis Intervention, 2(1), 1-21.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article presents a conceptual three-stage framework and intervention model that should be useful in helping mental health professionals provide acute crisis and trauma treatment services. The ACT model stands for Assessment, Crisis Intervention, and Trauma Treatment. This new model may be thought of as a sequential set of assessments and intervention strategies. The ACT intervention model integrates various assessment and triage protocols with the seven-stage crisis intervention model, and the ten-step acute traumatic stress management protocol. In addition, this article introduces and briefly highlights the other eight narrative, theoretical, and empirically based papers in this issue that focus on mental health and crisis-oriented intervention strategies implemented within 1 month after the September 11, 2001, terroristic mass disaster at the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.

Keywords: ACT Model  Assessment  Assessment Crisis Intervention  Triage  Crisis Assessment  Crisis Intervention  Trauma Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


38. Dworkin, M. (2009, August). Attachment, attunement, and resonance in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment, attunement, and resonance in the eight phases of EMDR enhance therapeutic outcomes. Patients with disorganized attachment processes may have complications that may make EMDR treatment more difficult. This workshop is designed to teach attunement, resonance, and therapeutic relatedness strategies in the work with patients with complicated attachment histories. Problems and solutions for misattunements during the eight phases will be the main focus of this workshop. Interpersonal neurobiological concepts will be taught to enhance the participant’s effectiveness. The Clinician Self Awareness Questionnaire will be demonstrated as a tool to deal with correct therapist misattunement.

Keywords: Attachment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


39. Saint Paul, N. V. (2002, May). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und Korperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper describes how trauma therapy including body awareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achieve the ability to self-regulate activation of the autonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access to states in which patients can maximize their resources. This procedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach complements other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orientation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.

Keywords: Neurobiology  Psychotherapy  Psycho Trauma  Resource Orientation  Selective Mutism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


40. Saint Paul, N. V. (2008). Aus der fülle ... Ressourcen- und körperorientierung in der traumatherapeutischen arbeit [Out of the abundance ... Resource and body orientation in trauma therapy]. Interdisziplinär, 16(3), 166-175 .

Language: German

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In diesem Beitrag wird beschrieben, wie Traumatherapie unter Einbeziehung der Körperwahrnehmung schonend gestaltet und so einer Retraumatisierungsgefahr wirksam begegnet wird. Ziel ist das Erlangen der Fähigkeit, den Aktivierungszustand des autonomen Nervensystems zu regulieren und auf diese Weise Zugang zu ressourcenvollen Ich-Zuständen zu erlangen. Das Vorgehen wird durch neurobiologische Erkenntnisse begründet und anhand von Fallbeispielen veranschaulicht. Der Ansatz wird als Ergänzung zu anderen traumatherapeutischen Verfahren, gleich welcher Schule, verstanden und lässt sich gut mit speziellen Methoden, wie beispielsweise EMDR, verbinden.

Summary: This paper describes how trauma therapy including bodyawareness can reduce the impact of the traumatic memory and can efficiently prevent retraumatization. The goal is to achive the ability to self-regulate activation of the atuonomic nervous system and hence, to attain access in states in which patients can maximize their resources. This proceedure is based on neurobiological findings and exemplified with case studies. The approach compliments other trauma therapeutic interventions, regardless of the theoretical orentation, and can be combined with techniques like, for instance, EMDR.

Keywords: Neurobiology  Psychotherapy  Psycho Trauma  Resource Orientation  Selective Mutism  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


41. Forbes, D., Creamer, M., Phelps, A., Bryant, R., McFarlane, A., Devilly, G. J., Lynda Matthews, L., Raphael, B., Doran, C., Merlin, T., & Skye N. (2007, August). Australian guidelines for the treatment of adults with acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 41(8), 637-648. doi:10.1080/00048670701449161.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Over the past 2-3 years, clinical practice guidelines (CPGs) for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and acute stress disorder (ASD) have been developed in the USA and UK. There remained a need, however, for the development of Australian CPGs for the treatment of ASD and PTSD tailored to the national health-care context. Therefore, the Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]

Keywords: ASD  Guidelines  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


42. Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health (2007, February). Australian Guidelines for the treatment of Adults with Acute Stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. Melbourne, Victoria: ACPMH.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The Australian Centre for Posttraumatic Mental Health in collaboration with national trauma experts, has recently developed Australian CPGs for adults with ASD and PTSD, which have been endorsed by the National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC). In consultation with a multidisciplinary reference panel (MDP), research questions were determined and a systematic review of the evidence was then conducted to answer these questions (consistent with NHMRC procedures). On the basis of the evidence reviewed and in consultation with the MDP, a series of practice recommendations were developed. The practice recommendations that have been developed address a broad range of clinical questions. Key recommendations indicate the use of trauma-focused psychological therapy (cognitive behavioural therapy or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addition to in vivo exposure) as the most effective treatment for ASD and PTSD. Where medication is required for the treatment of PTSD in adults, selective serotonin re-uptake inhibitor antidepressants should be the first choice. Medication should not be used in preference to trauma-focused psychological therapy. In the immediate aftermath of trauma, practitioners should adopt a position of watchful waiting and provide psychological first aid. Structured interventions such as psychological debriefing, with a focus on recounting the traumatic event and ventilation of feelings, should not be offered on a routine basis. [InformaWorld]

Keywords: Treatment Guidelines  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


43. Uddane, L. (2004, March 14). Author looks at alternative self-help techniques. Orange County, CA: The Orange County Register, Life, HF3.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Servan-Schreiber believes that in a short period, EMDR may help people cope with difficult memories. In a typical session, the patient is asked to remember the painful, debilitating memory and visually focus on the moving hand of the therapist or moving set of lights. It's not clear how EMDR works, so it's a controversial approach.

Keywords: Orange County  Self-Help Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


44. Gomez, A. (2008, September). Beyond PTSD: Treating depression in children and adolescents using EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traumatized children frequently exhibit symptoms of disorders other than PTSD. There is evidence of comorbidity between PTSD, depression and other behavioral disorders and a large overlap in symptom criteria between PTSD and depression in children and adolescents. The first part of this presentation explores what current research has identified as the key factors for the development of depression in children and adolescents. The evidence linking trauma, stress and PTSD to some forms of depression and the relationship between disorders of attachment, difficulties with affect regulation and the development of depression in children and adolescents will be explored. The second part of this presentation will introduce preliminary evidence that EMDR can be a potentially effective treatment for depression in children and adolescents through a series of case studies and anecdotal reports. The presentation will conclude with an overview of strategies for working with depressed children and adolescents across the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Even though this presentation will focus on working with pediatric depression, it will provide a foundation for understanding and treating adult depression as well. Video clips of sessions will be shown to provide a concrete and tangible experience for clinicians.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Depression  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


45. Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Beyond the basics:  Conceptual issues and advances in using EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is designed for those comfortable with the basics of using EMDR. We shall discusses the importance of developing a conceptual framework in which to view the patient and his/her life experiences. Though any framework could potentially be used, the one we shall use is that of Jefiey Young's Schema-Focused Cognitive therapy. This workshop is too brief to go deeply into Jeff's work so let me give you some references. (Books: 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema Focused Appoach, Professional Resource Exchange, Sarasota, F1, (813) 366-7913 Or 2) Reinventing Your Life, Young and Klosko. Jeff can be reached at the CTC of NY (212) 717-1052). I would like to begin by presenting an overview of how I see the case conceptualization enhancing the effectiveness of EMDR. Next I want to present a case illustrating the points I am going to make. Then, for the remaining two thirds of the presentation, I would like us to share our experiences of cases using either this or your own framework. Why conceptualize the case? Why not just treat the trauma directly? Because I assume that it is the interaction of the events a person has experienced and the way in which they have interpreted, experienced and stored them that is most important in determining the amount and kind of pain that remains. If you took a group of 100 people who had been in serious accidents, were assaulted, etc. They will not all respond the same to the experience. Thus, I think that it is vitally important to "map" each patient's own idiosyncratic set of vulnerabilities, his/her schemas or life themes. One of the ways I do that is by attempting to combine all of the information that I obtain in the first few sessions. This would include history taking, any paper and pencil measures I use, e.g., Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire (Research Press, Champagne, IL.); Young's Schema Questionnaire (Jeffrey Young, Cognitive Therapy Center of New York), and my experience of the client in session. My assumption is that we all have specific vulnerabilities. In Young's system such issues as Emotional Deprivation - the feeling that we shall never receive the kind of caring we need - Abandonment, Mistrust/Abuse, Defectives, Vulnerability, Subjugation, Entitlement, etc., are assumed to be organizing themes around which memories and experiences are stored. (Use 'Types of Fruit' metaphor here.) Once you have identified these underlying vulnerabilities and life themes, educating patients as to the role of these early maladaptive schemas in their present life difficulties is quite usefull in a variety of ways. First, is its explanatory power. One of the problems clients often present is the pain of the event itself their subsequent reactions. How many of us have heard from our clients variations on the theme of "What's wrong with me that this is still bothering me? It happened years ago; how come I'm still overreacting?" Explaining that often the event was/is so painful because it taps into a whole series of memories (the childhood file folders that Francine talks about in Level I), frequently increases clients' ability to understand their emotional reactions and reduces their tendency to blame themselves. Second, it alerts you and the client to look for other examples in the past that might be thematically connected and to be aware of situations in the future that might be troublesome. For example, imagine a client who suffered a tremendous loss as a chlld through the death of a parent, divorce, etc. Through your interviews and data collection, you realize that the issue of abandonment is a very pow& for them. Naturally, you would want to use EMDR to clean out any past experiences connected to abandonment. However, you should anticipate that situations involving future separation will need to be addressed. How will they react when their spouse goes on a business trip? The conceptualization around this theme alerts you and the client to be aware of these issues. Also, it can be very helpfull in your couples work. Take the example of the spouse that gets upset about over his wife's upcoming business trip. (Knowing that sometimes the upset shows itself prior to the trip and sometimes it is only after they return that the spouse feels punished). Without knowledge of these underlying schemas and life themes, the wife might interpret the husband's upset as a result of jealousy at her success, fear of her growth, and as being a part of his controlling nature. With these interpretations, her anger and frustration would be understandable. How differently might she respond if she saw his difficulty in her leaving as reflecting his fear of losing her and being abandoned once again. Might this interpretation allow both of them to respond in ways helpful to the relationship? With this brief background, let me present a case and show you how these issues fit together and how by conceptualizing the case accurately I was able to provide better treatment. After if I finish this presentation, I want to open the floor to your comments and questions. I would then like to propose that we take the remaining time for you to present your own cases that illustrate either the usefulness of the conceptualization you did or the problems you ran into when you didn't. Case # 1 Case discussion. Case presentations and discussion by participants.

Keywords: Conceptual Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


46. Litt, B. (2009, August). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego-state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego-state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal.

Keywords: Family Dynamics  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


47. Litt, B. (2010, April/May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop explores family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, re-enactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. Participants will learn a contextual model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, the indications and contraindications for conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on salient negative cognitions, and a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. (Intermediate/Advanced)

Keywords: Relational Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


48. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


49. Offen, L., Walker, R., & Freeman, A. (2008, August). Birmingham psychotherapy service for people with ID: 8 years on. In Symposium: EMDR therapy and psychotherapy and ID presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Aim: This study aimed to generate descriptive data relating to Birmingham Psychotherapy Services for People with Intellectual Disabilities in order to: a) Provide an understanding of the key characteristics of clients using the service. b) Identify those clients who find it difficult to engage with the service in order to introduce measures to improve its accessibility. c) Identify gaps in the information collected to date so that information gathering mechanisms can be improved. d) Provide a platform from which appropriate outcome measures for the service can be examined. Method: Data was collected by use of a proforma from client files. A selected sample of 141 files was analysed and the results collated. Results: Data pertaining to the above was analysed and the results recorded. Conclusions: A clearer profile of the clients using the service was developed that facilitated a change in clinical focus and the implementation of key changes in service delivery. This has led to a greater emphasis on the use of groups and on the development of more accessible information.

Keywords: Adolescents  Adults  Children  ID  Intellectual Disabilities  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


50. Lendl, J. (2002, June). Brain performance and possible EMDR intervention. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
New brain imaging technologies are giving a clearer picture of how memories are stored and how effective treatment may alter brain function. Neuroimaging researchers Bessel van der Kolk and Daniel Amen are investigating EMDR treatment effects. Van der Kolk is studying how traumatic memories differ from memories of ordinary events, while Amen concentrates on evaluating difficult psychiatric cases, ADD, head trauma, memory problems, dementia, aggression, and exposure to toxic substances. This workhop will focus on Amen's research regarding frequently found patterns of brain performance, including specific area functions and problems from a clinician's view. Significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR with the Amen multi-discipline intervention approach for problem brian areas.

Keywords: Amen  Brain Performance  van de Kolk  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


51. Gannon, J. P. (2011, April). A brain-based peak performance model using meditation, EMDR and cardio imagery and rehearsal. Peak Performance Systems, San Francisco.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This pilot study investigated the effectiveness of a new model of peak performance training based on applications of brain research to stimulate mental skill acquisition leading to enhanced performance capabilities. Brain-based techniques such as Mindfulness Meditation (MM), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal (CIR) appear to stimulate various neurological processes including alpha and theta brain waves, higher interhemispheric coherence and reduced sympathetic nervous system arousal. Clinical application of these techniques in a preliminary pilot study with a variety of performers was shown in follow-up self-assessments to have enhanced performance outcomes on seven measures including reduced performance anxiety and self-consciousness, enhanced concentration and focus, improved memorization of performance routines and enhanced overall performance goals. The idea that specific performance routines can be installed using these brain-based techniques that enhance peak performance functioning on demand was supported by these findings.. However, the results of this pilot study are preliminary and further studies using a larger subject sample, empirically validated test measurements and independent control groups are necessary before these findings can be corroborated.

Keywords: Brain-Based Peak Performance  Brainscripting  Cardio Imagery and Rehearsal  Flow  Interhemispheric Coherence  Mindfulness Meditation  Neurofeedback  Neuroplasticity  Performance Anxiety  Pilot Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


52. Rost, C. (2010, June). Bridging the gap between stabilisation and trauma confrontation. Pre-conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When processing trauma material during the EMDR session, we often see the spontaneous appearance of resource material. This helps patients to come to terms with the traumatic memory. With complex traumatized patients, this material appears far less frequently, and the EMDR process can be much harder. We can support the process by activating specific resources, both before and during the EMDR session.
During this workshop, specific resource techniques will be presented and practiced which can help to stabilize complex traumatized patients and which can also be combined with the EMDR standard protocol: Position of Power, Power Animal, Body Resource, CIPOS, and a protocol for early childhood memories.

Keywords: Body Resource  CIPOS  Position of Power  Power Animal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


53. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


54. Laliotis, D. (2009, August). Building on the basics: An EMDR refresher course. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This course is for EMDR therapists who would like to deepen their understanding of EMDR principles, protocols and procedures. Whether you feel the need for a review because you haven’t been using EMDR recently or you would like to enhance your active EMDR practice, this course is for you. From the three-pronged approach to applications of resource installation and cognitive interweave, you will come away from this course more confident in your ability to integrate EMDR into your clinical practice. You will see videotapes of real cases and will have an opportunity to discuss, in depth, case conceptualization and treatment planning issues and how to incorporate the informational plateaus of responsibility, safety and choices throughout the course of treatment. We will also address the unique demands of being an EMDR therapist and how to successfully navigate the inherent challenges of a powerful and effective psychotherapy approach.

Keywords: Basics  Refresher  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


55. Gertner, K. (2008). Butterfly hug: An explanation of EMDR for children. emdrresources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A valuable resource for trained EMDR therapists. Butterfly Hug educates and familiarizes children in therapy (and their parents) with the EMDR process prior to actual use of the protocol. Butterfly Hug gives both the history of the approach as well as sharing an inviting story line from a child's own healing experience with EMDR.

Keywords: Butterfly Hug  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


56. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009, August). Case conceptualization: Decision points in EMDR with children for attachment, dissociation, and concurrent diagnosis including OCD, ADHD, and PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on illustrating decision points in EMDR in case conceptualization with children involving complex diagnoses. Videotapes will include sessions with young children diagnosed with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), attachment traumas, Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), dissociation and other diagnoses. This is an interactive workshop where participants are encouraged to bring questions about the protocol and challenging issues in practice. Areas to be discussed: how attachment affects the progression of EMDR, at what point does dissociation impact the protocol, and at what point does the therapist consider installing mastery, resource development, or the Inverse Protocol.

Keywords: ADHD  Attachment Disorders  Attention Deficity Hyperactivity Disorder  Case Conceptualization  Children  Dissociation  Inverse Protocol  Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


57. Shapiro, R., Hofmann, A., & Grey, E. (2013). Case consultation: Unremitting depression. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 39-44. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.39.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Case Consultation is a new regular feature in the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. In this article, an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinician briefly describes a challenging case in which a man, “George,” was referred for EMDR for treatment of a depression that began more than 2 years previously. After all his reported traumatic memories were completely processed with EMDR, George remains severely depressed and the therapist asks how to proceed effectively with treatment. Responses are written by three experts. The first expert, Robin Shapiro, describes a comprehensive list of possible etiologies, including attachment, early trauma, genetic, and other biological causes and their appropriate EMDR, ego state, or medical treatments. The second expert, Arne Hofmann, reviews the treatment that was provided and makes suggestions for alternate treatment targets, suggesting that the therapist could address the client’s belief that “nothing will change” and try the EMDR inverted protocol. The third expert, Earl Grey, recommends that the clinician focus on addressing small “t” traumas, even if the client indicates that he or she has little to no disturbance and explains how to develop and implement a “restorative life span target sequence.”

Keywords: Consultation  Depression  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


58. Campbell-Beattie, J. (2002, May). Case presentation: "Swimming/fish phobia" - A single session case using an abbreviated EMDR protocol . The EMDR Practitioner. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
I have been using a short EMDR session along the same protocol lines as Parnell(1999), being less pedantic about the ordered protocol set-up. While the patient tells me about self and their issues, I consider the necessary approach. In this case the value of EMDR, and a focus on what is needed for it to work best. Working within a 40 minute time limit window some direct questioning is usually necessary to focus the patient's attention.

Keywords: Fish Phobia  Swimming Phobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


59. Amen, D. G. (1999, June). Change your brain, change your life (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the functions the problems associated with five different brain systems; 2) learn the impact of head injuries on psychological behavior; and 3) develop three psychological strategies for enhancing each different brain system.

Keywords: Brain  Brain Systems  Head Injuries  SPECT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


60. Wesselmann, D. (2013, April). Changing the lives of children with reactive attachment disorder behaviors through EMDR treatment. Keynote presented at the Congress EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, the Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many children exhibit severe and challenging behaviors such as aggressive outbursts, arguing and defiance, lying, stealing, and sexualized behaviors due to very early life relational trauma. EMDR Integrative Team Treatment involves family therapy and EMDR. With intervention from family therapy and EMDR Attachment Resource Development, parents can provide better emotional support, allowing their children to open up emotionally. As the EMDR therapist implements therapeutic attunement, storytelling, empowerment interweaves, and role-plays, hurt children can find healing and hope. Videos will supplement this presentation.

Keywords: Children  Reactive Attachment Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


61. Adler-Tapia, R. L. (2012, June). Child psychotherapy: Integrating developmental theory into clinical practice. New York, NY: Spring Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Children are often diagnosed and medicated without the consideration that their symptoms may actually be a healthy response to stressful life events. This integrative guide for mental health practitioners who work with children underscores the importance of considering the etiology of a child's symptoms within a developmental framework before making a diagnosis. By providing advanced training and skills for working with children, the book guides the therapist, step-by-step, through assessment, case conceptualization, and treatment with a focus on the tenets of child development and a consideration of the impact of distressing life events. The book first addresses child development and the evolution of child psychotherapy from the perspectives of numerous disciplines, including recent findings in neurodevelopment trauma, attachment, and neurobiology. It discusses assessment measures, the impact of divorce and the forensic/legal environment on clinical practice, recommendations for HIPAA compliance, evidence-based best practices for treating children, and the requirements for an integrated treatment approach. Woven throughout are indications for case conceptualization including consideration of a child's complete environment. This book provides an integrative approach to child psychotherapy from the perspective of healthy development through the lens of EMDR.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


62. Beer, R., & de Roos, C. (2005, October). Children and adolescents: EMDR for children and adolescents, applications on acute and chronic trauma. Presentation at the 1st European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After a theoretical introduction to EMDR, this workshop will focus on several applications on acute and chronic trauma. Due to the complexity of problems related to chronic traumatisation, attention will also be focussed on how to embed EMDR in an overall treatment plan. Case material and video fragments will illustrate this workshop.

Keywords: Acute Trauma  Adolescents  Children  Chronic Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


63. Greenwald, R. (1995, June). Children-case presentations. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One major limitation of EMDR is that it is an individual treatment modality. However, individual treatment of a child may be insuflicient, and broader interventions are often required. This is especially likely when environmental forces are unsupportive or in opposition to the healing process. This presentation will focus on the use of EMDR on several levels in child treatment, including individual treatment of traumatic memories, enhancing family support for healing, and addressing family obstacles to healing. Format will include lecture, vignettes, and a video case presentation of the EMDR treatment of a young girl who had been raped by a babysitter, along with the EMDR treatment of her older brother who bullied her. Assessment of child problems includes consideration of many factors. The focus here will be on the child's trauma history, and on the current family situation it pertains to treatment of the child's traumatic memories. Methods of assessment addressed here include interview of the child and the parent, observation of family interactions, and observation of the child's progress, both during and after EMDR treatment. A number of interventions are available to enhance or augment individual EMDR treatment of the child. Vignettes will be presented to illustrate the following interventions: referral to family therapy when successful EMDR highlighted the symptom's functional role; EMDR with a parent to reduce reactivity to the child; and prompting the parent(s) to produce statements and behaviors to be used later as content for installations. A challenging case will be presented in which a family, though motivated, demonstrated a number of behaviors which threatened to undermine the child's treatment. The family consisted of a single father in his late twenties, an eight year-old boy, and a seven-yearold girl. The presenting problem was the girl's ongoing post-traumatic symptoms, particularly nightmares and social withdrawal, some two years after having been raped by a babysitter. (the boy also had social and behavioral problems in school.) Unfortunately, the "lessons" of the girl's traumatic experience were frequently reinforced in the family context, through the brother's bullying of his younger sister, the father's complicity in the bullying, and the father's own tendency to be overly controlling and threatening. Treatment began with two family sessions and one with the father alone. The next three sessions were split to provide some individual time for each child as well as for the father. The seventh, final session included a family meeting and then some time for each individual. Work with the father was difficult and slow, as he was very defensive regarding his own possible contributions to his children's problems. Early interventions included delicate attempts to help the father understand the effect of his yelling and threatening - even though he was no longer in the habit of physically striking his children. Meanwhile, in part to enhance the therapeutic alliance, the primary focus was on direct treatment of the children. Some of this is shown on video. The girl was asked to draw a picture of her bad dream, and then to draw it "all better." She first drew a dark picture of a large man with fangs dripping blood. The next picture was of a nicer man on a sunny day. This activity was used as part of her introduction to the upcoming EMDR work. In the next session she agreed to do EMDR and completed processing in 25 minutes. The following session she indicated that the memory was no longer disturbing, and many of the symptoms had disappeared. She began to raise her next concern, by playing with a doll and a baby bottle, and complaining that she did not get to see her mother enough. Over the same three sessions the boy was also treated with EMDR for a number of relatively minor traumatic memories, including a car accident, the loss of two pets, and a vision of the devil. Despite apparently successfull processing, he was unable to conclude that he was a "good boy," due to evidence to the contrary: memories of his father's anger at him. Cognitive interweave was used to access a sense of inner goodness. The bullying behavior reportedly disappeared both at home and at school, and he also moved on, to express concerns about missing his mother. Treatment was interrupted due to a change in insurance coverage, so continued treatment and follow-up was not accomplished. This case illustrates some ways that EMDR can be enlisted to address aspects of the family context which may constitute obstacles to healing. The girl's brother was treated with EMDR to reduce his mistreatment of her; and the boy's sense of badness, largely gained by interaction with his father, was overcome by accessing internal resources in the absence of parental support. In conclusion, EMDR can play multiple roles in both the diagnosis and treatment of family obstacles to healing.

Keywords: Case Presentations  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


64. Zangwill, W., Kominksy, P., & Browning, C. (2003, September). Choosing the right EMDR for the right client at the right time:  A systematic approach to more effective EMDR implementation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Substantial variation exists in how, when, and with which clients' clinicians use EMDR. Some clinicians use EMDR early in their work with clients, others spend considerable time on affect management and resource development prior to using standard EMDR. Those in favor of more rapid implementation argue that for many clients' delays in starting EMDR is an unnecessary waste of time and resources. Other EMDR clinicians worry that clients may be harmed by undertaking EMDR processing without extensive prior stabilization. This workshop presents a systematic, comprehensive model to help EMDR clinicians best determine what factors to evaluate in deciding when and how to proceed.

Keywords: EMDR Implementation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


65. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (1998, July). Clinical applications of EMDR in the treatment of adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper was co-presented with with Deborah L. Korn, Psy.D. In my portion of this presentation I introduced Alan Schore's research on the neurobiological correlates of early trauma and abuse and with implications for treatment stragegy. The presentation covered the use of EMDR, Resource Development and Resource Installation methods across the entire treatment plan. Dr. Korn reviewed treatment principles and adaptations to the EMDR trauma protocol for this population.[Author abstract] Participants will learn how to: 1) apply specific EMDR protocols in each of the three strategies of recovery: stabilization and safety, trauma focused processing, and reconnection and identify development; 2) integrate ego strengthening strategies into a comprehensive EMDR based treatment plan for clients who have limited affect tolerance and self-capacities; 3) apply cognitive interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs and fears about the treatment process; and 4) use EMDR to address maladaptive schemas commonly seen in this population.[Conference Program Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Neglect  Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


66. Korn, D. (2001, June). Clinical applications of EMDR in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into a phase-oriented recovery plan in treating adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. EMDR applications with the full range of trauma-related syndromes, including simple and complex PTSD, Borderline Personality Disorder and Dissociative Disorders, will be addressed. Treatment planning and pacing will be discussed in view of presenting problem, attachment style, defenses, and self-capacities. In recognition of clients' rigid, maladaptive schemas, poor impulse control, dissociative tendencies and limited affect tolerance, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored, Significant attention will be devoted to integratring EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  Child Abuse  Dissociative Disorders  Ego Strengthening  Neglect  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


67. Opdyke, D. C. (1995, May). Clinical efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Georgia State University. AAT 9608510.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has gained notoriety as a brief treatment for PTSD. In EMDR, clients repeatedly bring up traumatic events in memory and visually track stimuli moving back and forth in front of them. Previous group studies of EMDR have had methodological problems, however. The present study attempted to (1) assess EMDR's effectiveness compared to an Eye Focus treatment controlling for eye movement; (2) compare both treatments to a wait-list control; and (3) rate therapist characteristics to check experimenter bias.20 participants suffering from PTSD were randomly assigned to either EMDR or Eye Focus (EF) treatments, and immediate treatment or wait-list conditions. After two 90-minute treatment sessions, outcomes were assessed on subjective measures of anxiety (SUDs) and cognitive beliefs (VOCs). The mean SUDs pre-post differences on matched pairs t-tests indicated significant reduction of disturbance for both the EMDR group, p < .001, and the Eye Focus group, p < .001. VOC ratings showed similar treatment gains. Two-factor analyses assessed changes across groups (2 administrations x 2 treatment groups) on two standardized measures, the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the Modified PTSD Symptom Scale (MPSS). The IES showed a main effect for treatment F (2, 18) = 16.45, p < .001, while wait-list remained unchanged F (2, 18) = 1.09, p > .05. A significant interaction F (2, 18) = 6.69, p < .05 supported treatment efficacy. EMDR and EF participants improved equally on the IES, i.e., no differences for type of treatment, F (2, 18) = 0.54, p > .05. The MPSS also showed a main effect for treatment, F (2, 18) = 6.46, p < .05, with wait-list unchanged, F (2, 18) = 0.27, p > .05. This interaction was not significant, p =.10. Further, both EMDR and EF groups demonstrated improvement on the MPSS. Results suggest that (1) EMDR and Eye Focus are both effective in reducing some self-reported PTSD symptoms; (2) EMDR and Eye Focus scores improved significantly compared to wait-list; and (3) ratings of experimenter bias suggested that the EMDR and Eye Focus participants were treated equally by the therapist. Future comparison studies should use larger samples, independent assessors, and equally-trained independent therapists. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6402

Keywords: Empirical Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


68. Wizansky, B. (2007). A clinical vignette:  Resource connection in EMDR work with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(1), 57-61. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.1.57 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A vignette is a brief case report that makes a contribution to the literature, but which has used only EMDR's standard protocol measures. This vignette describes a procedure for drawing on and strengthening a child's resources in all phases of EMDR treatment. The procedure facilitates the connection to more authentic and meaningful inner resources that come directly from the child's world, thus strengthening the positive memory networks so that these are available for the child to access when processing his/her traumatic material. Three separate cases are described to illustrate the application. [Author Introduction]

Keywords: Israelis  Psychotherapeutic Processes  School Age Children  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


69. Lakey, J. (2007, February). Cognitive behavioral therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A comparative analysis for the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder. St. Gregory’s University.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder is the primary mental health issue resulting in tours of duty in combat operations. The soldiers returning home from these operations often require treatment in dealing with many of their physical and emotional changes. The therapist who treats these brave men and women needs to understand the treatment methods available for the successful recovery of their clients. After identifying the terms necessary to understand the principles and the historical and etiological background of the disorder and the treatments available, this paper will illuminate several treatment modalities and their success rates in the treatment of PTSD. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing will be the primary focus of comparison through out this work.

Keywords: Comparative Analysis  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


70. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Neurobiological Basis of Behavior  Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


71. Grandison, P. (2007). A combined approach: Using EMDR within a framework of solution focused brief therapy. Educational and Child Psychology, 24(1), 56-64.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper reports on a qualitative, exploratory study that creatively combined two therapeutic approaches: eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) and solution focused brief therapy. It was expected that the use of techniques drawn from solution focused brief therapy could help children to facilitate and enhance the use of techniques within EMDR. In particular, techniques focusing on current and future positive resource installation were utilised. Five primary school children age 9 to 11 years were identified by class teachers and parents as presenting as shy, anxious and lacking self-confidence. The group intervention took place in school over six sessions. Within the group setting, the children targeted their own individual area that they wished to improve. Data were collected during and after each session and post-intervention. Increases in children’s self confidence and an improvement in targeted areas were reported by children, parents and teachers. Children found the intervention helpful and were able to identify particular aspects of solution focused brief therapy and EMDR that were useful.

Keywords: Anxiety  Brief Psychotherapy  Children's Techniques  Educational Psychology  Empirical Study  Group Intervention  Group Psychotherapy  Primary School Children  Problem Solving  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Qualitative Study  Self-Confidence  Shyness  Solution Focused Brief Therapy  Timidity  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


72. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges. Opportunities: ¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training protocols for the individual athlete. ¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training. ¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance. ¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed relaxation, etc. Challenges: ¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing (frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed. ¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker, video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and playback will be reported. Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be discussed, with a focus on archery where: ¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers. ¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a range of time-spans and skills. ¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level, but not simply as a function of score. Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement are discussed.

Keywords: EEG  Eye Tracking  Performance Analysis  Sports Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


73. McMulin, T. (1998, June). Combining EMDR with relapse prevention programs to enhance treatment outcomes with sex offenders. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 20-24.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
There have been numerous barriers to the development of comprehensive and successful treatment for sex offenders. One of the primary barriers involved societal views of offenders as being incorrigible and first and foremost deserving of punishment. Offenders themselves have fed that view because of seemingly impenetrable defense mechanisms they develop to maintain a sense of safety from others as well as their own thoughts, feelings, and memories. Other barriers to development of comprehensive treatment models involve the failure of traditional psychodynamic techniques, which focus primarily on resolving intrapsychic conflicts, to provide cost effective, adequate, and reliable treatment results (Lockhart, Saunders, & Cleveland, 1989).

Keywords: Relapse Prevention Programs  Sex Offenders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


74. Leeds, A. M., & Korn, D. L. (2012). A commentary on Hornsveld et al. (2011): A valid test of resource development and installation? Absolutely not. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 170-173. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.170.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Researchers have published evidence supporting both the “working memory“ and the “REM/Orienting Response“ hypotheses as mechanisms underlying the documented treatment effects of EMDR on patients with posttraumatic stress disorder. Hornsveld et al. (2011) provide additional evidence of the impact of eye movements (EMs) on aspects of positive memory recall, but overstate their findings relevance to resource development and installation (RDI: Korn & Leeds, 2002) and to the interhemispheric interaction hypothesis (Propper & Christman, 2008). Most likely multiple mechanisms underlie the observed effects of EMDR and RDI. The needed RDI test is to randomly assign patients with Disorders of Extreme Stress not Otherwise Specified with measured coping difficulties to alternate conditions: one an RDI procedure without bilateral (or other distracting) sensory stimulation and one with bilateral EMs.

Keywords: RDI  REM/Orienting Response  Resource Development and Installation  Working Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


75. Morgan, T. (2008, August 27-September 2). Communicating culture. Boise Weekly, 17(9), 11-15.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's a technique called EMDR-Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing. It's a simple technique that activates both sides of the brain," [Leslye Boban] explained. The technique has patients focus on their trauma while an external stimulus, like tapping, is applied to the head. "We're combining it with art therapy to help them release traumas without actually having to talk about the trauma. We're working with a counseling group to also do the same technique with the parents, because you can't work with the kids and open them up like that and go home to a chaotic, unstable environment."[Alt-Press Watch]

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


76. Seidler, G. H., & Wagner, F. E. (2006, November). Comparing the efficacy of EMDR and trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy in the treatment of PTSD: A meta-analytic study. Psychological Medicine, 36(11), 1515-1522. doi:10.1017/S0033291706007963.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) are both widely used in the treatment of PTSD. There has, however, been debate regarding the advantages of one approach over the other. This study sought to determine whether there was any evidence that one treatment was superior to the other. Method: We performed a systematic review of the literature dating from 1989 to 2005 and identified 8 publications describing treatment outcomes of EMDR and CBT in active-active comparisons. 7 of these studies were investigated meta-analytically. Results: The superiority of one treatment over the other could not be demonstrated. Trauma-focused CBT and EMDR tend to be equally efficacious. Differences between the two forms of treatment are probably not of clinical significance. While the data indicate that moderator variables influence treatment efficacy, we argue that because of the small number of original studies, little benefit is to be gained from a closer examination of these variables. Further research is needed within the framework of randomized controlled trials. Conclusions: Our results suggest that in the treatment of PTSD, both therapy methods tend to be equally efficacious. We suggest that future research should not restrict its focus to the efficacy, effectiveness, and efficiency of these therapy methods but should also attempt to establish which trauma patients are more likely to benefit from one method or the other. What remains unclear is the contribution of the eye movement component in EMDR to treatment outcome. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Cognitive Therapy  Meta Analysis  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


77. Leutner, S., & Cronauer, E. (2012, June). Complex trauma in mind and body [Trauma complejo en mente y cuerpo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It will be shown how to get into touch and how to work with traumatic and somatic ego-states by simultaneously activating resourceful ego-states in mind and body. The work will be resource integrating from top to bottom. In the body it will be from bottom to top. Two different experiential protocols will be given and respective videos will be shown: the resource integrating protocol and the bottom-up protocol The neurological background of balancing work with traumatic memories and resources will be discussed. It lies in promoting effective and permanent links between the neuronal trauma network and one or more corresponding resource networks. The integration of resources can greatly accelerate processing. It is imperative, however, that the use of these resources is not random, rather orients itself to the specific needs of the client at that specific point in time with attention given to how much resource or trauma is activated. Participants will be informed about the impact of complex trauma in mind and body. They will learn how to apply EMDR combined with Claire Frederick's and Maggie Phillip's Conflict Free Image as well as Gendlin's Focusing and Levine's Somatic Experiencing. By those means complex traumatized clients are enabled to broaden their windows of tolerance. Participants will be able to supply their clients with a powerful tool for self healing.

Se mostrará cómo ponerse en contacto y trabajar con los estados del yo traumático y somático mediante la activación simultánea de estados del yo recursivo en la mente y el cuerpo. El trabajo será de integración de recursos desde arriba hacia abajo. En el caso del cuerpo, será desde abajo hacia arriba. Se darán dos protocolos experienciales distintos y se presentarán vídeos pertinentes de los protocolos respectivos: el protocolo de la integración de recursos y el protocolo desde abajo hacia arriba. Se hablará de los antecedentes neurológicos del trabajo de equilibrio con recuerdos traumáticos y recursos. Estriba en favorecer vínculos efectivos y permanentes entre la red neuronal del trauma y una o más de las redes de recursos correspondientes. La integración de recursos puede acelerar en gran medida el procesamiento. Sin embargo, es imperativo que el empleo de estos recursos no sea aleatorio, si no que se oriente hacia las necesidades específicas del cliente en ese momento concreto con atención prestada a la cantidad de recursos o el trauma activado. Se les informará a los participantes sobre el impacto que tiene el trauma complejo en la mente y en el cuerpo. Aprenderán a aplicar EMDR en combinación con la “imagen libre de conflicto de Claire Frederick y Maggie Phillip”, así como con al “Focusing de Gendlin” y la “Experimentación somática de Levine”. Con estos medios los clientes con trauma complejo son capaces de ampliar sus ventanas de tolerancia. Los participantes podrán ofrecer a sus clientes con una herramienta potente para la auto-curación.

Keywords: Body  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


78. Herbert, C. (2012, October). Complex trauma: Road to psychiatric dysfunction or path toward posttrauma growth?. Keynote at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Healthcare service providers, as well as, mental health practitioners, frequently associate the suffering of complex trauma with pathology, mental illness, personality disorders and severe psychiatric dysfunction. Clients are perceived as difficult to treat, interventions are guided by the nature of the psychiatric diagnosis and therapy focuses on crisis management and on helping clients to achieve reductions of symptoms that account for the psychiatric diagnosis. Although symptom reduction can be of great value and importance to sufferers, sole focus on this misses the great potential to engage a person in a transformative process that can lead to considerable inner strengthening, alignment and positive growth, as a result and in spite of their early traumatic experiences. This keynote introduces a shift in perspective away from the traditional focus on psychiatric dysfunction toward a model of positive growth for clients suffering from Complex Trauma and Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID). It is proposed that development of empathic empowerment of the individual toward greater personal authenticity, honesty, accountability and compassion can open the path toward posttrauma growth. However, in order to achieve such development specific parameters must be fulfilled. These parameters, which include therapist factors, the nature of the therapeutic relationship, an underlying therapeutic framework for working with complex trauma and the guiding principles and ingredients that nurture growth rather than dysfunction, will be outlined and illustrated through the use of client vignettes.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Posttraumatic Growth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


79. Schmidt, S. J. (2008, September). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sometimes it is difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three Resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these Resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to Resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.

Keywords: Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


80. Lohrasbe, R. S. (2010, April/May). Connecting to a team of resource ego states to prepare for EMDR trauma processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It can be difficult to assess readiness for emotionally taxing EMDR trauma processing. The first half of this workshop will cover a protocol for helping clients connect with three resource ego states – a Nurturing Adult Self, a Protective Adult Self, and a Spiritual Core Self. Clients with sufficient ego strength for trauma work will readily connect to these resources. Clients with poor ego strength often encounter blocks when connecting to resource ego states. The second half of the workshop will cover an ego-strengthening intervention for clearing such blocks. This intervention can help prepare clients to tolerate trauma work.

Keywords: Resource Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


81. Prattos-Spongalides, T. A. (2001, June). Connotation difficulties encountered in the application of the EMDR protocol in one’s native language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The goal of this workshop is to determine connotation difficulties encountered in the application of important EMDR components like Safe Place, Negative Cognition, and VoC into one's native lnaguage; identify successful solutions already used in non-English speaking countries; share and demonstrate how cultural differences and value may alter/cloud the content of protocol components; develop a list of flexible alternative phrasings for use with novice EMDR therapists in non-English speaking countries as a resource aid and relief to the strain stemming from the unavoidable adaption of the EMDR protocol into one's native language.

Keywords: Culture  Diversity  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


82. Leeds, A. (2006, September). The consensus model. In criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development & installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  C-PSTD  Consensus Model  Resource Development & Installation  RDI  Treatment Criteria  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


83. Horne, B. (2010, September/October). Contain the case: Set a clear path to recovery. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide simple and specific tools for constructing a file so that it becomes a powerful clinical tool. It will teach, through live demonstration, a case illustration through all 8 Phases, and practice activities, how to take, record and summarize client-information on one-page Genograms, Trauma Recovery Plans and Resources Records, for ready access at any moment. This documentation system is informed by the AIP, as demonstrated by the neuroscientists, who show us why we need to take a good history from conception including both “T” traumas and “t” disturbing life events, as well as resources and developmental factors.

Keywords: File  Genograms  Resource Records  Trauma Recovery Plans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


84. Murray, K. (2011). Container. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(1), 29-32. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.1.29 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Question: Is there a script that I can use to teach my clients to use a “container” resource? When and how might I use this with my clients?

Keywords: Container Exercise  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


85. de Jongh, A. (2005, June). Could EMDR be a promising treatment in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident?. In "EMDR in action." Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Various studies have shown that the counselling routinely offered to people in the immediate aftermath of a traumatic incident seldom protects them from developing post-traumatic stress -and could even delay their recovery. On the other hand, clinical experience suggests that in many cases with the proper utilization of EMDR an almost spontaneous integration of perceptions of sensory input and the cognitive components of the experience takes place. Although controlled data about types of interventions. the optimal time to intervene or predictors of response and recovery are still lacking. within the organization D.O.E.N., providing critical incident stress management services in the Netherlands, there is broad experience in utilizing EMDR with clients who exhibit severe early symptoms following trauma and who need 'first-aid' treatment. EMDR treatment is generally started when there is no evidence of change or recovery within the course of 1 or 2 weeks. Since there is a tremendous unmet need, there is an important challenge to demonstrate in controlled research the advantages of EMDR for those who suffer from symptoms of acute stress, for example in emergency departments and/or the immediate aftermath of mass trauma. This presentation will focus on the rationale for early treatment with the use of EMDR. This approach is illustrated by segments of video taped treatment sessions of clients with symptoms of acute stress.

Keywords: Practice  Symposium  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


86. Seubert, A. (2007, June). The courage to feel: The power of emotional competency within the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Much of affect education is focused on managing and tolerating emotions. What is missing on the in this is an emphasis on the positive reasons for having feelings and how they work (objective #1). We need to be able to sell our clients on the importance of emotional expertise and honesty if they are to heal. They need to develop the courage to feel, but won’t do this if feelings don’t make sense.
Because the emotional journey cuts through what is foreign territory for many of our clients, there is also a need for a map, a hands-on practical guide that clients can refer to when learning how to do this “feeling things.” For this I have developed the Four Steps to emotional competence, very teachable and very learnable (Objective #2).
Specific skills are needed to implement the Four Steps. These include the practice of awareness (the sine qua non of any therapy), breath work, visualizations, resource development and anchoring, grounding techniques, trance busters and the L.I.D.S. strategy for managing strong feelings(Objective #3). Many of these will be practiced during the workshop.
Finally, it is important for the therapist to have a trauma treatment phase model in mind in order to know where this affect education fits in and when it may need to be revisited (Objective #4). The use of EMDR to reinforce learning will be demonstrated and/or practiced during the learning of the seven skills (Objective #5).

Keywords: Strategy  Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


87. Singer, M. T., & Lalich, J. (1996). Crazy therapies:  What are they? Do they work?. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The relationship between patient and therapist is unique in important ways when compared to relationships between clients and other professionals such as physicians, dentists, attorneys, and accountants. The key difference is present from first contact: it is not clearly understood exactly what will transpire. There is no other professional relationship in which consumers are more in the dark than when they first go to see a therapist. In other fields, the public is fairly well informed about what the professional does. Tradition, the media, and general experience have provided consumers with a baseline by which to judge what transpires. If you break your arm, the orthopedist explains she will take an X ray and set the bone; she tells you something about how long the healing will take if all goes well and gives you an estimate of the cost. When you go to a dentist, you expect him to look at your teeth, take a history, explain what was noted, and recommend a course of treatment with an estimate of time and cost. Your accountant will focus on bookkeeping, tax reports, and finances, and help you deal with regulatory agencies. Consumers enter these relationships expecting that the training, expertise, and ethical obligations of the professional will keep the client's best interests foremost. Both the consumer and the professional are aware of each person's role, and it is generally expected that the professional will stick to doing what he or she is trained to do. The consumer does not expect his accountant to lure him into accepting a new cosmology of how the world works or to "channel" financial information from "entities" who lived thousands of years ago; or for his dentist to induce him to believe that the status of his teeth was affected by an extraterrestrial experimenting on him. Nor does the patient expect the orthopedist to lead him to think the reason he fell and broke his arm was because he was under the influence of a secret satanic cult. But seeing a therapist is a far different situation for the consumer. In the field of psychotherapy there is no relatively agreed upon body of knowledge, no standard procedures that a client can expect. There are no national regulatory bodies, and not every state has governing boards or licensing agencies. There are many types and levels of practitioners. Often the client knows little or nothing at all about what type of therapy a particular therapist "believes in" or what the therapist is really going to be doing in the relationship with the client. In meeting a therapist for the first time, most consumers are almost as blind as a bat about what will transpire between the two of them. At most, they might think they will probably talk to the therapist and perhaps get some feedback or suggestions for treatment. What clients might not be aware of is the gamut of training, the idiosyncratic notions, and the odd practices that they may be exposed to by certain practitioners. Consumers are a vulnerable and trusting lot. And because of the special, unpredictable nature of the therapeutic relationship, it is easy for them to be taken advantage of. This makes it all the more incumbent on therapists to be especially ethical and aware of the power their role carries in our society. The misuse and abuse of power is one of the central factors in what goes wrong. Questions to Ask Your Prospective Therapist Ultimately, a therapist is a service provider who sells a service. A prospective client should feel free to ask enough questions to be able to make an informed decision about whether to hire a particular therapist. We have provided a general list of questions to ask a prospective therapist, but feel free to ask whatever you need to know in order to make a proper evaluation. Consider interviewing several therapists before settling on one, just as you might in purchasing any product. Draw up your list of questions before phoning or going in for your first appointment. We recommend that you ask these questions in a phone interview first, so that you can weed out unlikely candidates and save yourself the time and expense of initial visits that don't go anywhere. If during the process a therapist continues to ask you, "Why do you ask?" or acts as though your questioning reflects some defect in you, think carefully before signing up. Those types of responses will tell you a lot about the entire attitude this person will express toward you - that is, that you are one down and he is one up, and that furthermore you are quaint to even ask the "great one" to explain himself. If you are treated with disdain for asking about what you are buying, think ahead: how could this person lead you to feel better, plan better, or have more self-esteem if he begins by putting you down for being an alert consumer? Remember, you may be feeling bad and even desperate, but there are thousands of mental health professionals, so if this one is not right, keep on phoning and searching.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


88. Gomez, A. M. (2006, September). Creative approaches to motivate, prepare, and guide children to use EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is intended to teach specific ways to use storytelling, metaphors and play therapy techniques within the context of the EMDR protocol. Participants will learn play therapy techniques to use during the target identification phase. Techniques such as the "mixed up box", "My yucky bags" among others, will provide a playful approach to assist children in identifying EMDR targets as well as to provide an opportunity for containment. Safe place, as well as other types of resource development, will be addressed using alternative ways to cue the child, such as olfactory stimulation. Participants will learn metaphors and stories to help children understand what happens in the mind and body when trauma occurs. These metaphors are intended to motivate children that are reluctant to embrace the memories associated to the trauma. By using stones and metaphors, children can also maintain emotional distance from their own struggles. One of the main goals of this workshop is to help clinicians learn to communicate more effectively with children by using metaphors, stones and play. How to talk to children about EMDR and how to prepare children for the outcome of EMDR will be addressed. By making the process more predictable, the likelihood of children stopping the process when they experience the difficult feelings associated with the trauma might be minimized. Participants will also learn to use creative, fun and playful ways to assist children in understanding and using the measure scales of the EMDR protocol (SUDS and VOC).

Keywords: Children  Metaphors  Play Therapy  Storytelling  Targets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


89. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Consensus Model  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  Treatment Criteria  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


90. Leeds, A. M. (2007, June). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories (Brown, Scheflin, & Hammond, 1998; Chu, 1998; Courtois, 1999; Hart, Nijenhius, Steele, 2006). Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been described in a series of published case reports as an effective stabilizing intervention for adult survivors of adverse childhood experiences (Korn & Leeds, 2202; Leeds, 1997, 1998, 2001b; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000; Popky, 2005). These clinical case reports of RDI have been described observed decreases in intense shame, depersonalization, angry outbursts, self-injurious behaviors, compulsive eating, obsessive self-critical thoughts, persistent negative emotional states (misery), sexual acting out, and substance abuse. There are now several published procedural descriptions (Korn & Leeds, 2002; Leeds, 2001; Leeds & Shapiro, 2000) and a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR (Shapiro, 2001).
The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with post traumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been persistently offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. EMDR has been shown to produce stable, enduring treatment effects for symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder. RDI has not. Until recently (Korn et al, 2004; Leeds, 2005, 2006; Shapiro, 2004) little attention has been given to assuring appropriate use and avoiding misuse of RDI. This presentation will describe serious clinical and professional issues in continuing to offer RDI over repeated treatment sessions to patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet or achieve readiness criteria for standard EMDR reprocessing and in failing to offer or in excessively delaying EMDR reprocessing.
This presentation will clarify and review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (2) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (3) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at al, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (4) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR processing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its clinical application. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may b associated with misuse or excessive use of RDI. A series of ten clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


91. Leeds, A. (2010, July). Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of resource development and installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients (1) and clinical situations (3) the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations (4) RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients (2) RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented (5) to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  RDI  Resource Development & Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


92. Lee, C. (2008). Crucial processes in EMDR - More than imaginal exposure. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 262-268. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.262.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The processes that underlie the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) are examined by evaluating the procedural differences between it and exposure therapy. Major factors include the degree of emphasis placed on reliving versus distancing in the therapies and the degree to which clients are encouraged to focus on direct trauma experiences versus experiences associated with the trauma. Research results indicate that, unlike traditional imaginal exposure, reliving responses in EMDR did not correlate with symptom improvement. Instead, consistent with an information processing model, the degree of distancing in EMDR was significantly associated with improvement. A case study is described to highlight these methodological divergences in the respective therapies relating to reliving. Finally, the research regarding the possible sources of the distancing response within EMDR was examined. The results indicate that the distancing process was more likely to be an effect produced by eye movements than by any therapist instructions. Theoretical and research evaluations indicate that the mechanisms underlying EMDR and traditional exposure therapy are different.

Keywords: Exposure Therapy  Information Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Reliving  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


93. Renner, W., Banninger-Huber, E., & Peltzer, K. (2011). Culture-sensitive and resource oriented peer (CROP) - Groups as a community based intervention for trauma survivors: A randomized controlled pilot study with refugees and asylum seekers from Chechnya. Australasian Journal of Disaster and Trauma Studies, 2011-1, 1-13.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Asylum seekers and refugees frequently suffer from post-traumatic stress and culturally sensitive methods towards reducing symptoms should be taken into account. The aim of the work reported here was to examine the effectiveness of Culture-Sensitive and Resource Oriented Peer (CROP) - Groups for Chechen asylum seekers and refugees towards reducing post-traumatic symptoms, anxiety, and depression. Some ninety-four participants were randomly assigned to 15 sessions of CROP - or Cognitive Behavior Therapy (CBT) - Groups, to 3 single sessions of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), or to a Wait-List (WL). The results indicated that CROP was significantly superior to WL, and was equally effective as CBT in reducing post-traumatic symptoms, anxiety, and depression. Improvements still were present at three and six month follow-up occasions. EMDR yielded negative results. According to this pilot study, CROP-Groups pose a promising, culturally sensitive alternative to psychotherapy with Chechen migrants.

Keywords: Asylum Seekers  Chechnya  Community-Based Intervention  CROP  Culture-Sensitive and Resource Oriented Peer  Pakistan  Pilot Study  Psychological Trauma  Randomized Control Trial  RCT  Refugees  Survivor  Trauma  Treatment Center  Treatment Response  Violent Situation in Pakistan  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


94. Luber, M. (2009). Current anxiety and behavior. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 133-141). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This protocol is for clients with anxieties not related to major trauma. The focus here is the Standard EMDR Protocol. This is a summary of the Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol scripted by Marilyn Luber (Shapiro, 2001, 2006). For current anxiety and behavior problems, the Standard EMDR Protocol should be applied to the following targets (assuming they are available): Past memories; Present triggers; and a Future template. The Current Anxiety and Behavior Protocol Script is provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Current Anxiety  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


95. Spector, J., & Read, J. (1999, July). The current status of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 6(3), 165-174. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099-0879(199907).

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR) has increasingly been proposed as an effective therapeutic procedure for post-traumatic stress disorder and other mental health problems. However, views on EMDR in the research literature have been polarized. Reasons for this are explored as is the nature and theoretical basis of EMDR. Fifteen controlled studies thus far published on EMDR and PTSD are reviewed, and it is concluded that (i) EMDR is an effective psychotherapy, (ii) EMDR's relative efficacy in comparison to behavioural exposure therapies has yet to be established, (iii) the role of eye movements and laterality in attentional focus remains controversial and (iv) a direct link between the theoretical basis of the therapy and observable psychological and neurobiological changes has yet to be established. [Wiley]

Keywords: Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Reprocessing Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


96. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Januar). Das neue EMDR dialog‐protokoll, die kognitionen und ihre zentrale bedeutung bei der EMDR arbeit mit komplexen problemstellungen [The new dialogue EMDR protocol: The cognitions and their central role in the EMDR work with complex problems]. Präsentation am Institut für Traumazentrierte Therapie und Beratung, Zürich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die Erfahrung zeigt, dass die erfolgreiche Arbeit mit EMDR häufig wesentlich von der treffenden und emotional bedeutungsvollen Wahl der Kognitionen abhängt. Die Erfahrung zeigt aber ebenfalls, dass diese richtige Auswahl oft zur schwierigen Hürde werden kann beim Einstieg in komplexe EMDR‐Arbeit in Phase 3, und zwar nicht nur für AnfängerInnen, sondern auch für erfahrene EMDR TherapeutInnen. Dies vor allem dann, wenn der Fokus der Arbeit nicht auf klar definierten klassischen traumatischen Einzelereignissen, sondern auf komplexen, frühen Lebensthemen liegt. Das Herausarbeiten tiefgreifender, emotional bedeutsamer Kognitionen fällt bei solchen Themen den Betroffenen oft besonders schwer. Diese Situation erzeugt häufig Verunsicherung bei den Klienten und Therapeuten und stellt eine Herausforderung für die erfolgreiche  und effiziente Anwendung von EMDR dar. Mittlerweile ist in der Bindungs‐ und Traumaforschung herausgearbeitet worden, dass frühe Störungen sehr häufig eine dissoziative Struktur bei den Betroffenen zur Folge haben.  Wir müssen also davon ausgehen, dass es in diesen Fällen auch um eine „subtile“ Dissoziation geht, die sich bei der EMDR Arbeit in Phase 3 u.a. durch Probleme mit der Erarbeitung der Kognitionen manifestieren kann.    In den letzten Jahren habe ich das EMDR Dialog‐Protokoll entwickelt, das den Umgang mit solch komplexen EMDR Situationen in der Phase 3 wesentlich erleichtert.  Im Oktober 2009 wurde eine Kurzversion meiner Arbeit zu diesem speziellen EMDR Protokoll im deutschen EMDR Rundbrief veröffentlicht und im August 2011 wird eine englische Übersetzung im EMDR Journal for Research & Practice veröffentlicht.   Der Workshop soll einerseits die Bedeutung der Kognitionen für die erfolgreiche EMDR Arbeit nochmals klären sowie die dazugehörigen theoretischen Grundlagen aus der Neurobiologie, der Bindungstheorie und den Theorien der Strukturellen Dissoziation und Ego‐State Theorie zusammenfassen.  Sodann wird das Dialog‐Protokoll im Detail erläutert und mittels Fallbeispielen in der praktischen Anwendung dargestellt. Ein praktischer Teil des Workshops ist dem Üben von Phase 3 mit dem Dialogprotokoll vorbehalten. Die TeilnehmerInnen sollen anhand von konkreten eigenen Beispielen die Phase 3 mit Anwendung des Dialog‐ Protokolls üben, um für die Praxis eine auf Selbsterfahrung basierende praktische Erfahrung mitzunehmen. Es geht dabei um das Erfassen von Phase 3 bis zum VOC, nicht um eine komplette Selbsterfahrung mit EMDR. Dabei soll die emotionale Relevanz der stimmigen und tiefgreifenden Kognition erfahrbar werden.    Wenn es der zeitliche Rahmen erlaubt, können eigene Fälle zur Diskussion gestellt werden. Der Workshop soll eine kollegiale Diskussion von Problemen in der EMDR Anwendung ermöglichen und neue Perspektiven eröffnen helfen.

Experience shows that successful work often with EMDR significantly taken from and emotionally meaningful choice of cognition depends. But experience shows also that these Proper selection can often be difficult to hurdle in entering complex EMDR work in phase 3, and not only for beginners but also for experienced EMDR therapists. This especially when the focus of the work of non-traumatic on clearly defined classical Individual events, but on complex, early-life subjects. Working out of profound, emotionally meaningful cognition falls on such topics stakeholders often particularly difficult. This Situation often creates uncertainty among clients and therapists and offers a challenge represents for the successful and efficient use of EMDR Meanwhile, it has been worked into the binding and trauma research that very early interference often have a dissociative structure among those affected the result. We must therefore assume that in these cases, a "subtle" dissociation is, among other things, at the EMDR work in phase 3 may be manifested by problems with the development of cognition. In recent years I have developed the dialogue EMDR protocol, how to deal with such complex EMDR situations in phase 3 easier. In October 2009, a short version of my Work on this specific EMDR protocol in German newsletter published EMDR and in August 2011 an English translation of the EMDR Journal for Research & Practice is published. The workshop on the one hand the importance of cognition in the successful EMDR should work again and clarify the related theoretical principles from neurobiology, attachment theory and summarize the theories of Structural Dissociation and ego state theory. Then, the Dialog protocol described in detail and illustrated using case studies in practical applications. A practical part of the workshop is reserved for the practice of dialogue with the Phase 3 protocol. The By means of concrete examples to own participants, phase 3 of the dialogue with application- Exercise protocol in order for the practice to bring a hands-on experience based on personal experience. This involves having to capturing phase 3 to the VOC, not a complete self-awareness EMDR. It is the emotional relevance of coherent and profound cognition can be experienced. If it is the time frame allowed to own cases are presented for discussion. The workshop should enable a collegial discussion of issues in application of EMDR and new perspectives help open up.

Keywords: Cognitions  Dialogue Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


97. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel. Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt. Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.

This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part. The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes. The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.

Keywords: Present Focus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


98. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation. À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)

It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions

Keywords: Target  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


99. van Eijk, M. & ter Braak, A. (2008, Maart). De noodkreet van het lijf: Het lichaam spreekt [The cry of the body: The body speaks]. Presentatie aan de derde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
De gevolgen van psychotrauma manifesteren zich in de meeste gevallen in de vorm van herbelevingen, vermijding, emotionele ontregeling, concentratiestoornissen en dergelijke. Lichamelijke klachten worden inmiddels ook steeds vaker herkend als een van de gevolgen van PTSS. In deze workshop wordt naast aandacht voor de theoretische achtergrond van psychofysiologische reacties, ingegaan op wat men als EMDR- therapeut in de praktijk kan tegenkomen: dit kan variëren van selectief mutisme tot stigmata en van verlammingsverschijnselen tot visus uitval. Een en ander wordt geïllustreerd aan de hand van voorbeelden en videomateriaal.

The effects of psychotrauma manifest themselves in most cases in the form of reexperiencing, avoidance, emotional disturbance, impaired concentration and the like. Physical symptoms are also now increasingly being recognized as one of the effects of PTSD. This workshop will next focus on the theoretical background of psycho-physiological responses, discuss what they like EMDR therapist in practice may encounter: this may range from selective mutism to stigmata and paralysis to vision loss. This is illustrated by examples and video material.

Keywords: Body  Psychophysiological Responses  Somatic  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


100. Rana, M. (2010, July). Dealing with psychotrauma in war against terror: East meets West through EMDR. Symposium (Samin Karim, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The ‘War on Terror’ on the borders of Pakistan and Afghanistan has committed almost two hundred thousand troops on either side with more than five million civilians directly affected by terrorist acts, bombings, blasts, drone attacks, and air strife. Children, women, and men of all ages report to health facilities in hundreds with psycho trauma ranging from acute stress reactions, posttraumatic stress disorders, dissociation, depression, anxiety and Medically Unexplained Symptoms (MUS). The health professionals with hardly any training in handling of psycho trauma are clueless about how to deal with these cases. A handful of mental health professionals trained by EMDR UK and EMDR Europe experts, through a humanitarian assistance programme are the only trained human resource currently available to deal with these massive numbers of survivors. A strategic placement of this grossly limited number of trained EMDR human resource ( four females, six males), in the war zone has helped scores of soldiers to return to the battlefield, hundreds of children to return to their schools, dozens of families to return to normality and many adults to return to work. The elementary yet devoted and dedicated EMDR services in the war torn regions of Swat, Wazirastan, Kohat and tertiary care services at Rawalpindi are a result of a timely collaboration between EMDR trainers from West providing training in EMDR to psychiatrists, psychologists, nurses and social workers of Pakistan; indeed a fine example of ‘Building Bridges between East & West through EMDR’.

Keywords: Psychotrauma  Symposium: Terror  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


101. Curry, S. (2006, June). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when and who. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Following EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


102. Curry, S. (2006, September). Decisions, decisions…Forks in the road in EMDR:  What, when, and why. Presentation at an annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: F
ollowing EMDR training, clinicians experience a steep learning curve when they attempt to implement the protocol with clients. Anecdotal evidence points to a significant reduction in numbers of EMDR trained clinicians actually utilizing it correctly with clients on a regular basis. EMDR is much more complex than it first appears; therefore those who use the protocol only occasionally or loosely will miss significant opportunities to grasp the subtleties and effective application. There is a need, even for experienced EMDR clinicians, to learn and apply a structured way of identifying the decisions we make both before and as we proceed through the protocol. A growing body of researcs exists to back up our decisions; however, some choices are made based on intuition and clinical judgment. Topics will include a self-evaluation (passions and expertise); why we sharpen our phone skills up-front; rationales for tightening up intake and case conceptualization; decisions during preparation, safe place, resource development, assessment, desensitization, and later phases of the protocol; decisions regarding cognitive interweaves; and decisions regarding time management and flexing a treatment plan. Participants will be encouraged to sharpen their thinking about how they do EMDR with their clients, by means of identifying the most important "forks in the road" before and during treatment; be able to name at least one decision point pertaining to each of the Phases covered; and finally, to provide a rationale for the choices they do make at these critical moments. 8

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Preparation Phase  Time Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


103. Velozo, S. A. C. (2010, Noviembre). Desarrollo y procedimiento del método psicoterapéutico llamado E.M.D.R (Desensibilización y reprocesamiento por movimiento ocular) con pacientes que sufren trastorno por estrés postraumático [Procedure development and method of psychotherapy called EMDR (eye movement desentization and reprocessing) with patients suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder]. Universidad Bolivariana, Escuela de Psicologia, Santiago, Chile.

Language: Spanish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
El siguiente trabajo consta de una revision bibliografica sobre el modelo psicoterapeutico llamado E.M.D.R (Desensibilizacion y Reprocesamiento por Movimiento Ocular), utilizado en patalogias psiquicas que se originan por una vivencia traumatica, esta tecnica es vilidada cientificamente y enfatiza el Sistema de Procesaiento de Informacion intrinseco del cerebro y como son almacenadas las memorias. Se identifica el problema especifico que sera el foco del tratamiento. Mediante un protocol estructuado, la informacion que estaba atrapada y aislada en la neuro-red en la que habia sido almacenada en su forma originalmente perturbadora, es procesada y desensibilizada transformandose en algo util, functional y libre de conflict. Es un metodo psicopterapeutico innovador que accelera el tratamiento en un amplio rango de patalogias de origen psicologico, como le es el Trastorno por Estres Postraumatico. Parte por una breve resena historica del concepto de truma psiquico, descripcion del cuadro de sintomas del trastorno de ester postraumatico y una revision bibliografica sobre el modelo teorico en el que se inserta principios y procedimiento de la terapia EMDR. Por ello se presentan las fases del procedimiento, que son: 1. Historica clinica y plan de tratamiento, 2. Preparacion, 3 Evaluacion/D.I.C. E.S., 4. Desensibilizacion, 5. Instalacion de la creencia positive, 6. Chequeo corporal – Escaner corporal, 7. Cierre – Conclusion, and 8. Reevaluacion/Seguimiento. Finalmente se hara una docil comparacion con las terapias del modelo convencional en base a la triada do los sintomas del Trastorno por Estres Postraumatico, vale decir: rexpermentacion, evitacion e hiperactivacion.

The following work consists of a literature review on the psychotherapeutic model called EMDR (Desensitization and Reprocessing Eye Movement), used in psychic patalogias that are caused by a traumatic experience, this technique is scientifically and emphasizes vilidada System Information Procesaiento intrinsic brain and how memories are stored. It identifies the specific problem will be the focus of treatment. Using a structured protocol, information that was trapped and isolated in the neuro-network that had been stored as originally disturbing is processed and transformed into something useful desensitized, functional and free of conflict. It is an innovative method accelerates psicopterapeutico treatment in a wide range of psychological origin patalogias, as he is Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. Party by a brief history of the concept of psychic Truma, description of box ester disorder symptoms and posttraumatic literature review on the theoretical model that is inserted in the principles and procedure of EMDR therapy. So are procedural steps which are: 1. Historical clinical and treatment plan, 2. Preparation, 3 Evaluation / D.I.C. E.S., 4. Desensitization, 5. Installation of positive belief, 6. Check body - body scanner, 7. Close - Conclusion, and 8. Reassessment / Follow-up. Finally there will be a docile compared to the conventional therapies based on the triad do the symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder, namely: rexpermentacion, avoidance and hyperarousal.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


104. Vojtova, H., Bob, P., & Ptacek, R. (2012). Desenzitizace a zpracování pomocí očních pohybů (EMDR) - psychologické a neurobiologické souvislosti terapie posttraumatické stresové poruchy [Desensitization and processing using eye movements (EMDR) - A psychological therapy connection neurobiological posttraumatic stress disorder]. Československá psychologie, 56(5), 463-472.

Language: Czech

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desenzibilizace a přepracování (EMDR) představuje slibný přístup k léčbě posttraumatické stresové poruchy. Empirické poznatky poskytují důkazy o vlivu EMDR na snížení subjektivně vnímané živostí a emocionální zátěž z autobiographic vzpomínek a na snížení vzrušení autonomního nervového systému přesouváním rovnováhy směrem aktivace parasympatiku. Poslední hypotézy naznačují, že účinky EMDR spoléhají na neurobiologických mechanismů pracujících v duálním zaměřit pozornost, orientující reflex a REM spánek. Toto přepracování se zdá vyvolat specifickou neurobiological odpověď, že dělá pro zpracování informací v centrálním nervovém systému efektivnější, zejména u jedinců s PTSD.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) represents a promising approach to treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. The empirical findings provide evidence for the effect of EMDR on decreasing of subjectively perceived vividness and emotional burden of autobiographic memories and on reducing arousal of the autonomic nervous system by shifting the balance towards parasympathetic activation. Recent hypotheses suggest that the effects of EMDR rely on neurobiological mechanisms employed in dual focus attention, orienting reflex and REM sleep. This reprocessing seems to provoke a specific neurobiological response that makes the information processing in central nervous system more efficient, particularly in individuals with PTSD [Author Abstract].

Keywords: Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


105. Softic, R, & Becirovic, E, (2009, Septembra). Desenzitizacija pokretima ociju i reprocesiranje (EMDR): Kada su rijeci nemocne [Desensitization of eye movements and reprocessing (EMDR): When words are disabled]. Prvi Psihoterapijski Simpozijum Bosne I Hercegovine Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.

Language: Serbian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neki ljudi doţive traumatska stanja koja ne mogu u potpunosti opisati rijeĉima. Mnogi od njih nikada ni ne progovore o tome što su doţivjeli. Ali patnja se u njima nastavlja i organizam, a ĉesto i okolina plaćaju ogromnu cijenu. U takvim sluĉajevima psihoterapija koja koristi rijeĉi je nemoćna. Istraţivanja upućuju da jedna, relativno nova psihoterapijska metoda desenzitizacija pokretima oĉiju i reprocesiranje (EMDR), moţe pomoći i takvim osobama. Kada neko iskusi ozbiljnu psihološku traumu, ĉini se da dolazi do narušavanja ravnoteţe u nervnom sistemu. Ta ravnoteţa je, moguće, narušena i posredstvom razliĉitih medijatora poput adrenalina, serotonina, dopamina, kortizola itd. Zbog takve neravnoteţe onemogućeno je optimalno funkcioniranje sistema za procesiranje informacija, a informacije vezane uz traumatiĉan dogaĊaj poput slika, zvukova, afekata i fiziĉkih senzacija se zadrţavaju u disfunkcionalnom, uznemirujućem obliku. Danas izranja shvatanje da postoji неуролошки balans u razliĉitim fiziološkim sistemima što omogućuje da informacije budu procesirane na adaptivan naĉin. EMDR kod nekih traumatiziranih djeluje ĉak i kada osoba ne moţe govoriti o tome što je preţivjela. Ono što je bitno jeste da se fokusira na traumatski dogaĊaj i da suraĊuje sa terapeutom u procesu stimulisanja dualne paţnje što omogućava adaptivno procesiranje informacija. Adaptivno procesiranje znaĉi uspostavljanje adekvatnih asocijacija i pojavu da iskustvo biva konstruktivno ugraĊeno u pozitivne kognitivne i emocionalne sheme pojedinca. Odnosno, oslobaĊa od simptoma i omogućava da se nova iskustva doţive bez blokirajućeg uticaja traume.

Some people doţive traumatic conditions that can not fully describe in words. Many of them never to speak of it as doţivjeli. But the suffering in them continues and the body, and environment, and often pay a huge price. In such cases psychotherapy that uses words of the powerless. Research suggests that a relatively new psychotherapeutic methods desensitization and reprocessing eye movement (EMDR), and can help such people. When someone has experienced serious psychological trauma, it seems that there is a violation of equilibrium in the nervous system. This equilibrium is possible, and disrupted through a variety of mediators such as adrenaline, serotonin, dopamine, cortisol, etc.. Because of such imbalance prevented the optimal functioning of the system for information processing and information related to traumatic an event such as images, sounds, physical sensations and affects it retains in the dysfunctional, disturbing form. It emerges that there is understanding of neurological balance in different physiological systems, which allows information to be processed on adaptive manner. EMDR works by some traumatized even when the person can not talk about what is preţivjela. What is important is to focus on the traumatic events and to co-operate with the therapist in the process of stimulating the attention of the dual provides adaptive information processing. Adaptive processing means getting the right associations and the emergence of the experience of being a built-in positive constructive cognitive and emotional schemas of the individual. That is, oslobaĊa of symptoms and allows for new experiences doţive without blocking effects of trauma.

Keywords: Doţ  ivjeli  Preţ  ivjela  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


106. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2005, September). Developing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings:  Working with clinical or administrative reluctantance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities of color, those that are impoverished and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas or agency reluctance concerning EMDR and will demonstrate the use af a simple assessment tool designed to identify where thc intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.

Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance  Community Mental Health Agencies  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


107. Schmidt, S. J., & and Hernandez, A. (2007). The developmental needs meeting strategy: Eight case studies. Traumatology, 13(1), 27-48. doi:10.1177/1534765607299913 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study investigates the merits of the Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy (DNMS), a relatively new ego state therapy. The DNMS is based on the assumption that many presenting problems are due to wounded ego states stuck in childhood because of unmet developmental needs. DNMS protocols endeavor to identify and heal the wounded child parts most responsible for a presenting problem. When internal Resource ego states, which serve as competent caregivers, meet the wounded ego states' developmental needs, the wounded ego states become unstuck and heal. Eight participants were recruited from the private practice caseloads of 3 DNMS therapists. All participants reported significant improvement in the targeted problems, with gains maintained at follow-up. These findings suggest that the DNMS has therapeutic potential. [Sage]

Keywords: Developmental Needs  Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy  Ego State Therapy  Introjects  Psychodynamic  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


108. Bambach, S. (2003). Die 5-4-3-2-1-Übung [The 5-4-3-2-1-Exercise]. Institut fur Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Die Ausbildung in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) führte mich über längere Zeit zu einer intensiven Auseinandersetzung über die Vereinbarkeit von EMDR mit meiner bisherigen traumatherapeutischen Arbeit. Diese war und ist stark geprägt durch die lösungs- und ressourcenorientierte Therapie, wie ich sie von Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan und später in anderer Form von Gunther Schmidt erlernt habe. Zentrale Elemente der Arbeit mit traumatisierten Menschen nach lösungsorientierten Konzepten sind u. a. die aktive Unterstützung der Klienten1 bei der Entwicklung einer positiven Zukunftsvision, bei der Identifikation der individuellen Kriterien für Therapieerfolg und der kleinstmöglichen, aktiv zu unternehmenden Schritte in diese Richtung. Diese konsequent ressourcen- und lösungsorientierte Arbeitsweise schien im Widerspruch zur Traumafokussierung als zentralem Moment von EMDR zu stehen.

The training in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) led for a longer time to intensive Arguments on the compatibility traumatherapeutischen of EMDR with my previous Work. This was and is strongly influenced by the solution-and resource- Therapy, as I by Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan and later in another form I learned by Gunther Schmidt. Headquarters Elements of the work with traumatized Solution-oriented approaches to human are amongst the active support the Klienten1 in developing a positive vision for the future, in the identification the individual criteria for treatment success and the smallest, active steps to be taken in this direction. This resource consistently and solution-oriented way of working seemed Focusing as a contradiction to the trauma to be central moment of EMDR.

Keywords: 5-4-3-2-1 Exercise  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


109. Rost, C. (2009). Die arbeit mit dem positivien - Ressourcenorganization mit EMDR [Working with the positive - Resource installation with EMDR]. In R. Plassmann (Hg.), Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten (pp. 143-147). Giessen, Germany: Psychosozial-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


110. Rost, C. (2007, Herbst). Die arbeit mit dem positivien - Ressourcenorganization mit EMDR [Working with the positive - resource organization with EMDR]. Psychotherapeutishches Zentrum Kitzberg-Klinik Bad Mergentheim.

Language: German

Format: Other

Keywords: Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


111. Rost, C. & Novy, M. (2008). Die rolle des korpers in der traumaterapie - Der korper als ressource in EMDR [The role of the body in the traumaterapie - The body as a resource in EMDR]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.) Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life] (pp. 39-51) Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Body  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


112. O'Connor, M., Russell, A., & Mueller, K. (2008, June). A discussion forum for child practitioners. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of this workshop is to provide participants with an opportunity to join a discussion led by a group of Child Trained EMDR Consultants. The focus of the discussion will be on the most frequently voiced queries, issues and concerns raised by EMDR child practitioners in the various support and supervision groups across the UK. Participants will be invited to join the discussion amongst Panel Members as they share learning arising from their experiences of leading support and supervision groups where the practice issues range from work with very young children to older teenagers including those with additional support needs. Members of the Panel are from a range of professional disciplines and practice EMDR with children and adolescents in a variety of education, health and community settings.

Keywords: Child Therapists  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


113. Cotraccia, A. (2008, June). Disorganized attachment in the “worried well”: EMDR in the treatment of adjustment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will begin with a focus on current Adjustment Disorder literature. This section will highlight problems of intrapersonal and interpersonal attunement as defined from an Interpersonal Neurobiological perspective. Furthermore, literature on attachment theory will explore the importance of contingent communication in the development of an integrated mind. The relevance of intersubjective experience in adaptive information processing will help participants learn to identify experiences of misattuned communication as relational trauma. Information processing will further be explored as related to self states. An emphasis on recognizing “cohesive vs coherent” self states will be made. The understanding of the multiplicity of the mind in this section will provide a context for considering dissociation from an attachment theory perspective. In addition the emergence of cohesive and “disaggregated” self states will be highlighted as a result of the disorganized attachment experience. This particular type of relational trauma will be conceptualized as a betrayal trauma. Disavowal of self states will be established as salient in the vagueness of presenting complaints in the patient with an Adjustment Disorder. AIP case conceptualization of Adjustment Disorders will be established and a focus for the remainder of the workshop. Identification of memory networks associated with disorganized/unresolved experiences and integration of cohesive self states will follow. The 8 phased 3 pronged protocol or modified egostate specific targeting will be highlighted with a case study. Participants will learn to organize a treatment plan around negative cognitions, affects and behaviours reflected in the presenting problem and history.

Keywords: Adjustment Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


114. Forgash, C. (2010, September/October). Dissociation in the dental chair: Implications for the EMDR treatment of health issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment is effective in dealing with many health problems (exacerbated by dissociation)encountered by many complex trauma clients. The negative sequelae of abuse on the physical and mental health of these clients includes flashbacks and dissociative episodes. They are frequently avoidant of health care, which can lead to further consequences. This presentation will focus on expanding the EMDR Preparation Phase; presenting strategies to deal with dissociation, emotional issues, and PTSD symptoms. The Desensitization and Reprocessing Phase will deal with earlier traumatic events, health issues and current and past dissociative events which are frequently at the root of these problems.

Keywords: Dissociation  Health Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


115. Darker-Smith, S. (2012, October). Dissociative disorders and EMDR: Depersonalisation, derealisation and dissociation. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Within the field of dissociative disorders, EMDR clinicians are advised that there should be significant stabilisation in the preparation phase of the standard protocol. Indeed, where a client has been experiencing depersonalisation and / or derealisation for a significant period of time, there can be elements of heightened risk, such as suicidal intent caused by living in this ‘half-life’ or ‘dream-state’. For these clients, using a float-back technique to introduce body sensation as a mechanism of grounding can be, and is, highly effective in terms of stabilisation. This can enable a swifter progression to a place of stability in order to target the cause of dissociation, where it has been triggered by a natural, protective psychological avoidance to a traumatic event as well as reduce risk of suicide in clients who are experiencing significant distress at being ‘trapped’ in this ‘alternate reality’.

Keywords: Derealization  Depersonalization  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


116. Beere, D. B. (2003, September). The dissociative disorders:  Update, current research, and applications of EMDR. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on current advances in the dissociative disorders, emphasizing scientific information supporting the diagnosis, recent advances in assessment, and the most current advances in treatment. The application and appropriateness of EMDR will be emphasized throughout the workshop and the most current applications of EMDR with dissociative disorders presented. Data will be presented that support EMDR-interventions with dissociative disorders.

Keywords: Dissociation  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


117. Furukawa, D. K. (1998, June). The dive method. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(2), 26, 31.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In life, we find that much of what holds us back is fear. This was the theme of the movies, “Defending Your Life,” in which, after dying, the main character must examine his life only to find that he continually made decisions which restrained his personal growth due to his fear and lack of belief in self. Certainly other emotions like shame and guilt, sadness and anger play key parts in the reprocessing of trauma. However, experience has shown that fear is quite often either related to the emotion that is associated with the trauma focus, or the stated emotion turns into fear as reprocessing commences.

Keywords: Dive Method  Fear  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


118. Ehlers, A., Bisson, J., Clark, D. M., Creamer, M., Pilling, S., Richards, D., Schnurr, P. P., Turner, S., & Yule, W. (2010, March). Do all psychological treatments really work the same in posttraumatic stress disorder?. Clinical Psychology Review 30(2), 269–276. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2009.12.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A recent meta-analysis by Benish, Imel, and Wampold (2008, Clinical Psychology Review, 28, 746-758) concluded that all bona fide treatments are equally effective in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In contrast, seven other meta-analyses or systematic reviews concluded that there is good evidence that trauma-focused psychological treatments (trauma-focused cognitive behavior therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) are effective in PTSD; but that treatments that do not focus on the patients' trauma memories or their meanings are either less effective or not yet sufficiently studied. International treatment guidelines therefore recommend trauma-focused psychological treatments as first-line treatments for PTSD. We examine possible reasons for the discrepant conclusions and argue that (1) the selection procedure of the available evidence used in Benish et al.'s (2008)meta-analysis introduces bias, and (2) the analysis and conclusions fail to take into account the need to demonstrate that treatments for PTSD are more effective than natural recovery. Furthermore, significant increases in effect sizes of trauma-focused cognitive behavior therapies over the past two decades contradict the conclusion that content of treatment does not matter. To advance understanding of the optimal treatment for PTSD, we recommend further research into the active mechanisms of therapeutic change, including treatment elements commonly considered to be non-specific. We also recommend transparency in reporting exclusions in meta-analyses and suggest that bona fide treatments should be defined on empirical and theoretical grounds rather than by judgments of the investigators' intent. Copyright © 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


119. Lockhart, S. (2009, June 16). Do the eyes have it?. Psychology Today.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
A few years ago, my friend Ally, who had a somewhat unwarranted confidence in my knowledge of Things Psychological, asked if I knew anything about EMDR; she had suffered some severe childhood trauma, and was thinking of trying it. "EMDR?" I asked, "Is that a new street drug?" I guess that showed her what I knew. She explained that her therapist had suggested this relatively new technique, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, that had been shown to ease symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) in soldiers and rape victims. From what she understood, the therapist would help her to focus on her devastating memories of childhood abuse while directing her eyes to twitch rapidly from side to side. This, according to her shrink, would help her to better "process" her memories. "Sounds like hypnotism," I expertly analyzed. "Who knows, maybe it will work." More recently, when I wrote here about the neurobiological advantages of emotionally "finding a safe place," several readers also wrote in to ask me about EMDR. Now I understand why people want an expert opinion (and I'm no expert, by the way): a heap of controversy surrounds this popular technique.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


120. Samec, J. R. (2005, December). Dorothy's dilemma:  A patient with an insecure base for treatment. The EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents  Client Readiness  Cognitive Interweave  Resource Installation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


121. Samec, J. R. (2005, Februari). Dorothys dilemma, När en patient inte har en trygg bas för behandling [Dorothy’s Dilemma: A patient with an insecure base for treatment]. EMDR Tidningen.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
James R. Samec, leg. psykoterapeut med privat verksamhet i Stockholm och Norrtälje. Han är också verksam vid barn- och ungdomspsykiatriska mottagningen i Norrtälje. Artikeln är en omarbetad version av den som publicerades i EMDR-tidningen i februari 2005. Författaren tackar också leg. psykoterapeut Lotta Landerholm för hennes ovärderliga och insiktsfulla observationer. Hur gör man när en patient vägrar att berätta om vad hon har varit utsatt för, vem som utsatt henne för det och hotar henne i hennes aktuella liv? Denna artikel illustrerar hur psykodynamisk psykoterapi med Eye Movement Densensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ger möjlighet att bearbeta ett trauma utan att psykoterapeuten vet vem och vad patienten har varit utsatt för och hur en omvänd applicering av EMDR kan hjälpa en patient som fortfarande är utsatt för den förövaren som orsakade traumatiseringen.

A traumatized adolescent, sensitive to rejection and exposed to real threat by the perpetrator who caused past traumatisation, would seem to have an insecure base for therapeutic treatment. Such a patient may have difficulty developing resources according to the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)-resource installation procedure and accepting EMDR-cognitive interweaves. Treatment of such a patient demonstrates that therapy is possible, if the patient is given the possibility to confront the perpetrator in an imaginary anticipatory situation and process that event with EMDR, even though not all past and current issues have been completely treated.

Keywords: Adolescents  Client Readiness  Cognitive Interweave  Resource Installation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


122. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


123. Manfield, P. (2013, May). Dyadic resourcing: Creating a foundation for treating early trauma [La dyade comme ressource: Créer une base solide pour traiter les traumas de la petite enfance]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.
Learning Objectives: • Explain why cognitive interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders • List 15 possible sources of resource figures a client might have that the client can feel a present affective connection to. • List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. • Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves. • Describe how the “morphing” process minimizes a client’s resistance to feeling nurtured.

Cet atelier présente la dyade comme ressource, une approche conçue pour faciliter le retraitement en EMDR pour les traumas de la petite enfance chez des clients qui ont été sévèrement négligés dont ceux avec un trouble de l’attachement. L’objectif de ce processus est d’aider le client à se connecter au niveau affectif à une expérience intérieure d’être dans une relation nourrissante parent-enfant. Cet atelier portera sur les principes de base et les processus centraux de cette forme de ressourcement incluant les 5 étapes pour établir cette ressource. Le processus sera illustré à l’aide de vidéos de transcription sur les ressources et une démonstration en direct. Il fournira aussi des ‘’liens’’ afin d’avoir accès gratuitement à des formations sur les ressources.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Expliquer pourquoi les tissages cognitifs ne sont pas aidant pour les clients ayant un trouble de l’attachement • Une liste de 15 figures ressourçantes pour le client et pour lesquelles il peut ressentir une connexion sur le plan affectif. • Une liste de 8 techniques qui peut être utiliser afin d’aider le client à se sentir de plus en plus connecter à une ressource. • Décrire 4 indications que le client n’adopte pas une position d’observateur mais plutôt qu’il soit vraiment identifié avec leurs ‘’soi’’ d’enfant. • Décrire comment le processus de ‘’morphing’’ peut diminuer la résistance au sentiment d’être nourrit affectivement

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Morphing  Resource Figures  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


124. Manfield, P. (2011, August). Dyadic resourcing: EMDR with difficult clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces “dyadic resourcing,” a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration. Links to free additional training resources will be provided.

Keywords: Difficult Clients  Dyadic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


125. Shapiro, E., & Laub, B. (2008). Early EMDR intervention (EEI): A summary, a theoretical model, and the recent traumatic episode protocol (R-TEP). Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 79-96. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.79.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article examines existing early EMDR intervention (EEI) procedures, presents a conceptual model, and proposes a new comprehensive protocol: the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol (R-TEP). A review of research and important professional issues regarding application and parameters are presented. The commonly used EEI protocols and procedures are summarized, with the inclusion of descriptive case examples from the Lebanon war and a review of related research. Then a theoretical model is presented in which traumatic information processing is conceptualized as expanding from a narrow focus on the sensory image (perceptual level) to a wider focus on the event/episode (experiential level) and finally to a broad focus on the theme/identity (meaning level). The relationship of this model to the Recent-Traumatic Episode protocol is articulated and case examples are presented. Theoretical speculations are discussed relating to attention regulation and the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model. Further research is encouraged. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP  Cognitive Processes  Crisis Intervention  Early EMDR Intervention  Emergency Room Patients  Israel-Hezbollah War  Israelis  Prevention of PTSD  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Recent Events  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


126. Temple, M. (2011, October). Eating disorders and EMDR. Presentation at the 3rd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop Conference, Durham, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on EMDR in eating disorders, particularly Anorexia Nervosa, commencing with a review of the evidence base particularly in relation to EMDR and perspective on aetiology / causations. The discussion will focus on physical risks and need for combined multi-disciplinary working for safe management with a specific focus on published EMDR work and the importance of the preparatory / resource phase. Target areas for using EMDR including identified trauma, attachment / abandonment issues, fear of need / emotion, specific experiences of the anorexia itself and symptom areas such as body image distortion will all be considered leading to a possible overall ‘EMDR and Eating Disorders’ model. (Author abstract)

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


127. Ichii Masaya (2003, September). Effect of RDI for ameliorating depression in college students. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: College Students  Depression  RDI  Resource Development Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


128. Freund, B., Ironson, G., & Bira, L. (2012, October). The effect of three treatments for recent trauma on trauma-related cognitions. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objective: To determine whether (and which) of three brief (4 session) interventions would reduce trauma related cognitions: EMDR, stress management with a trauma focus (SMT), or four sessions of expanded Psychological First Aid (PFA).

Keywords: PFA  Psychological First Aid  SMT  Stress Management with a Trauma Focus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


129. Silverman, S. J. (2011). Effecting peak athletic performance with neurofeedback, interactive metronome®, and EMDR: A case study. Biofeedback, 39(1), 40-42. doi:10.5298/1081-5937-39.1.08.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This case study chronicles the application and effects of a customized combination of therapies, including neurofeedback, Interactive Metronome® (IM), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) created to help a professional athlete improve his brain function and performance. Brian, a 28-year-old professional baseball player, sought help for difficulty maintaining focus and concentration while playing baseball. He felt his challenges impeded his athletic performance, and he wanted to perform at the highest possible level during the upcoming spring training season. Brian's history combined with the results of a QEEG brain map led to a diagnosis of Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type. The individualized treatment program for Brian included neurofeedback to lower theta activity and increase beta, IM to improve coordination and timing, and EMDR to address his feelings of anger and lack of self-confidence. At the conclusion of his training, Brian described feeling “clear-headed” and was able to focus his mind when needed. His timing and coordination improved, and he showed a positive attitude about playing baseball and felt confident that he would perform well at spring training.

Keywords: Athelete  Attention Deficit Disorder–Inattentive Type  IM  Interactive Metronome®  Neurofeedback  Performance ENhancement  QEEG Brain Map  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


130. Yarosh, D. (2002, June). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To treat high-functioning clients who suffer from intimacy problems EMDR must be integrated into a necessarily long-lerm treatment where issues of relationship and attachment are paramount. Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into existing long-term treatments or to create new comprehensive treatment plans with the cooperation of the client. Participants will learn to use Greenwald's Motivational Interview to set goals, a Trauma History to prioritize EMDR targets, and the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives lnto the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated. Issues of timing and ego stabilization will be discussed.

Keywords: Motivational Interview  Resource Installation  Trauma History  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


131. Yarosh, D. (2003, September). Effective EMDR for high-functioning clients with intimacy problems (Expanded with new cases). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to integrate EMDR into the longer-term treatment that is necessary where issues of attachment and relationship are paramount. Trauma treament of these clients involves an understanding of their unique personality characteristics, a comprehensive treatment plan that engages their cooperation, a Motivational Interview to set goals, and a Trauma History to prioritze EMDR targets. Specific techniques that will be demonstrated are the interweaving of Resource Development and Installation into the ongoing treatment, and body-focused interweaves to promote client safety when working with strong abreaction. Special interweaves helping clients integrate the successful parts of their lives into the parts where they are developmentally immature will be illustrated.

Keywords: Attachment  Intimacy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


132. Ueda, E., Yamanishi, K., & Fukui, Y. (2010, July). The effective way of controlling of habitual scratching on atopic dermatitis patients with social stress by using EMDR. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study aims to cure refractory atopic dermatitis (AD) patients, by using EMDR, who severely suffer from habitual scratching that may derive from their unbearable social stress. The prevalence of AD is 13.2% in 3 year-old children and 8.2% among 1st grade university students in Japan, according to a Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare study, 2000 to 2002. The patients with AD have been increasing in the past 20 years. Among these patients, 20% have more than moderate severity, and within this group, some of the patients have chronic and refractory conditions with some psychosomatic factors. So far a great deal of effort has been made to care those patients, however, there are still quite some patients who are distressed with their difficult state of condition. We then focus on treatment of controlling habitual scratching of AD patients that may generally derive from personal friction or social stress. We obtained fairly significant results with EMDR on which these patients came to be able to control themselves, reduce their scratching, and also enhance their self-efficacy. These results suggested that EMDR were useful for controlling the habitual scratching from stress of traumatic memory such as child abuse, bullying of tragedy and effective for refractory AD patients.

Keywords: Atopic Dermatitis  Habitual Stress  Scratching  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


133. Johnson, M. D. (1996, June). Effects of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing on test anxiety. Texas Woman's University, Denton, TX. AAT 9716578.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced (Shapiro, 1989) as a treatment for traumatic memories. The necessity of eye movements or another activating stimuli in the treatment of test anxiety and the effectiveness of EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety is the focus of the present study. This study screened subjects for adequate study skills and the presence of test anxiety, and randomly assigned 45 subjects to one of three conditions: EMDR, EMDR with no activating stimuli (EMDR/NS; eyes closed), and a no treatment control group. The results of this study suggest that EMDR and EMDR/NS were equally effective in treating test anxiety and more effective than the control group as measured by the Achievement Anxiety Test, the Emotionality scale of the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI), the Subjective Units of Disturbance scale, and the Validity of Cognition scale. Test performance and the Worry Scale of the TAI were not significantly impacted by the treatment groups. The inability of EMDR to impact the worry scale or the test performance of subjects in this study draws into question the usefulness of EMDR as a treatment of test anxiety. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 57(12-B), Jun 1997, pp. 7730.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Test Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


134. Farkas, L. (2008, December). The effects of motivation-adaptive skills-trauma resolution (MASTR) - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) on traumatized adolescents with conduct problems. Universite de Montreal, Canada. AAT NR55659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Objective.- This dissertation explored the effectiveness of a treatment package, Motivation-Adaptive Skills-Trauma Resolution (MASTR) in combination with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). This intervention was assessed in a sample of traumatized adolescents manifesting conduct problems (CPs) admitted to youth protective services. CP adolescents have been found to be particularly treatment-resistant and the treatments used with them often neglect to target the trauma that many of these youths have faced. Therefore, it seemed promising to implement a trauma-focused treatment with these youths that accounts for their resistance to treatment. MASTR-EMDR was studied with this population due to the favorable findings in the few studies assessing its use with high-risk populations. In addition to examining the effects of this treatment with CP youth exposed to various types of trauma, a particular focus was given to victims of sexual abuse (SA). This type of trauma seemed particularly suited for EMDR due to its circumscribed nature, which may be more easily worked through in this treatment that targets one trauma at a time.
Method.- Participants in the first study were 40 adolescents (ages 13-17) exhibiting CPs and exposed to trauma in youth protective services. A subsample (n = 30), consisting of victims of SA, was included in the second study. Participants in both studies were randomly assigned to MASTR-EMDR treatment or to a wait list condition where they were offered routine care. Self-report questionnaires and semi- structured interviews were administered to participants and one of their parents or caregivers by independent evaluators at three points in time: pre-treatment, post-treatment (12 weeks later) and follow-up (12 weeks after post-treatment). These measures evaluated trauma history, trauma-related sequelae, CPs, social competence and internalizing problems. The MASTR-EMDR sessions were administered once a week over a 12 week period, with each session lasting a maximum of 1.5 hours.
Results.- ANCOVAs and repeated measures ANCOVAs were used to assess treatment effects and the maintenance of gains at a 3-month follow-up. As predicted, MASTR-EMDR led to significant gains in outcome measures compared to routine treatment with both samples. In addition, gains were maintained at follow-up.
Conclusions.- This dissertation supports the use of MASTR-EMDR in populations exposed to general trauma and SA who exhibit CPs. This research was innovative in its implementation of a novel treatment-approach in youth protective services, where empirically-supported treatments are necessary and sometimes lacking. Therefore, the results have both clinical and scientific value and can help pave the way toward more trauma-focused treatments for CP youth, more evidence-based practices in youth protective services as well as enrich current understanding of the effects of this treatment approach.[Author Abstract]

Keywords: Conduct Problems  Protective Services  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Trauma  Treatment Outcome  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


135. Ruozzi, A. (2002). Efficacia dell'EMDR nella psicoterapia del PTSD e dei ricordi traumatici [Effectiveness of EMDR psychotherapy on PTSD and traumatic memories]. Retrieved from http://www.psicotraumatologia.com/pubblicazioni_psicotraumatologia_italiane.htm on 10/13/2012.

Language: Italian

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
L’EMDR inoltre progredisce su altri due versanti: da un lato incorpora al suo interno spunti teorici ed applicativi provenienti da diversi paradigmi psicoterapeutici allo scopo di potenziare l’efficacia e la flessibilità (Shapiro, 1995); dall’altro lato, si cerca di applicare il metodo a disturbi che vanno oltre al PTSD. Attualmente nei differenti paesi del mondo le persone che hanno effettuato un training organizzato dall’EMDR Institute sono circa 30.000.In Italia i primi corsi sull’EMDR sono stati condotti nel febbraio 1999 e sono attualmente coordinati dall’Associazione EMDR Italia, a sua volta riconosciuta e patrocinata dalla EMDR Europe (Giannantonio, 2000). L’associazione ha sede a Milano e dispone di un sito internet: www.emdritalia.it. Il dibattito sull’efficacia di questo metodo è tuttora aperto e sono numerose e contrastanti le ricerche che si sono svolte su questo argomento. La questione ha assunto a tratti i toni dello scontro ideologico e sono subentrati anche problemi di carattere commerciale, un metodo che si propone come più efficace e più rapido nella terapia di alcuni disturbi psicologici non può non essere valutato come un rivale, soprattutto in una realtà come quella del Nord America dove le spese per la psicoterapia sono pagate dalle assicurazioni (Giannantonio, 2000). L’EMDR è uno dei metodi che vanta il maggior numero di conferme sperimentali nella psicoterapia del PTSD. Questo gli ha consentito nel 1995 di essere considerata “trattamento probabilmente efficace” (valutazione A/B) nella terapia del PTSD dalla Task Force on Psychological Intervention dell’American Psychological Association. Questa valutazione di efficacia è uguagliata solo dallo Stress Inoculation Training e dalle terapie basate sull’esposizione (Chambless et al., 1998). Gli studi prodotti sull’efficacia dell’EMDR sono numerosi (per una rassegna vedi Giannantonio, 2000), molti sono criticabili perché mal strutturati e con grossi problemi di validità. Esistono tuttavia una serie di studi ben organizzati che si sono dimostrati inattaccabili sul piano metodologico... Questi studi tuttavia commettono uno o più dei seguenti problemi: 1) Impiegano una o due sedute di EMDR con reduci del Vietnam forse anche a causa dell’equivoco suscitato dalla stessa Shapiro (1989) che riferiva risultati importanti nei confronti del PTSD con una sola seduta di EMDR nel 100% dei soggetti. Una tale concezione dell’EMDR non è quella più attuale e condivisa (Shapiro, 1995). 2) Trattano con l’EMDR solo uno o due episodi traumatici in soggetti che devono essere considerati “pluritraumatizzati” (Shapiro, 1999). La presente Tesi è divisa in due parti: nella prima di carattere essenzialmente bibliografico ho analizzato la letteratura esistente sull’EMDR e sul PTSD. Nel secondo capitolo descriverò il Disturbo Post-Traumatico da Stress analizzando i vari approcci teorici al problema del trauma. Nel terzo capitolo verrà analizzata la teoria dell’EMDR ovvero il modello esplicativo ritenuto più adeguato che fa riferimento alla “elaborazione accelerata dell’informazione”. Il quarto capitolo, che conclude la prima parte, riporta il protocollo standard di somministrazione dell’EMDR per adulti e adolescenti. Nella seconda parte viene riportata la descrizione della ricerca che si sta producendo in collaborazione con l’EMDR Italia che si propone di valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR. Nel quinto capitolo viene descritto il disegno sperimentale. Nel sesto capitolo viene analizzato il metodo di campionamento e i presupposti di validità della ricerca. Nel settimo capitolo sono descritti i test che si è deciso di analizzare nel corso della presente tesi. Infine l’ottavo capitolo si concentra sull’analisi dei primi dati emersi dalla ricerca e sulle prime conclusioni.

EnglishSpanishArabicAlpha EMDR also progressing on two other fronts: on the one hand it incorporates theoretical insights and applications from different psychotherapeutic paradigms in order to enhance the effectiveness and flexibility (Shapiro, 1995), on the other hand, it tries to apply the method to problems that go beyond PTSD. Currently in different countries of the world, people who have a training organized dall'EMDR Institute 30.000.In Italy are about the first courses on EMDR have been conducted in February 1999 and is currently coordinated by the Association EMDR Italy, in turn recognized and sponsored by the EMDR Europe (Giannantonio, 2000). The association is based in Milan and has a website: www.emdritalia.it. The debate on the effectiveness of this method is still open and they are many and conflicting research that took place on this topic. The issue has assumed at times the tone of the ideological battle and were replaced also problems of a commercial nature, a method is proposed as a more effective and faster in the treatment of certain psychological disorders can not be assessed as a rival, especially in a situation such as North America where the cost of psychotherapy are paid by insurance (Giannantonio, 2000). EMDR is one of the methods which has the highest number of experimental confirmation in psychotherapy for PTSD. This enabled him in 1995 to be considered "probably efficacious treatment" (rated A / B) in the treatment of PTSD by the Task Force on Psychological Intervention of the American Psychological Association. This assessment of effectiveness is equaled only by the stress inoculation training and exposure-based therapies (Chambless et al., 1998). Studies on the effectiveness of EMDR are numerous products (for review see Giannantonio, 2000), many are questionable because poorly structured and serious problems of validity. There are however a number of well-organized studies that have proven resistant in terms of methodology: ...... These studies, however, have committed one or more of the following problems: 1) They use one or two sessions of EMDR with Vietnam veterans possibly because of misunderstanding caused by the same Shapiro (1989) who reported significant results against PTSD with a single session of EMDR in 100% of subjects. Such a conception of EMDR is not the most current and shared (Shapiro, 1995). 2) They deal with EMDR only one or two traumatic events in people who should be considered "pluritraumatizzati" (Shapiro, 1999). This thesis is divided into two parts: the first character essentially bibliographic I analyzed the existing literature on EMDR and PTSD. In the second chapter I will describe the Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder analyzing the various theoretical approaches to the problem of trauma. In the third chapter we will analyze the theory of EMDR or the explanatory model deemed more appropriate that refers to the "accelerated processing of information." The fourth chapter, which concludes the first part shows the standard protocol of administration of EMDR for adults and adolescents. In the second part shows the description of the research that is being produced in collaboration with the EMDR Italy that aims to assess the effectiveness of EMDR. In the fifth chapter describes the experimental design. In the sixth chapter analyzes the sampling method and the conditions for validity of the research. In the seventh chapter describes the tests it was decided to analyze the course of this thesis. Finally, the eighth chapter will focus on early evidence from research and initial findings.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


136. Lee, C. (2006, May). Efficacy and mechanisms of action of EMDR as a treatment for PTSD. Murdoch University, Perth, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The first aim of this thesis was to describe the characteristics of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and to elucidate its place as a symptom disorder that sometimes develops when people are exposed to a traumatic event. The current major theoretical approaches to account for why some people who are exposed to trauma develop PTSD and the mechanisms by which this occurs were described. Three classes of theories were reviewed: conditioning/learning approach; information processing theories with a particular focus on the meaning of the trauma event; and biological models with an emphasis on recent neurocircuitry and neurochemistry models. Successful treatment approaches were then reviewed which indicated two major contenders for the most efficacious treatment for PTSD: traditional cognitive behaviour therapies (CBT) using either stress inoculation or prolonged exposure; and eye movement desensitisation and processing (EMDR). Prior to the first study (Lee, Gavriel, Drummond, Richards, and Greenwald, 2002), a review of the literature indicated equivalent effects for EMDR and CBT. There had been very few direct comparison studies and each had serious methodological flaws, particularly with respect to random assignment and treatment fidelity. Therefore, the first study ensured adequate attention to these areas and involved a direct comparison between the two procedures using a sample of 24 participants diagnosed with PTSD. EMDR and stress inoculation training with prolonged exposure were found to lead to similar symptom improvement at the end of treatment, apart from a slight advantage for EMDR on intrusion symptoms. Both treatments led to significantly greater symptom reduction than a wait list control condition. At follow-up, EMDR led to greater gains on both self-report and observer rated measures of PTSD and self-report measures of depression. Overall, the findings were similar to those described in previously published studies, with a suggestion that EMDR was slightly more efficient than the standard CBT approach. Given that the evidence suggested that EMDR was a more efficient treatment, it became critical to understand the underlying processes. A process study was undertaken that examined the responses of people with PTSD receiving EMDR treatment (Lee, Taylor, and Drummond, 2006). Guided by process studies of other treatments and theories that might account for why EMDR is effective, participants' responses were examined to see which models better accounted for symptom improvement. The main analysis tested whether or not the responses were consistent with processes that occurred during traditional CBT treatment, which prior research had identified as reliving, or whether they were more consistent with Shapiro's proposal that enhanced information processing occurs because there is a dual focus of attention (that is, the person simultaneously focuses on an external stimulus and on the traumatic memory) (Shapiro, 1995). The responses made by 44 participants were coded by an independent rater according to whether they were primarily reliving, distancing, affect or material other than the primary trauma. The coding system was found to have satisfactory inter-rater reliability. Greatest improvement occurred when the participant processed in a more detached or distant manner, whereas reliving responses were not associated with improvement. Cross-lagged panel correlations suggested that processing in a more detached manner was a consequence of the EMDR procedure rather than a measure that co-varied with improvement. The findings underscored a difference in the processes that underlie EMDR and traditional CBT. The major question left unanswered from this second study was what causes this distancing process? Competing views were that it was facilitated by eye movement; alternatively, the therapist's instructions to participants might have precipitated this distancing phenomenon. The third study tested these ideas by randomly assigning 48 participants to either an eye movement or a no eye movement condition under two types of therapist instructions (reliving or distancing). Participants recalled personal distressing memories, and measures of distress and vividness were taken after treatment and at follow up. Only the eye movements made a significant difference to people's level of distress. This conclusion appeared at odds with some of the previous literature that had tested the effects of eye movement on levels of distress. A meta-analysis of some of this research had suggested that there was no significant advantage of including eye movement in EMDR treatment unless the person had been diagnosed with PTSD. However, a close examination of this meta-analysis indicated some major methodological flaws in the computation; therefore, this was recalculated. The conclusion from this fourth study was consistent with study three in that EMDR with eye movement was found to lead to significantly greater improvement that EMDR without eye movement. The results of these four studies were then discussed in terms of their implications for the theoretical models presented in Chapter 1. Aspects of learning theory that might account for EMDR efficiency were discussed as well as the failure of this model to account for treatment gains following EMDR. Information processing models were seen to better account for some of the phenomena observed in EMDR and for the findings from the four studies. Some suggestions of how eye movements might facilitate improved information processing were presented. Finally, the relative merits of EMDR and CBT treatments were discussed and suggestions made for when to combine approaches. The conclusions highlight the point that EMDR appears to be the most promising treatment for PTSD.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


137. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2001, March). An efficient way of targeting traumatic material. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(1), 4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Besides the correct application of the basic EMDR protocol, one of the most important factors involving the treatment of trauma related conditions, is the way the traumatic material is targeted. For example, if clients have trouble processing, this could be due to a lack of focus which prevents the client from successfully tapping into his memory network. It’s our experience that, to adequately tap into the memory network, it is most useful to use a somewhat different strategy for ‘going back to target’ than which is described as part of the standard EMDR procedure. We would recommend the following procedure (see Box I).

Keywords: Targets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


138. Ebner, F., & Rost, C. (2008). Einleitung: Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR [Introduction: Resource activation with EMDR]. In C. Rost (Hsrg.), Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick (pp. 7-30). Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


139. Molero-Zafra, M., & Pérez-Marín, M. (2010, Abril). El EMRD aplicado al trastorno de duelo patológico. Presentación de un caso [EMDR applied to pathological grief disorder. Case report]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Espagna.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La pérdida de un ser querido es un evento de gran impacto emocional que afectando a todo el sistema familiar, puede ser muy diferente en el modo en que cada uno de sus miembros perciba, interprete, afronte y se adapte a la nueva situación tras la pérdida y las demandas por ella creadas. Es frecuente que una pérdida no elaborada de forma adecuada dé paso a problemas emocionales e incluso trastornos psicopatológicos al cabo de meses o incluso años; sin embargo, un duelo adecuadamente elaborado mejora las capacidades futuras para enfrentarse a las situaciones de pérdida, frustración o sufrimiento. La premisa fundamental del modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de información (PAI) en la que se basa la terapéutica de EMDR sería: la perturbación que la persona sufre en la actualidad es el resultado de un almacenamiento disfuncional de la información (Shapiro, 2001). El procesamiento implica el forjar nuevas asociaciones con información adaptativa proveniente de otras redes de memoria disponibles para vincularse en la red de memoria restaurando la información disfuncional almacenada. Desde este modelo, el duelo complicado se desarrolla cuando los componentes individuales son tan dolorosos, que se desarrolla una alta sensibilidad cada vez que se reactiva un fragmento del recuerdo y no se logra la integración. Los fragmentos activados pueden competir por la atención en la mente, haciendo que ésta vaya de atrás para adelante entre dos o más aspectos de la muerte. Esta falta de foco impide el procesamiento de los fragmentos individuales, como cuando el procesamiento de la pérdida en si misma se desvía por el recuerdo de los detalles de cómo la persona murió. En esta comunicación, presentamos el protocolo de EMDR aplicado al duelo complicado a través del análisis de un caso clínico.

The loss of a loved one is an event of great emotional impact that affect the entire family system, may be very different in the way in that each of its members perceive, interpret, and adapt confronts to the new situation after the loss and the demands created by it. this is loss often not adequately prepared to give way to problems psychopathology emotional and even after months or even years, but properly prepared duel improves future capabilities to face situations of loss, frustration or suffering. The fundamental premise model adaptive information processing (AIP) which is based on EMDR therapy would be: the disturbance the person is currently suffering is the result of a storage Dysfunctional information (Shapiro, 2001). processing involves forging new partnerships with adaptive information from other networks available memory on the network to link memory restoring the dysfunctional information stored. From this model, Complicated grief occurs when the individual components are so painful that develops high sensitivity reactive whenever a fragment of memory and integration is not achieved. fragments activated can compete for attention in the mind, causing it go back and forth between two or more aspects of death. this lack of focus prevents processing of the individual fragments, as when processing the loss itself is diverted by the memory the details of how the person died. In this paper, we present the EMDR protocol applied to Complicated grief through the analysis of a clinical case.

Keywords: Bereavement  Case Study  Grief  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


140. Salvador, M. C. (2010). El trauma psicologico: Un proceso neurofisiologico con consecuencias psicologicas [Psychological trauma: A neurophysiological process with psychological consequences]. Revista de Psicoterapia, 20(80), 5-16.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
En este artículo se argumenta el impacto y las secuelas del trauma psicológico en el organismo y sus repercusiones a nivel neurofisiológico. El trauma psicológico, cuando se experimenta disociación, se registra en el sistema de memoria implícita y procedimental de manera somato-sensorial, manifestando alteraciones significativas en multitud de sistemas de funcionamiento fisiológico que posteriormente actúan como mecanismos de mantenimiento y recuerdo. Se presenta una base para el enfoque del trabajo terapéutico sobre los fenómenos fisiológicos como introducción y base al abordaje con técnicas neurofisiológicas como el EMDR y Brainspotting.

This article argues the impact and consequences of psychological trauma on the body and its impact on neurophysiological level. The psychological trauma when experiencing dissociation, is recorded in the system of implicit memory and procedural manner somatosensory, showing significant changes in many physiological functioning systems then act as maintenance mechanisms and memory. We present a basis for the focus of therapeutic work on the introduction and physiological phenomena based on the approach to neurophysiological techniques such as EMDR and Brainspotting.

Keywords: Neurophysiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


141. Tripolt, R. (2012, June). EMDR in Motion. Using movement and body oriented therapeutic interweaves for complex trauma and dissociative symptoms [EMDR en movimiento. Usar el movimiento y la terapia orientada al cuerpo para traumas complejos y síntomas disociativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"The Body Keeps the Score" (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996) Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid about disturbing and painful somatic symptoms. Structural dissociation alienates from body reactions. Nevertheless it is the body that "holds" the discomfort and painful memory of neglect and violence. Trauma Survivors tend to perceive their body as hostile. They suffer from Alexithymia deficiency of interpreting the meaning of body reactions and muscle activation. Trauma Survivors are easily irritated and tend to react with rage on very slight provocations and freeze when they are frustrated. Even minor problems cause fear and helplessness. The Polyvagal Theory (S. Porges 2010) proves the neurological aspect of behavioral patterns. Neurozeption describes how we perceive others in a neurological way. Certain behavioral patterns are established through life experiences. This research underlines Francine Shapiros AIP model and confirms the importance of a body orientated approach. We know that experiencing the effect of eye movement -­‐ and other bilateral stimulation, is a gentle and powerful way to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. EMDR helps to integrate cognitive, emotional and body sensations. Using movement and body orientated skills in difficult processes f.e. with severely and/or early traumatised clients, even enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: Short theoretical implications: Polyvagal Theory and AIP Model. Stabilisation and Movement -­‐ creating a „Moving Container“: How to create a safe place of relationship and attachment between the client and the therapist by using movement and bodywork? The body is the most powerful resource: How to use movement to access this power. How to recognize and dissolve dissociation by body and movement awareness. EMDR Process and Movement : How to widen the „window of tolerance“ by using movement and deeper levels of body consciousness. Adding a fourth level of attention to the EMDR process: cognition -­‐ emotion -­‐ body scan -­‐ movement. Movement and reflex feedback as interweave technique in difficult processes. Methods used in the Workshop: Lecture and Video Presentation. Practical demonstration of some movement orientated techniques. Discussion.

“El cuerpo lleva la cuenta” (B. v.d. Kolk, 1996), los clientes que sufren de estrés traumático tienen a menudo miedo sobre sus síntomas somáticos preocupantes y dolorosos. La disociación estructural aliena las reacciones del cuerpo, sin embargo es el cuerpo el que “mantiene” el disconfort y el recuerdo doloroso de negligencia y violencia. Los supervivientes a un trauma suelen tender a percibir su propio cuerpo como hostil. Sufren de Alexitimia, deficiencias para interpretar las señales corporales y la activación muscular. Son fácilmente irritables y tienden a reaccionar con ira, con leves provocaciones y se “congelan” cuando están frustrados. Incluso problemas de fuerza menor causan miedo y desesperanza. La teoría polivagal (S. Porges 2010) prueba el aspecto neurológico de los patrones de comportamiento. La neurocepción describe cómo percibimos a los otros desde un punto de vista neurológico. Ciertos patrones de comportamiento están establecidos a través de las experiencias vitales. Esta investigación se basa en el modelo SPIA de Francine Shapiro y confirma la importancia del enfoque orientado al cuerpo. Sabemos que al experimentar el efecto de la estimulación ocular, y otras estimulaciones bilaterales, es un camino poderoso y suave para traer la voz del cuerpo dentro del espacio terapéutico. EMDR facilita la integración cognitiva emocional y corporal. Usar el movimiento y las habilidades orientadas al cuerpo en los procesos difíciles con clientes traumatizados, severamente o tempranamente, incluso amplifica el efecto terapéutico del EMDR Contenido del taller: Implicaciones teóricas: Teoría Polivagal y modelo SPIA Estabilización y movimiento – Crear un “recipiente de movimiento” Cómo crear un lugar seguro en relación al apego entre el cliente y el terapeuta usando movimiento y trabajo corporal. El cuerpo es el recurso más poderoso: Cómo usar el movimiento para acceder a este poder. Cómo reconocer y disolver la disociación en el cuerpo y la atención al movimiento. Procesamiento EMDR y movimiento: Cómo ampliar la "ventana de tolerancia" mediante el uso de movimientos y niveles más profundos de la conciencia del cuerpo. Añadir un 4 nivel de atención al procesamiento de EMDR: Cognición-­‐Emoción-­‐ Escáner corporal-­‐movimiento.

Keywords: Body Oriented Therapeutic Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


142. Schubbe, O. (2001). EMDR - Supervision. Institut für Traumatherapie.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Angeregt durch meine eigene Supervisionserfahrung und meine Rolle als Ausbilder für EMDR möchte ich meine Form der Supervision der therapeutischen Arbeit mit EMDR vorstellen. Ich wünsche mir, durch einen kollegialen Austausch zu neuen, und weiter verbesserten Konzepten zu gelangen. Die Grundhaltung der Psychotherapie mit EMDR spiegelt sich auch in der Supervision dieser Tätigkeit: •im transparenten professionellen Rahmen, •im ressourcengeleiteten Ansatz und, •im strukturierten Vorgehen. Der Inhalt der EMDR-Supervision unterscheidet sich von üblicher Fallsupervision durch den hohen Stellenwert: •von traumaspezifischer Gegenübertragung, •der Notwendigkeit von Burnoutprävention, und •der Wiederholung von Ausbildungsinhalten. Nach einer Darstellung des äußeren Rahmens und des ressourcenorientierten Vorgehens schildere ich in der EMDR-Supervision besonders häufig angesprochene Themen.

Inspired by my own supervision experience and my role as trainers of EMDR, I would like to introduce my form of supervision of therapeutic work with EMDR. I want to go through a collegial exchange of new concepts and further improved. The stance of the psychotherapy with EMDR is also reflected in the supervision of this activity: • in transparent professional framework, • ressourcengeleiteten approach and, • the structured approach. The content of the EMDR supervision differs from the usual case supervision by the high priority: • from specific traumatic countertransference, burnout • the need for prevention, and • the repetition of course content. After a description of the outer framework and the resource-oriented approach I describe in the EMDR Supervision particularly common issues raised

Keywords: Supervision  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


143. Roques, J. (2008, Mai). EMDR - Une révolution et un changement de paradigme thérapeutiques [EMDR – A therapeutic revolution and paradigm shift]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La présentation comporte trois volets. Le premier volet présente le fondement neurologique de l’EMDR qui est centré sur les réseaux neuronaux de la mémoire - ce qui permet une compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes dissociatifs et qui fait ressortir le potentiel du traitement en EMDR. Le deuxième volet aborde les applications de ce cadre théorique à l’ensemble des manifestations pathologiques : traumatismes simples et complexes, intoxications psychiques, épisodes psychotiques brefs et même certains cas de début de schizophrénie. Le troisième volet démontre à quel point l’EMDR bouleverse notre compréhension de la pathologie et de son traitement et de ce fait, constitue un véritable changement de paradigme thérapeutique. Cette compréhension nouvelle des phénomènes neuropsychologiques sous-jacents, telle que soulevée par l’EMDR, permet de distinguer ce qui est utile de ce qui ne l’est pas dans la plupart des psychothérapies.

This opening workshop will focus on three axes : 1) The neurological basis of EMDR that focuses on the memory’s neural networks – which in turn allow a fresh understanding of dissociative phenomena and shows the potential of EMDR treatment. 2) The application of this theoretical understanding to the various expressions of psychopathology: simple versus complex PTSD – psychic poisoning – brief psychotic episodes- even certain cases of early schizophrenia. 3) As a conclusion, how EMDR shook up our understanding of pathology and its treatment, and how it provided the impetus toward a genuine paradigm shift. This new understanding of the underlying psychoneurologic phenomena brought on by EMDR helps us to determine what may be useful or not in the various psychotherapies.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


144. Fernandez, I. (2008). EMDR after a critical incident: Treatment of a tsunami survivor with acute posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(2), 156-159. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.2.156.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Research indicates that EMDR is effective for the treatment of PTSD, with numerous studies showing a high percentage of symptom remission after 3 sessions. The case of a tsunami survivor with acute PTSD is presented. Treatment for overt trauma symptoms was completed within 3 sessions, including all 8 phases and the 3-pronged protocol (i.e., past, present, future targets). One EMDR session was sufficient to process the trauma and alleviate the related symptoms, while another session was necessary for re-evaluation and processing present triggers and future templates. Resource installation was particularly helpful to prepare him for those future situations that had been generating anxiety as a result of his traumatization. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Brief Psychotherapy  Case Report  Disaster  Disaster-Response  Indian Ocean Tsunami  Italians  Males  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Recent Events  Survivors  Trauma  Tsunamis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


145. Matthess, H., Vojtova, H., & Dellucci, H. (2012, March). EMDR and complex trauma. Presentation at the 3rd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Berlin, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is widely recognized as a therapy of choice in psychotraumatology. However treating clients who suffer from complex traumatization, and especially dissociative disorder, using EMDR straightaway in its standard form is very difficult. “By far, the greatest number of reported difficulties and stories of clinical problems and potential harm through the improper use of EMDR had involved clients with dissociative disorders.” Shapiro (2001, p. 308). Does this mean that people who have complex trauma and dissociative disorder could not benefit from EMDR? Which adaptations of the standard protocols in the different phases of the EMDR process are crucial in order to use EMDR to enhance the clients’ capacities and diminish their suffering? Which indicators should be considered? How can clinicians provide a safe and efficient help, without getting lost in this difficult treatment patterns, by knowing what to do and why? This workshop is designed for practitioners familiar with EMDR. It will provide a general overview of essential modifications of the standard EMDR protocol for complex traumatized clients. The theoretical part will focus on an understanding of the underlying EMDR working mechanism as far as discussed today, on knowledge of dissociation as a result of complex traumatization, in the context of the AIP model (adaptive information processing), the attachment theory, the theory of structural dissociation and recent research findings. The emphasis will be on practical applications of these insights into a comprehensive treatment of this group of clients. Based on the experience of the presenters, implementing use of bilateral stimulation in all phases of therapy will be shown. Important considerations according possible iatrogenic harm will be discussed. Case examples from practice will be provided, including videos.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


146. Grand, D. (2007, June). EMDR and creativity. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Creativity is interwoven into the discovery and development of EMDR, which itself is an effective tool for unblocking and enhancing creativity. Dr. Shapiro’s discovery of EMDR and her development of the EMDR Protocol are underpinnings of EMDR and Creativity. EMDR processing is also an essentially creative process at the core of healing trauma-based blocks and the therapeutic relationship in EMDR is a co-creative process.
This presentation addresses creative enhancement of EMDR’s healing tools including: “open listening” – avoiding assumptions while tending to all in-the-moment verbal and non-verbal client communications, using eye movement creatively by varying speed, plane and eye gaze, integrating healing sound into AIP and enhancing of body sensations with focus, color, and imagery.
This presentation examines using EMDR with issues of creativity. Creative block often cripple and traumatize artists and interfere with the creativity of daily living of non-artists. The use of the EMDR protocol (with emphasis on assessment, desensitization, installation and body scan) to target creative blocks is discussed as well of the contribution of trauma to these blocks. The EMDR future template is discussed as a tool for enhancing creativity with artists freed from significant blocks. This includes actors, singers, dancers, writers, and graphic artists.
Lecture, PowerPoint, mini-practica and demonstrations are used to illustrate the concepts, supported by handout materials.

Keywords: Creativity  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


147. Ostacoli, L. & Bertino, G. (2010, June). EMDR and drawing: A tool to integrate post-traumatic dissociation and overwhelming emotions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The difficulty of the management of overwhelming emotions aid dissociative reactions are challenging for any EMUR therapist dealing with complex traumas. As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to The inner representations of the trauma, objectivizing it Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of Impotence and passivity The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us t0 access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pan by objectivizing . A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. p i n g a voice to the inner child. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self's here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented Image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patent is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerge5 that may be installed as a resource. The report presents the use of the tool in various psychopathological conditions, with the support of video and graphic materials, particularly focusing on how to manage dissociation. Learning objectives: 1.To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. 2. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. 3. to learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitizing and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Dissociation  Drawing  Emotion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


148. McNeal, S. A. (2001, July). EMDR and dream interpretation. Presentation at the International Association for the Study of Dreams, Santa Cruz, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper describes a method of dream interpretation useful in psychotherapy.The therapist can use the treatment method EMDR (eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing) for processing dream images. The associations elicited in this manner provide a wealth of significant material for psychotherapy as well as resulting in meaningful dream interpretation. Learning Objectives: 1) To present a new method of dream interpretation 2) To describe the protocol so that others could use it 3) To indicate how this method can enhance therapeutic results Evaluation questions: 1) How does this use of EMDR differ from the standard use of EMDR with dream imagery? 2) Summarize briefly how EMDR is used for dream interpretation? 3) What are the advantages and disadvantages of this method of dream interpretation? EMDR and Dream Interpretation When utilizing EMDR to resolve a trauma, one of the four target areas in the standard EMDR protocol is the nightmare image. During reprocessing, the nightmare image often changes to reveal the real life experiences that are part of the traumatic material. If processing is complete, the nightmare image will not reoccur. Theoretically, the periods of REM sleep when dreaming occurs are thought to be natural survival mechanisms whereby experiences from the day are synthesized and stored in memory. It has been speculated that nightmares are the mind's attempts to metabolize trapped information. Because trauma can also produce interrupted and dysfunctional REM sleep, nightmares may reoccur indefinitely without resolution taking place. EMDR has been shown to effectively process nightmare images so that reoccurring nightmares cease. Less has been reported in the EMDR literature regarding dream images that are not nightmarish and do not reoccur. It is usually assumed that if the dreaming process is natural and healthy without nightmares or interrupted sleep, then it is not to be tampered with and is not a focus of treatment. However, EMDR can be very helpful in processing information from dreams, even when the dream images may not appear to be relevant. Case material will be presented to demonstrate how EMDR can be useful in processing dream images during the normal course of treatment as well as contributing to the resolution of specific traumas.

Keywords: Dreams  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


149. Grand, D. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  Experiential learning through video and audience participation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn technical complexities, knowledge base and experiential learning in synthesizing EMDR and Ego State Therapy; 2) learn to assess why, how, and when there is value in introducing ego state work in a client's EMDR process; 3) learn preparatory activation of ego state for resource installation purposes with pre-EMDR clients; and 4) learn calling out ego states as an interweave during desensitization phase, when clients are stuck or looping, and skillful use of egaging ego states helps both in identifiying and untangling treatment-impeding conflicts.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


150. Schmidt, S. J. (2000, September). EMDR and ego state therapy:  A resource-focused protocol using client art. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn a resource-focused protocol which integrates EMDR, art therapy, and ego state therapy; 2) learn how to elicit clients' drawings of resource ego states and traumatized ego states; 3) learn ways to use these drawings for ego state strengthening; 4) learn how to use ego state drawings as focal points for eye movements; 5) learn sample dialogues to facilitate understanding and cooperation between ego states drawn; and 6) learn ways to use ego state drawings to titrate overwhelming affect.

Keywords: Art Therapy  Ego State Therapy  Resource-Focused EMDR  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


151. Sitting, K. J. (2008, August). EMDR and hypnotherapy. Presentation at the Pre-European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treat the trauma without treating the trauma The common opinion is that you can not resolve a trauma simply by installation of resources. Resource activation effectuates the stabilization of the patient before starting the trauma treatment. But if the resources are tailored exactly fitting the trauma–action–system that decreases the trauma arousal (SUD) or even resolves it completely. The author could find this to be true in many cases in his psychotherapeutic work. The patients feel secure in their private sphere, because it is neither necessary to describe the traumatic experiences absorbed nor to experience them again! This method is based on the target–focused sensitization of Resources–Ego-States (SUR–scale) exactly consistent with the trauma experience. Therefore it is necessary to define a new paradigm and a new scale: EMDR generates or reinforces resource– action–systems. To measure the arousal of the resources use the SUR–scale, Subjective Units of Resources. The author shortly describes and explains his model of hypno–systemic trauma therapy, the psycho–physiological and the neuro–physiological model. The integration of EMDR and hypno–systemic trauma therapy effectuates another benefaction: The therapist activates his own resources in his everyday work!

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


152. Sitting, K. J. (2008, September). EMDR and hypnotherapy: Integration of EMDR and hypnotherapy. An innovative, highly- efficient, resources – based method for PTSD - treatment [EMDR und hypnotherapie]. Pre-congress presentation on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treat the trauma without treating the trauma The common opinion is that you can not resolve a trauma simply by installation of resources. Resource activation effectuates the stabilization of the patient before starting the trauma treatment. But if the resources are tailored exactly fitting the trauma–action–system that decreases the trauma arousal (SUD) or even resolves it completely. The author could find this to be true in many cases in his psychotherapeutic work. The patients feel secure in their private sphere, because it is neither necessary to describe the traumatic experiences absorbed nor to experience them again! This method is based on the target–focused sensitization of Resources–Ego-States (SUR–scale) exactly consistent with the trauma experience. Therefore it is necessary to define a new paradigm and a new scale: EMDR generates or reinforces resource– action–systems. To measure the arousal of the resources use the SUR–scale, Subjective Units of Resources. The author shortly describes and explains his model of hypno–systemic trauma therapy, the psycho–physiological and the neuro–physiological model. The integration of EMDR and hypno–systemic trauma therapy effectuates another benefaction: The therapist activates his own resources in his everyday work! Previous knowledge is not necessary.

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


153. Cole, M. (2010, July). EMDR and metacognitive therapy: Same destination, different language. Poster presented at the 38th Annual Conference of the British Association for Behavioural and Cognitive Therapies, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The information processing model has been described in many different ways and is potentially the underlying process that describes the psychotherapy change process, regardless of orientation. In this poster I will briefly compare Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing and Meta-Cognitive Therapy in light of this information processing model and conclude that although they may use different language to describe their theories, a unifying information processing model describes both paradigms. Human beings are meaning making machines (Robbins, 2009). We give meaning to the world, the deeds we do and the interactions we have, as well as the more fundamental senses we experience (Frankl, 2004). Information arises either from external stimulus or internal process’s and this information goes through our filters where we delete, distort and generalise this information based on the rules created in our information processing unit (Fig 1). This information processing mechanism gives meaning to this filtered information and generates a response, this response interacts with this information and the cycle then repeats in a self regulatory manner. This process is repeated for everything we do; we are and continues until we die. Mental health issues arise when this self regulatory system fails to make a useful functional meaning of the information. Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) was developed by Francine Shapiro (1989) for the treatment of trauma memories and associated emotions, changing the meaning the person gives to their experiences. Metacognitive Therapy (MCT) was developed by Wells and Matthews (1984) as a way of defining the processes that underpin a range of psychological disorders. One of the features of psychological disorders such as anxiety or depression is that thinking becomes difficult to control and biased in particular ways that lead to a worsening and maintenance of emotional suffering. Many clients report that they feel that they have ‘lost control’ over their thoughts and behaviours. Another important feature is that the persons thinking and attention becomes fixed in patterns of brooding and dwelling on the self and threatening information. Both EMDR and MCT describe an information management/processing system that organises and carries out various tasks such as how to open a door, how to get dressed, how to be anxious, how to respond to a trauma memory Both therapies appear to change this system / process to something that is much more adaptive for the client, as if they change the master information management control programme that runs this system, in the same way a conductor influences the orchestra and the music they produce. Both models describe the same process, although they utilise different language to describe this change process. Perhaps a change of focus for the development of pychotherapy towards more process change models rather than content change interventions.

Keywords: Metacognitive Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


154. Zaccagnino, M. & Cussino, M. (2012, June). EMDR and parenting: A case-report [EMDR y crianza de los hijos: Un informe de caso]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment research has investigated the role of parents’ attachment representation on the quality of attachment developed by their children (George, Kaplan e Main, 1984/1985/1996; van Ijzerdoorn, 1995). Past research on children has shown that there is an association between problematic care-­‐giving, attachment insecurity and psychopathology (e.g., Greenberg, 1999; O’Connor, Marvin, Rutter, Olrick, & Britner, 2003; Rutter, 2006). On the other hand, secure attachment in childhood and adulthood is typically associated with a history of involvement in supportive and sensitive care giving relationships (Cairns, 2002; Mikulincer & Shaver, 2007). The results lead to the hypothesis of the intergenerational transmission of attachment identified by van Ijzendoorn (1995). These studies, however, failed to explain why insecure attachment in the parent does not necessarily lead to an insecure attachment pattern of the child, nor why children can develope insecure patterns of attachment even in the case of positive attachment experiences with caregivers (Solomon e George, 2000). In the light of these considerations, and recovering an aspect sharpened by Bowlby (1969), George and Solomon (1999; Solomon e George, 2000) proposed a different approach to the study of parent-­‐child relationship, point up the differences between the attachment system and the caregiving system, despite the mutual influences due to their complementarity. These authors have proposed to investigate the specific characteristics of the system of caregiving, paying more attention to the current relationship between child and parent. Their hypothesis is that the characteristics of that relationship may affect the link between past attachment experiences of the caregiver and attachment pattern developed by the child, representing a significant element for understanding the behavior and the quality of the care of the caregiver. Therefore, the IWM of the parent would be the most important predictor of the quality of attachment developed by the children, as capable of driving the mental state of the caregiver to him (Solomon e George, 1996). Given these assumptions, it is clear that traumatic experiences in the parent, stored in a dysfunctional way, can be reactivated in the parent’s caregiving system, defining an IWM of attachment system of the child that holds the memory traces of such traumatic events. In this regard, a series of tools such as the Child Attachment Interview (Target et al. 2007) and the Parent Development Interview (Slade et al. 1993) which constitute a needful resource for the assessment of IWM of attachment and caregiving system will be presented. A clinical case in which mother in EMDR treatment had an indirect positive effect on mother-­‐child relationship and on the child’s wellbeing will be reported. The results have been documented and show clear changes in the mental representations of the caregiving system measured with PDI. The results will be shown.

La investigación sobre el apego ha proporcionado representaciones del rol del apego parental en función de la calidad del apego desarrollado por sus hijos (George, Kaplan e Main, 1984/1985/1996; van Ijzerdoorn, 1995). Investigaciones anteriores han mostrado que existe una asociación entre los cuidadores problemáticos y el apego inseguro y la psicopatológica (e.g., Greenberg, 1999; O’Connor, Marvin, Rutter, Olrick, & Britner, 2003; Rutter, 2006). Por otro lado, el apego seguro en la infancia y la etapa adulta es asociado con una historia de participación activa y sensible de las relaciones de los cuidadores (Cairns, 2002; Mikulincer & Shaver, 2007). Los resultados nos llevan a la hipótesis de transmisión intergeneracional del apego identificada por Van Ijzendoorn (1995). Estos estudios, sin embargo, fallaron a la hora de explicar porqué el apego inseguro de los padres no desembocaba necesariamente a un patrón de apego inseguro en el niño, no debido a que los patrones inseguros del apego del niño pueden llegar a desarrollarse incluso con unas experiencias positivas de apego con sus cuidadores (Solomon e George, 2000). En línea con estas investigaciones y recuperando un aspecto propuesto por Bowlby (1969), George e Solomon (1999; Solomon e George, 2000) (1969), los cuales propusieron un enfoque diferente en el estudio de las relaciones padres-­‐ hijo, señalando las diferencias entre el sistema de apego y el sistema de cuidados, debido a las influencias entre ambos debido a que son complementarios. Estos autores se propusieron investigar las características específicas del sistema de cuidado, prestando más atención a la relación entre el niño y el cuidador. Nuestra hipótesis es que las características de dicha relación pueden afectar al enlace entre las experiencias pasadas de apego del cuidador y los patrones de apego desarrollados por el niño, representando un elemento importante para el entendimiento del comportamiento y la calidad del cuidado. Sin embargo el IWM del padre, puede ser uno de os predictores más importantes a la hora de estimar la calidad del apego desarrollada por el niño, capaz de conducir el estado mental del cuidador al suyo propio (Solomon e George, 1996). Tomando estas afirmaciones, está claro que las experiencias traumáticas en los padres, almacenadas de manera disfuncional, pueden ser reactivadas en el sistema de cuidado de los padres, definiendo un IWN de sistema de apego del niño que guarda trazas de memoria de dichos eventos traumáticos En relación con esto presentaremos una serie de herramientas como la “Child Attachment Interview (Target et al. 2007) y la “Parent Development Interview” (Slade et al. 1993), que constituyen un recurso necesario para la asignación del IWN de apego y sistema de cuidado. Mostraremos un caso clínico en donde la madre realizo EMDR y tuvo un efecto indirecto positivo en la relación madre-­‐hijo y en el bienestar del niño. Los resultados han sido documentados con un claro cambio de la representación mental del sistema de cuidado medido con el PDI. Se mostrarán los resultados

Keywords: Parenting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


155. Wachtel, P. L. (1999, June). EMDR and psychoanalysis: An intriguing interface. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cognitive-behavioral features of EMDR (contrasts with psychoanalytic treatment):
1. Structured, spelled out "protocols" (versus more free form)
2. Focus on "disorders" (in contract with primary focus on character and relationships).
3. Emphasis on "cognitions" (differs from the dynamic structures and schemas of psychodynamic models).
4. View of what it means to be "empirically validated."

Keywords: Psychoanalysis  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


156. Lipke, H. (2000). EMDR and psychotherapy integration: Theoretical and clinical suggestions with focus on traumatic stress. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is about what I have learned about EMDR and its clinical use, especially with combat veterans. It is also about what trying to understand how EMDR works has taught me about psychotherapy in general. That second lesson is what I call the Four-Activity Model (FAM) of Psychotherapy, which grows out of a concept that Francine Shapiro refers to as Accelerated Information Processing (AIP). Shapiro's AIP description gives name to the idea that learned psychopathology can be considered dysfunctional held information, including thoughts, emotions, sensations, and behavior, that can be modified more quickly than previously believed by most therapists. The Four-Activity Model is an attempt to conceptualize how psychotherapeutic activity can be used most efficiently to reprocess dysfunctional held material and thereby resolve psychological problems.Finally, this book is about what psychotherapy in general has taught me about EMDR. Even in her early explanations of EMDR, Shapiro taught that it was an integrative method, that it relied on the lessons learned by years of clinical work using dynamic, behavioral, and humanistic methods. In this book I will attempt to elaborate on that relationship and offer specific therapeutic suggestions that will rely on the wisdom of previously established therapeutic methods, as well as the wisdom of past philosophical inquiry and religion. The book starts with EMDR, proceeds to try to describe how EMDR and other methods can be integrated into an overall model of psychotherapy, and then works its way back to the concrete practical integration of psychotherapy in general. The second half of the book has a practical focus on examples that are created mostly from my experience working with combat trauma. I hope that readers will see how these examples of interventions are easily generalized to other learning-based problems. [Author Introduction]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


157. Solomon, R., Hofman, A., Seidler, G., & Tiedt-Schutte, M. (2005, June). EMDR and recent event trauma: The tsunami disaster. In “EMDR in action,” Part 1. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be utilized shortly after a traumatic event as described by the protocol from Shapiro and Solomon (1992 and 1995). Even if there is no controlled study finalized, there is sufficient experience with the protocol to guide further research. Experiences from research studies and clinical experiences on EMDR and acute trauma will be presented. Discussion will focus on issues of client selection, client readiness for EMDR. and timing of EMDR. The EMDR recent event protocol and experimental protocols for extreme dissociation following a traumatic event will be presented. A European network for developing more research regarding the diversity of acute trauma reactions are proposed.

Keywords: Recent Event Trauma  Symposium  Tsunami  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


158. Leeds, A. M., & Shapiro, F. (2000). EMDR and resource installation: Principles and procedures for enhancing current functioning and resolving traumatic experiences. In J. Carlson, & L. Sperry (Eds.), Brief therapy with individuals and couples (pp. 469-534). Phoenix, Arizona: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen, Inc..

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents an overview of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a research-validated treatment for PTSD, and a related set of procedures known as resource development and installation (RDI), which have been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. First, the extant research on EMDR, its theoretical model, and the 8 phases of its treatment are summarized (patient history and treatment planning, preparation, assessment, desensitization, installation, body scan, closure, and reevaluation). The 5 main elements of memory networks in EMDR are: image, thoughts and sounds, affect, sensation, and self-appraisal. The principles and theoretical foundations of RDI are then discussed. Then, 2 case examples are given. The 1st case illustrates a simple application of resource development and installation to supplement the standard EMDR PTSD protocol in the brief treatment of a marital crisis. The 2nd case summarizes the brief, strategic use of RDI to stabilize a patient with complex PTSD who was referred for collaborative treatment and to build a foundation for comprehensive EMDR treatment. [Adapted from Text, p. 469] [Pilots]

Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy  Clinical Case Study  Empirical Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


159. Levine, L. (1998, July). EMDR and sex therapy. Prresentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn how to identify cultural messages about sex that can have a negative impact in the belief system of a client, and use there internalized messages to identify potential targets for EMDR; 2) learn and understand how EMDR can reprocess the negative effects of small "t" trauma; 3) learn and understand how EMDR can be used to generate new pathways for positive sexual templates that will result in successful sexual experiences; 4) learn and understand how EMDR can reinforce newly achieved successful sexual experiences; 5) learn and understand why it is important to take a psychosocial sexual history; and 6) learn and share relevant resource materials on sexuality for clients and clinicians.

Keywords: Sex Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


160. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance of the problem. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy, • Why and how change occurs, • When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help, • How interventions are designed and implemented.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


161. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


162. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
In this book the authors present an overview of how therapists can get started in conceptualizing psychotherapy with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) methodology through Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory. The focus of the book is to teach therapists to effectively use the entire EMDR protocol with young children (Springer).

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


163. Settle, C. (2010, July). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presenter will use the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) Model to explain how to creatively change the language of EMDR to meet the child’s developmental needs. Participants will learn how to develop a comprehensive treatment plan that includes the three-pronged approach. Demonstrations with pictures and a short video will show ways of getting the targets and the NC and PC through mapping, while still remaining true to the eight-phase model. Innovative child-oriented methods for Resource Development Installation (RDI) and Cognitive Interweaves (CI) will be explained.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


164. Weston, D. L. (1995, June). EMDR and the issues of gay clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an effective therapeutic method for working with the emotional issues of gay clients. The first portion of this workshop will examine the "pubic" and "relationship" definitions of homosexuality. Being gay is much more than how people express themselves sexually. A brief historical and cultural kamework for understanding the emotional issues of lesbian I gay persons will be presented. There will be a review of the psychological theories and the research about the origins of homosexuality. The second portion of the workshop will focus on the psychological path of persons recognizing they are gay. The changes in the "pre-stonewall' and "post-stonewall" experience will be highlighted. This review of psychological experience will look at the points where EMDR therapists can be sensitive to the presence of emotional issues related to being gay. Feeling "different" is often a precursor to recognizing that one is gay. It is impossible to grow up in our culture without internalization of negative attitudes about gay people. When an individual recognizes (s)he is lesbian or gay, this negative learning now applies to one's self. EMDR is effective in resolving this "internalized homophobia." "Coming out" to one's self is a shock because, "I am no longer the person I believed myself to be." EMDR helps clients see gayness, not as an event happening in Me at this moment, but as something with a history related to earlier life experiences and feelings. This perception of continuity reduces the sense of crisis around being homosexual. As internalized homophobia is resolved, acceptance and valuing of self increases. Using the EMDR "future template" protocol assists people in preparing to "come out" to family, fiiends, employers, etc. Gay activists suggests that lesbian/gay persons need to be "out" in all situations. EMDR can help people understand why they want to come out to various people in various situations. It assists in idenhfxation of what people want as the result of "coming out." EMDR is effective in workmg with the myths about homosexuality; the cultural homophobia. Among the myths to be focused are: gay men are promiscuous, being gay is immoral, gay sexual expression is perversion, gay relationships don't last, lesbian/gay persons recruit young people, etc. The third portion of this workshop will focus on issues of HIV disease. There will be a brief epidemiological presentation and focus on the medical and psychological issues of persons with HIV disease. Application of EMDR at "crisis points" of HIV disease will be presented: (1) the worried well, a diminishing population as the aids epidmc continues, (2) the time of HIV+ diagnosis when the potential for suicide is highest, (3) the time of the first AIDS defining illness, (4) response to declining health and approaching death, and (5) issues of "meaning" as life moves toward death. EMDR's application in grief and multiple loss will be presented. Our culture's attitude that grief is something to "be resolved" and "get over" is a mistake. Grief is an ongoing process, especially when people are dealing with multiple losses of partners, fiends, etc. EMDR is effective in reducing the pain around loss so that the grief process can proceed more comfortably. The workshop will end with discussion of characteristics which therapists need to evaluate in relation to the decision to work or not work with gay and gay HIV infected clients. Working with gay men leads to working with clients with HIV disease. Therapists need to be clear about their boundaries and comfort in dealing with home and hospital visits, touching people who have AIDS, being present at the death of a client, and other issues that arise in HIVIAIDS care. The rewards of working with this population and the life changes it may make for the therapist will also be highlighted.

Keywords: Gay Clients  Homosexuality  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


165. van der Kolk, B. A. (2003, June). EMDR and the lessons from neuroscience research. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Until recently we had little knowledge how to help people integrate such disintegrated traumatic imprints. Traditionally, before the advent of contemporary methods of treatment outcome evaluation, many clinicians, from Pierre Janet to Milton Erikson and his followers, considered hypnosis to be the treatment of choice. Unfortunately the efficacy of hypnosis for the treatment of PTSD was never systematically studied. EMDR was the first of a group of new therapies that did not primarily rely on speaking about one’s traumatic experiences, but that claimed to be able to rapidly and effectively integrate traumatic memories by asking PTSD subjects to focus intensely on the emotions, sensations and meaning of the traumatic experience, while asking to follow the hand of a clinician who induces slow saccadic eye movements. EMDR had a number of advantages over hypnosis, including the fact that it could easily be put into a treatment protocol. This makes it relatively easy to conduct treatment outcome research. Since it was first articulated by Francine Shapiro, around 1988, it has received intense scientific scrutiny and has been found to be quite an effective treatment of PTSD (e.g. Chemtob et. al, 2000), even though the specific role of eye movements in its therapeutic action remains controversial.

Keywords: Neuroscience  Plenary  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


166. Carvalho, E. R. (2009, August). EMDR and the pillars of life: Celebrating what works. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This presentation will highlight the Pillars of Life, a resourcing technique adapted from the work of Dr. Carlos Raimundo, an Argentine-Australian psychodramatist. Utilized in the preparation phase, it targets resources through the use of the positive cognitions and the VoC scale. The Pillars of Life can be used at the onset as a diagnostic tool, assessing the patient’s inner resources, as well as to augment the necessary resources required during therapeutic work. Oftentimes, it can be utilized as an interweave in cases of complex PTSD when resource pendulation is required during phase 4.

Keywords: Pillars of Life  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


167. Nickerson, M. (2008, June). EMDR and the treatment for angry and violent behaviours. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will assist the EMDR clinician to more effectively treat angry and violent behaviour. It will include an initial review of the prevalence, impact and dynamics of the problem. The common cyclical nature of violent acting out will be depicted as well as other characteristics in a spectrum of hostile behaviours including perpetrator state and trait issues. Current non-EMDR clinical approaches and the evolving field of domestic violence will be reviewed to aid the EMDR clinician in skilfully integrating into existing clinical contexts and to appreciate the unique capacities of EMDR. The primary focus of the workshop will be on special considerations in the successfully tailored use of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Clients with problematic anger or violent behaviour present many challenges for the often undertrained clinician and commonly avoid, resist and manipulate treatment or drop out prematurely. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and case formulation will be highlighted as critical to early phases of treatment. A metaphor based guide to case formulation will be presented and a decision-tree style flow chart will be offered to inform treatment planning including determining client readiness for trauma processing. EMDR offers the potential for desensitizing the trauma that often drives violent behaviour. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. This will include use of the cycle of violence model for target identification. Multiple clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points including video taped case material.

Keywords: Anger  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


168. Korn, D. L. (2011, August). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan in working with adult survivors of childhood abuse and neglect. Individuals with histories of chronic victimization often struggle with extreme vulnerability and shame, heightened dissociative tendencies, and limited affect tolerance. In considering their unique needs, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Fears and blocking beliefs commonly seen in this population will be discussed, along with suggestions for effective cognitive interweave interventions. In addition, significant attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment. This program will include lecture, videotape presentations, and case discussion.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


169. Korn, D. L. (2009). EMDR and the treatment of complex PTSD: A review. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 264-278. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.264.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The diagnosis of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) covers a wide range of conditions, ranging from patients suffering from a one-time traumatic accident to those who have been exposed to chronic traumatization and repeated assaults beginning at an early age. While EMDR and other trauma treatments have been proven efficacious in the treatment of simpler cases of PTSD, the effectiveness of treatments for more complex cases has been less widely studied. This article examines the body of literature on the treatment of complex PTSD and chronically traumatized populations, with a focus on EMDR treatment and research. Despite a still limited number of randomized controlled studies of any treatment for complex PTSD, trauma treatment experts have come to a general consensus that work with survivors of childhood abuse and other forms of chronic traumatization should be phase-oriented, multimodal, and titrated. A phaseoriented EMDR model for working with these patients is presented, highlighting the role of resource development and installation (RDI) and other strategies that address the needs of patients with compromised affect tolerance and self-regulation. EMDR treatment goals, procedures, and adaptations for each of the various treatment phases (stabilization, trauma processing, reconnection/development of self-identity) are reviewed. Finally, reflections on the strengths and unique advantages of EMDR in treating complex PTSD are offered along with suggestions for future investigations.

Keywords: Childhood Trauma  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  DESNOS  Psychotherapy Research  Review  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


170. Donovan, L. (2002, June). EMDR and traumatized children/adolescents:  Systemic affect regulation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Developmental and systemic perspectives support incorporating the caregiver/family in EMDR treatment of children and adolescents to maximize efficacy and minimize risks. Participants will learn to: 1) identify multiple options, risk factors, and guidelines (eg, for timing, sequencing, identifying the need for EMDR/RDI in the traumatized parent/caregiver as well as the child); 2) identify strategies to maximize vicarious processing, and promote resource development and affect regulation in the caregiver/family; 3) define with the family ways to provide safety, take rerponsibility and guide choices; and 4) utilize the nartural relational context to develop affect regulation in the child/adolescent.

Keywords: Adolescents  Affect Regulation  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


171. Nickerson, M. (2008, September). EMDR and treatment for angry and violent behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR offers unique potential in the treatment of clients with angry and violent behaviors. This workshop will include an initial review of the issue’s prevalence, common dynamics, and historic intervention strategies. The underaddressed role of trauma often driving these tendencies will be illuminated. Primary focus will be on the tailored implementation of the 8-Phase Treatment approach. Keys to successful clinical engagement, risk assessment and a metaphor based guide to case formulation will be highlighted. Considerations in the identification, prioritization and sequencing of targets for processing will be outlined. Clinical examples will be offered to illuminate points, including video taped case material.

Keywords: Angry Behaviors  Violent Behaviors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


172. Eimer, B. N. (1995, June). EMDR applications for pain management. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this 3-hour workshop will be on using EMDR to alleviate emotional distress attendant to coping with acute physical pain and living with chronic pain. Participants in this workshop will learn: (a) how to conduct a targeted assessment of the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain; (b) a guided pain healing meditation; (c) an EMDR protocol for installing pain relief imagery and self-care techniques; (d) an EMDR protocol for reprocessing covert pain talk, pain behaviors and pain-related memories; (e) how to apply A.J. Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing substance abuse (i.e., Overeating, drinking) and dependence on pain medication in this population. The presentation will first address how to conduct a structured assessment that identifies targets for EMDR treatment. The dysfunctional information package associated with chronic pain (termed the "biogram")and "seven keys" to understanding chronic pain will be discussed. Then, essential principles for designing an effective individual psychotherapy program for the pain sufferer will be presented. Next, use of the "seven keys for constructing a guided healing meditation (i.e., Self-care technique) for the pain patient that also incorporates Francine Shapiro's "light stream" and "spiral" guided meditations will be demonstrated. A script for this, termed the "C.O.M.P.I.S.S. Pain Healing Meditation," will be distributed. The workshop will then address how to introduce EMDR to the patient whose chief complaint is physical pain. What EMDR can do and probably cannot do for pain patients will then be discussed. Next, principles for choosing an initial tarqet for reprocessing will be discussed. The presentation will then cover (with clinical case examples): (1) Red flags and cautions to consider before proceeding with EMDR- (2) What to do and what not to do if the patient is dissociative; (3) How to "mirror" and install with EMDR empathic responses to underlying beliefs associated with "secondary gains" minus primary losses; (4) Teaching the distinction between pain sensations and suffering; (5) How to teach and install with EMDR self-care and pain coping techniques such as pain relief imagery, mental distraction techniques, safe place imagery, and positive motivation for healthy self-care behaviors; (6) How to directly address with the patient the application of "cognitive psychology" and imagery for pain reduction; (7) EMDR reprocessing of memories around the pain's origins; (8) EMDR reprocessing of pain-related conflicts, negative beliefs, negative past experiences, internalized self-identifications, self-punitive tendencies and self-defeating behaviors; (9) Eliciting core negative pain coping cognitions and suggesting preferable positive cognitions to the pain patient; (10) EMDR reprocessing of negative cognitions associated with depression and anxiety. (11) Use of EMDR to facilitate mental rehearsal of coping responses to pain triggers; (12) Material that often comes up in using EMDR with pain patients; (13) Strategically restructuring patient "resistance" with coanitive interweave; (14) Managing narcotic and pain medication seeking behavior and substance abuse; (15) Use of Popky's EMDR protocol for reducing medication dependence and substance abuse in this population; (16) Treating pain patients who also have PTSD. Videotaped case excerpts will be shown that illustrate important points covered. If time permits, participants may be able to briefly discuss EMDR applications to specific medical and pain patient populations.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Pain  Pain Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


173. Wipson, E. C. (2001, June). EMDR applications in addictive disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) explain addictive brain process; 2) list two client readiness safety issues; 3) list two client resources for Resource Installation with addictions; 4) know standard and addictive EMDR protocol; 5) describe one negative cognition and positive cognition example for "urge" desensitization; 6) list two blocks to processing; and 7) list three "disturbances" connected with Addictive Illness suitable for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Addictive Disorders  Client Readiness  Resource Installation  Safety Issues  Urge  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


174. Doctor, R. (1995, June). EMDR applications to anxiety disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapy was originally developed around the effects of trauma on emotional and cognitive disorders. We are now seeing its effect application in other areas related to acquisition and maintenance of deviant and disabling reactions. The results of the application of EMDR outside of trauma itself have been very encouraging and successful. This presentation will focus on the use of EMDR with the anxiety disorders. Most of the presentation will concentrate on the most prevalent anxiety disorders, namely, panic, agoraphobia and phobia. There will be some-discussion on generalized anxiety disorders, social phobias and obsessive-compulsive disorders. The anxiety disorders will be discussed as a complex set of disorders that have multiple acquisition factors including life style, reactivity (which may have some genetic components), "personality, stressors and stress management. The presenter will make a brief summary of the role of these factors in each anxiety disorder from what we currently know clinically and empirically. The research on EMDR with anxiety disorders is almost nonexistent but the few case studies that have been published will be discussed because they offer excellent support for EMDR and for particular forms of its application. The rest of the presentation is divided into two sections: the use of EMDR as an exclusive treatment and its use with supplemental tools. The exclusive use of EMDR will depend on premorbid history factors both personally and in regard to the anxiety disorder. The discussion will focus on important information in the history taking and personal contact with the client as well as the potential targets for EMDR work with the various anxiety disorders. In many cases, EMDR therapy must be supplemented with exposure work, relaxation training, medications and other supplemental tools in order to make the intervention effective and enduring. How these supplemental tools might be implemented in the various anxiety disorders will be discussed as well as the general factors from client history or client experience that would suggest the use of supplementals. Finally, the importance of the client-therapist relationship will be discussed in relation to working with the anxiety disorders and, in particular, therapist factors that can improve effectiveness.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


175. Lawrence, M. (1998, July). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will be able to: 1) use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more complete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) use the ego state bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets; 3) work with a patient to formulate the patient's ego state system; 4) identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; and 6) identify and access appropriate resource ego states which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state.

Keywords: Ego State Bridge  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


176. Lawrence, M. A. (1999, June). EMDR as a special form of ego state psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to use the ego state bridge technique in order to have more compete knowledge of what issues and experiences may manifest during the EMDR processing; 2) be able to use the ego stale bridge technique to access hidden ego states which are not presenting clearly in the course of repeated EMDR sets (e.g., when SUD level is not subsiding); 3) know how to work with a patient to formulate the patient’s ego state system; 4) be able to identify and access protector ego states which may not want the ego state system to change and which are blocking the EMDR processing; 5) be able to combine EMDR and ego state therapy techniques to get blocking protector ego states to join the therapeutic process; 6) be able to identify and access appropriate resource ego state which can be used in an ego state interweave to facilitate movement of a patient out of a stuck ego state; and 7) be able to use a variety of general and specific EMDR techniques and strategies more effectively by using ego state psychotherapy principles as a guiding metamodel.

Keywords: Ego State Bridge  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


177. de Roos, C., & Went, M. (2012, June). EMDR as trauma treatment for infants (0-4 years) [EMDR como tratamiento para el trauma en niños pequeños (0-­‐4 años)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-­‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

Los infantes (0-­‐4 años) pueden ser expuestos a diversos tipos de eventos traumáticos, por ejemplo procedimientos médicos intrusivos, abuso sexual y otras formas de violencia física o emocional, y pueden desarrollar síntomas de estrés post-­‐traumático. Por otro lado, no es fácil determinar si están traumatizados desde esa edad, la mayoría de los niños no son capaces de comunicar verbalmente sus experiencias. En la mayoría de los ejemplo, son los padres los que notan un cambio en el comportamiento de su hijo y van en busca de ayuda. Los terapeutas junto con los padres y usando la información disponible del propio niño, desarrollan una hipótesis sobre el origen de los síntomas. Si existen indicios de que los síntomas actuales están relacionados con un evento traumático sin procesar, EMDR es idóneo. El método de Cuenta-­‐cuentos de Lovett puede ser usado para este propósito. Se necesita prestar una especial atención a la interacción entre los padres y el niño. Los padres pueden encontrar difícil apoyar a su hijo o reaccionar adecuadamente al comportamiento del niño cuando se sienten ansiosos o culpables de este evento traumático. Este tipo de cuestiones deben ser tomadas en cuenta ya que pueden agravar los síntomas ya existentes en el niño Después de una pequeña introducción teórica, numerosos casos serán mostrados en video. Mostramos como los recuerdos traumáticos sin procesar en infantes pueden ser activados y procesados. En uno de los casos EMDR se combinará con elementos de la terapia orientada a padres. Conceptos sobre el apego y sus efectos en el EMDR serán mostrados.

Keywords: Infants  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


178. Rougemont-Bucking, A. (2010, June). EMDR based treatment of psychotraumatic antecedents in illicit drug abusers: A report of two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Background: EMDR has been recognized to be an efficacious treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Other, more recent indications comprise anxiety disorders and substance use disorders (SUD). With regard to SUD, the application of EMDR iS very challenging as patients frequently suffer from many comorbidities. Another concern is the fact that the dissociative experiencing during EMDR-sessions can potentially weaken the patients' coping strategies and provoke relapse through activation of intense drug craving. General procedure. Sessions were proposed once a week. Specific techniques like 'Safe Place', the technique of absorption, heart coherence training and ClPOS were applied prior to proposition of the standard EMDR-protocol. Drug consumption and craving was regularly monitored by means of the patents' self-reports and drug craving scores. The therapist was regularly supervised on the basis of video recordings. Patient 1: A 49 year old man being diagnosed for PTSD and dependency of opiates and benzodiazepines asked to benefit form EMDR with regard to his PTSD symptoms. Patient was abstinent from heroine consumption but consumed midazolam 3 times per week when entering the therapy. Initial evaluation showed an Impact of Event Scale (IES) score of 60, a Dissociative Experiences Scale (DES) score of 39.6 and a midazolam craving score of 14. Patient 2 :A 37 old man was diagnosed for borderline personality disorder and for dependency of opiates. Heroine consumption occurred 1 to 3 times per month when starting the therapy EMDR based therapy was proposed as he complained about pertinacious insomnia due to trauma-like events during his childhood. Initial evaluation showed a DES score of 7.8 and a heroine craving score of 17. Global impression: EMDR based treatment of severely affected SUD patients appears to be a difficult and challenging endeavor However, some beneficial effects on general comfort and on drug consumption can be observed. A long stabilisation phase seems to be mandatory and the standard EMDR protocol needs to be conducted with much flexibility as patients were not able to handle intensive emotional stress for a long time period. There was no provocation of a prolonged psychological crisis or of relapse. Experiencing of emotional stress could be limited to the sessions and dissociation could be absorbed with specific techniques without increasing permanently drug craving. Learning objectives: 1. EMDR-based treatment is feasible in severely affected drug abusers 2. Extensive stabilisation of the patient using flexible adaptation of EMDR-related techniques is mandatory 3. Dissociation occurring during treatment has to be addressed carefully as it can easily bridge into drug craving and relapse What is unique: EMDR-based treatment may be a suitable way to treat patients who are still abusing drugs as these interventions focus on maladaptive associations that arise from both trauma and substance related cues.

Keywords: Drug Abusers  Heroine  Psychotraumatic Antecedents  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


179. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR behandeling bij volwassenen met een verleden van incest en verwaarlozing. Het herstellen van ontwikkelings tekorten en het beschadigde ‘zelf’ [EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze workshop zal er worden ingegaan op het integreren van EMDR in een algemeen behandelingsplan voor volwassenen die incest en verwaarlozing in hun jeugd hebben meegemaakt. De workshop is een verdieping van de keynote van het congres. De werkwijze zal gedetailleerd worden uitgelegd en zal worden geïllustreerd aan de hand van videopresentaties en bespreking van casuïstiek. In eerste instantie wordt uitgelegd hoe de ontwikkelings- en hechtingsbehoeften van de cliënt onderzocht kunnen worden en hoe een betekenisvolle beschrijvende diagnose kan worden ontwikkeld om tot een geïntegreerd, logisch opgebouwd behandelingsplan te komen. Bij deze groep cliënten, waarbij er sprake is van beperkte affect tolerantie, kwetsbaarheid voor hyper- en hypoarousal, en dissociatieve kenmerken, kan het standaard EMDR protocol worden aangepast met specifieke strategieën. Daar zal uitvoerig op worden ingegaan. Ook zal er veel aandacht besteed worden aan het integreren van specifieke EMDR technieken, zoals diverse ego-versterkende protocollen en hulpbron installatie (RDI), in alle fasen van de behandeling. Tevens zullen er technieken besproken worden die cliënten helpen om hun disfunctionele afweermechanismen los te laten, waardoor het veranderen van schema’s met hun kenmerkende kerngedachten en kernaffecten mogelijk wordt Deelnemers aan deze workshop zullen leren om pathogene gevoelstoestanden, (zoals schaamte, wanhoop, onverdraagelijke eenzaamheidsgevoelens), angsten en ‘blocking beliefs’, ego state conflicten te herkennen, zodat de meest effectieve interweaves en hulpbron opties kunnen worden toegepast. Verder zullen er strategieën voor herstel, zoals het verduidelijken van verantwoordelijkheid, het vaststellen van veiligheid en keuze, en het verwerken van rouw, verlangen en woede, worden besproken.

This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults  Developmental Deficits  Incest  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


180. ter Heide, J. J. (2011, August). EMDR bij getraumatiseerde vluchtelingen [EMDR with traumatized refugees]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(3), 180-185. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0036-2.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
While EMDR is treatment of choice for traumatized adults with PTSS, its efficacy has not been validated with traumatized refugees. As long as no evidence is available for EMDR with this population, EMDR with refugees should be informed by theoretical approaches to treatment of PTSS in adults. Four approaches are discussed: the phased approach that advocates stabilization before EMDR; the multimodal approach that advocates combining EMDR with other interventions; the trauma-focused approach that advocates offering EMDR to all adults with PTSS, including refugees and, the transcultural approach that advocates a culturally sensitive administration of EMDR. Several pilot studies on EMDR with traumatized refugees, randomized controlled trials of EMDR with multiply traumatized populations, and a trial of EMDR in a non-western setting may further inform EMDR-therapists working with traumatized refugees. Suggestions are made for combining the four approaches and scientific evidence in treatment planning and execution of EMDR with this population. The EMDR protocol itself prescribes several interventions for treating multiply traumatized patients, such as resource development and installation, clustering of traumatic experiences, and cognitive interweaves. Additionally, culturally sensitive interventions may enable the refugee to actively partake in the treatment process by increasing motivation for trauma processing, by diminishing language barriers, and by facilitating the formulation of culturally congruent meanings to trauma. The question remains whether EMDR, which offers an individualistic approach to trauma, is sufficiently suited to address the collective traumatization of victims of war and organized violence.

Keywords: Refugees  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


181. Braun, P., & van Og, A. (2005, November). EMDR bij klinisch opgenomen TBS-gestelden: ”Elk voordeel heb z’n nadeel” [EMDR clinical TBS recorded as such: "Any benefit me his disadvantage"]. Presentatie op het Eerste Congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze lezing gaat over het implementeren van EMDR in een zeer complexe (TBS) instelling, waarbij beveiliging en onlosmakelijk behandeling verweven zijn, met een diagnostisch zwaar belaste doelgroep: • Meervoudige persoonlijkheidsstoornissen • Meervoudig ernstig getraumatiseerd • Verslavingsproblematiek • Specifieke psychiatrische problematiek • Forensische problematiek • Combinaties
Het TBS systeem van behandelen (met beveiliging als belangrijk punt) verhoudt zich soms moeilijk tot de behandeling met EMDR van de individuele patiënt. Angst voor de beheersbaarheid van een patiënt gedurende de behandeling kan als een contra-indicatie worden gezien voor EMDR-behandeling. Het is de vraag of EMDR gecontraïndiceerd is in een TBS-kliniek vanwege de veiligheid. De inbedding van de behandeling in de TBS-kliniek alsmede het toepassen van zelfcontroletechnieken zijn hierbij belangrijke factoren. Complicerende factor is dat veel TBS-patiënten zowel zelf getraumatiseerd zijn als wel ernstige delicten hebben gepleegd waarmee ze anderen hebben getraumatiseerd.
In deze lezing willen wij vooral aan de orde stellen hoe de behandeling van het daderschap zich verhoudt tot de behandeling van het slachtofferschap van de patiënt. We willen hiervan zowel de inhoudelijke als de ethische kant belichten. Van belang hierbij is ook de discussie rondom de indicatiestelling: richt men zich eerst op het daderschap of juist op het slachtofferschap? Verder willen we de gelaagdheid van de behandeling benoemen: de behandelaar heeft niet alleen te maken met de problematiek van de patiënt maar ook te maken met de gesloten kliniek en verschillende functionarissen daarin. Die gelaagdheid heeft direct gevolgen voor de vorm en inhoud van de behandeling.
Als hypothese willen we naar voren brengen dat de behandeling van trauma’s essentieel kan zijn voor de behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Schemagerichte Cognitieve Therapie (J. Young), sluit in onze ogen naadloos aan op EMDR. Beide stromingen richten zich op dezelfde type existentiële “Ik ben ….“ opvattingen.

This lecture is about the implementation of EMDR In a very complex (TBS) of institution, and security are inextricably intertwined treatment, with a heavily loaded diagnostic target: • Multiple personality disorder • Multiple severely traumatized • Addiction Problems • Specific psychiatric problems • Forensic issues • Combinations
The TBS system of treatment (with security as an important point) does sometimes difficult to EMDR treatment of individual patients. Fear of the manageability of a patient during treatment as may be considered a contraindication for EMDR treatment. The question is whether EMDR is contraindicated in a TBS clinic for security reasons. The embedding of treatment in the TBS clinic and the use of self-control techniques are important factors. Complicating factor is that many TBS patients, both self-traumatized as well have committed serious crimes with which they have traumatized others.
In this talk we mainly discussed how the treatment of the perpetrator is related to the treatment of the victimization of the patient. We wish them both the substantive and ethical angles. Of importance here is the discussion surrounding the needs assessment: the focus is first on the perpetrator or at the very victimization? We also want to appoint the stratification of treatment: the therapist has not only faced with the problem of the patient but also to do with the clinic closed and several officers therein. Such layering has direct implications for the form and content of treatment.
As a hypothesis we want to highlight that the treatment of trauma may be essential for the treatment of personality problems. Schema-Focused Cognitive Therapy (J. Young), close our eyes seamlessly with EMDR. Both schools focus on the same existential type "I am ...." opinions.

Keywords: TBS System of Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


182. Kok, W. & Verschuren, N. (2011, April). EMDR bij mensen met dementie en andere cognitieve stoornissen [EMDR for people with dementia and other cognitive disorders]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Er is niet veel bekend over de mogelijkheden van EMDR behandeling bij mensen met hersenbeschadiging. In het casusboek EMDR is een hoofdstuk wat vertelt over de behandeling van rouw bij een vrouw met een CVA in de voorgeschiedenis. Verder zullen de psychologen werkzaam binnen GGZ ouderenzorg, verpleeghuizen en/of revalidatie centra, EMDR proberen toe te passen in voorkomende situaties. Werkt het en werkt EMDR altijd? Wanneer werkt het niet? Bij welke beschadiging komt er geen verwerking op gang? Is daar een lokalisatie van te geven? Welke aanpassingen aan het protocol zijn nodig? Kan EMDR helpen bij onrust, bij dementie patiënten? Kan het onrust voorkomen? Hoe uitleg te geven over de behandeling en wie dient betrokken te worden bij beslissingen over de behandeling als patiënt niet alles meer kan overzien (het betreft soms een niet voor de hand liggende stap in de behandeling)? En hoe zit het dan met medicatie? En hoe leg je het uit aan collega’s? Dit zijn enkele van de vragen die opborrelen als dit onderwerp aan de orde komt. In deze workshop willen wij aandacht besteden aan deze vragen met als doel na te gaan wanneer EMDR het best is in te zetten bij bovengenoemde doelgroepen en hoe dat dan het best kan gebeuren. We willen graag de kennis hierover bundelen, verder onderzoek stimuleren. En zullen waarschijnlijk meer vragen oproepen dan dat we antwoorden kunnen gegeven. Dit alles aan de hand van theorie en beeldfragmenten van behandelingen. Inbreng van de deelnemers aan de workshop wordt zeer op prijs gesteld. Bij onvoldoende tijd kan er een vervolg aan worden gegeven. Werkvorm: workshop lezing met videomateriaal, enkele casussen. Discussie maakt deel uit van de workshop.

Not much is known about the potential of EMDR treatment in people with brain damage. EMDR in the case book is a chapter that tells about the treatment of grief in a woman with a history of stroke. Furthermore, the psychologists working in mental health elderly, nursing homes and / or rehabilitation centers, EMDR try to apply in common situations. EMDR works and always works? When does it not? In which corruption is no processing going on? Is there a localization of giving? What changes to the protocol are needed? EMDR can help with anxiety, dementia patients? Can it prevent unrest? How to explain the treatment and who should be involved in decisions about treatment as a patient can see everything more (in some cases they are not an obvious step in the treatment)? And how about those drugs? And how you put it out to colleagues? Here are some of the questions that bubble up if this topic is discussed. In this workshop we focus on these questions in order to determine if EMDR is best to work with target groups mentioned above and how it can best be done. We would like to combine this knowledge, further research. And likely more questions than we can answer given. All this based on theory and images of treatments. Input from the participants of the workshop is greatly appreciated. Without adequate time, a sequel to be. Form: workshop reading, watching videos, some cases. Discussion is part of the workshop. New! Click the words above to view alternate translations. Dismiss 0.

Keywords: Cognitive Disorders  Dementia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


183. Lievegoed, R., & Giltaij, H. (2005, November). EMDR bij mensen met een verstandelijke en/of meervoudige beperking [EMDR with people with mental and/or multiple restriction]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Na een korte inleiding over de speciale problemen die mensen met een Verstandelijke en/of Meervoudige (visueel-en-verstandelijke) Beperking in hun leven ontmoeten en de vele vormen van psychotrauma, die voor hen ontstaan door situaties die door anderen vaak niet als traumatisch worden ervaren (door het vermogen ervaringen zin en plaats te geven), zal vooral aan de hand van casuïstiek worden toegelicht hoe het EMDR standaardprotocol en de werkwijze aangepast kunnen worden aan de meer beperkte vaardigheden van de mensen in deze doelgroep. Hierbij zal ook gerefereerd worden aan de aanpassingen van het protocol zoals die voor jonge kinderen door diverse therapeuten is ontwikkeld, en die voor de onderhavige doelgroep vaak ook zeer relevant zijn. De behandeling van een vrouw met een sterke visuele beperking plus een verstandelijke handicap zal d.m.v. een video gedemonstreerd worden, nadat kort gewezen is op de problemen die iemand heeft met een dubbele handicap: er staan dan immers minder compensatiemogelijkheden voor de handicap(s) ter beschikking.
Doelstelling: Deelnemers leren zien dat EMDR ook bij de genoemde doelgroep(en) toegepast kan worden en maken kennis met enkele voorbeelden van hoe de behandeling specifiek vorm gegeven kan worden. Maar belangrijkste doelstelling van deze workshop is dat behandelaars enthousiast kunnen worden voor de toepassing van EMDR juist ook voor deze kwetsbare mensen!

After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant. Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a double Disabled: There are after all less than redress for disability (s) available.
Objective: Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group (s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given. But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people! After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant. Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a doubleDisabled: There are after all less than redress fordisability (s) available.
Objective:Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group(s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given. But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people!

Keywords: Mental Disabilities  Visual Impairments  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


184. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee. Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen. De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop. Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ? Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities. In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten. Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu. Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen. Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.

In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions. Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals. The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first. How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist? A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions. In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist. A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality. A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed. A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.

Keywords: Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


185. Withers, D. (2001, June). EMDR bilateral movement groups for children with ADHD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will teach experientially how to run therapy groups for children. Specifically, it will teach Resource Installation through Dance/Movement Therapy techniques utilizing EMDR protocol, how to deal with disruptive behaviors by empowering children to come up with their own coping strategies for themselves and each other; and how to identify, locate, and regulate feelings in their bodies.

Keywords: Bilateral  Children  Dance Movement Therapy: Groups  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


186. Leeds, A. (2011, August). EMDR Case Conceptualization and Treatment Planning: How AIP leads to divergent strategies in different cases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many clinicians seek guidance with case formulation and predicting responses to EMDR reprocessing. This presentation integrates the AIP Model with adult attachment classification. Case examples illustrate clinical strategies for assessing attachment classification as a foundation for case formulation. This presentation proposes a symptom informed approach for cases with an Axis I focus – PTSD, depression, specific phobias and panic – from parallel models of de Jongh (2010), Korn (2004) and Leeds (2004, 2009). Criteria from Korn (2004, 2009), Leeds (2009) and Hofmann (2004, 2005) indicate when to consider containing and deferring reprocessing early life experiences in complex cases – personality disorders and complex PTSD.

Keywords: Adult Attachment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


187. Kiessling, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR case conceptualization from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While many understand the EMDR Approach to Psychotherapy, many do not fully understand the power of using core beliefs as the focal point of their EMDR case conceptualization. This workshop, through lecture, case examples and practice, will assist EMDR Trainers, Approved Consultants, Certified therapists and the newly trained EMDR therapists, in understanding the EMDR Approach, based upon the AIP model, from the core belief perspective. Using this core belief focus, targeting sequence plans will be designed, necessary and/or needed resources will be developed, and intervention strategies anticipated to help facilitate processing.

Keywords: Core Beliefs  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


188. Leeds, A. M. (1995, June). EMDR case formulation symposium. Symposium conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this symposium will be on intermediate and advanced topics in EMDR case formulation in more challenging cases. The presentation will include how affect and schema theories can help organize and guide treatment planing and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. Time will be allowed to discuss problem cases. The symposium will begin with an overview of the EMDR theoretical model and the role of metacognitions in the accelerated information processing paradigm. Guideposts to application will include principles such as: good enough cognitions and warning indicators fiom cognitions and the history taking of potential blocked responses. A model of EMDR case formulation issues will be presented involving treatment planning and selection of protocols, targets and cognitions. A fundamental issue in case formulation will be proposed as the extent to which the case involves simple adult trauma with a good premorbid history or is a more complex case conceptualized as involving some degree of neglect or pervasive failure of the early environment to provide healthy models of self-other interaction. Alternate treatment protocols will be offered for more complex cases presentations where there are insufficient healthy resources present to permit the successfull use of standard EMDR protocols even with creative application of cognitive interweave strategies. Protocols will be offered for "practice" EMDR sessions and for building up healthy internal resources in advance of targeting disturbing memories. Affect theory as developed by Silvan S. Tomkins and reviewed in Donald Nathanson's (1992) Shame and Pride, Affect Sex, and the Birth of the Self, W. W. Norton & Co, New York, and its relationship to EMDR will be considered. Emphasis will be on the biological theory of emotions, the nine innate affects, the central and unique role of shame in human development, and how affect theory supports EMDR theory and application. For example, EMDR theory emphasizes the central role of physiological and emotional responses and views cognitions as "distallations of experience" (Francine Shapiro, 1995, Eve Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, Basic Principles, Protocols, and Procedures, Guilford Press, NY). Shame and its attendant distorted self concepts is a central problem in PTSD and other pervasive traumageric disorders. Aspects of this case formulation approach have been influenced by members of the EMDR facilitator staff most notably Landry Wildwind's speciality and conference presentations on working with chronic depression and personal communications with Marguerite McCorkle. Case examples will be given in which alternate EMDR protocols were used to successfully work through unresolved developmental issues and massive layers of shame that had blocked previous treatment efforts. A large portion of the symposium will be devoted to a case conference round table where these issues will be explored through a discussion of problem cases offered by participants.

Keywords: Case Formulations  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


189. McDonald, H. (2010, March). EMDR chronic pain protocol. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses. This workshop will focus on using the Pain Protocol (Grant and Threlfo, 2002), using a practical approach to clinical work with clients. The pain protocol is based on the Adaptive Information Processing model, (Shapiro 1995), and takes into account the overlap between the experience of pain and traumatic experiences. It is expected that participants not necessarily have experience of working specifically on pain using EMDR with clients. An increasing body of evidence suggests that using the EMDR Pain Protocol can be effective in three main ways: • Reducing the experience of pain; • Targeting pain memories and • Overcoming the impact of pain on the individual. The application of the protocol assumes that it is possible to influence neurological pathways involved in maintaining persistent pain messages. The workshop will include a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical experience, and will primarily focus on practical applications. This will include working with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of case examples. At the end of the workshop, it is hoped that participants have increased confidence in working with people who have pain; having practiced elements of the protocol and discussed their implications for clinical practice.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


190. Manfield, P. (2010, June). EMDR clinical skills: Dyadic resourcing. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces 'dyadic resourcing,' a form of resourcing designed to facilitate the processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help a client connect affectively to the experience of being in a nurturing relationship Through this process clients experience both roles, the role of the adult who loves them and the role of the child who is lovable and loved. These roles become increasingly real to them and clients come away with access to a loving non-judgmental view of themselves as a child. Clients whose original trauma was a result of or exacerbated by a lack of a strong connection to a nurturing caregiver will benefit from a variety of resources, but the resource that is essential is access to a secure internal nurturing relationship, which this process provides. This procedure is particularly useful for clients who think they were bad or worthless as children, who think the abuse or neglect they suffered chronically was deserved, who are overwhelmed by the intensity of their pain from early childhood experiences, or who cannot view their child selves in an accepting nurturing way. In other words, this type of resourcing is ideal for some of the most difficult EMDR clients, and helps to prepare them for trauma processing. Once developed, these resources allow the EMDR clinician to utilize cognitive interweaves in which the adult client is able to support the child self. Dyadic resourcing is typically a five step process: identifying a nurturing adult resource, make the resource real for the client, formulating a parent-child relationship involving the resource, intensify the client's experience of that relationship, and helping the client to have the experience of both the child and adult in the resource dyad. This workshop will address each of these steps, covering the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, transcripts, and a live demonstration. Techniques borrowed from Eidetic Psychotherapy, Neuro-Linguistic Programming, Gestalt Therapy, hypnotic phrasing and other disciplines will be addressed Links to free downloadable explanatory material from the presenter's book. EMDR Clinical Skills: Case Conceptualization and Dyadic re^ sourcing will be offered for those interested in sharpening their skills in this useful resourcing approach. Learning objectives: Participants will be able to - Explain why cognitive Interweaves are often not helpful to clients with attachment disorders -List 15 possible sources of resource figures - List 8 techniques that can be used to help a client feel more intensely connected to a resource. - Describe 4 indications that clients are NOT assuming an outside observer role and are instead overly identifying with their child selves.

Keywords: Dyadic Resourcing  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


191. Costa, C. S. (2012, Novembro). EMDR como recurso para a elaboração de laudo pericial [EMDR as a resource for the preparation of expert report]. In EMDR e memórias. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Por meio de relato de caso clínico, objetiva-se mostrar a possibilidade da do uso do EMDR para a elaboração de laudo pericial. O caso foi enviado por uma Casa de Acolhimento Institucional, órgão público vinculado à Delegacia de Defesa da Mulher, de um município da Grande São Paulo, devido à suspeita de abuso sexual da criança pelo genitor, uma vez que outros laudos profissionais, como o psicodiagnóstico de Rorscharch e o exame clínico por perito legista não foram aceitos como conclusivos pelo juiz que autorizou a visita do pai. Diante disso, o Órgão de Proteção à Criança encaminhou o caso para nova avaliação. Após as entrevistas com a criança, que se mostrava bastante resistente às perguntas feitas pela psicóloga, aplicaram-se os seguintes recursos do EMDR: identificação da imagem, crença e emoção (ICE); som bilateral; desenhos e identificação do grau de desconforto (SUDs), que lhe possibilitaram exteriorizar a situação que a incomodava, reforçada nos vários desenhos. Encaminhados os resultados ao Órgão que solicitou a avaliação foram considerados conclusivos em relação ao abuso sofrido pela criança, o que significou seu afastamento do genitor, pelo juiz, e investigação para apurar os fatos visando a proteger a vítima. Isso permite concluir que o EMDR pode ser um instrumento auxiliar para a elaboração de laudo pericial nos casos de estresse pós-traumático, como no abuso sexual de crianças.

Through clinical case, the objective is to show the possibility of the use of EMDR for the preparation of an expert report. The case was sent by a House of Hospitality Institutional, public agency linked to the Women's Police Station, a town in Greater São Paulo, due to suspicion of child sexual abuse by parent, since other reports professionals, as psychodiagnostic of Rorschach and clinical examination by forensic expert were not accepted as conclusive by the judge who authorized the visit of his father. Thus, the Child Protection Authority referred the case for further evaluation. After the interviews with the child, that proved quite resistant to the questions asked by the psychologist, we applied the following features of EMDR: identifying the image, belief and emotion (ICE); sound bilateral; drawings and identify the degree of discomfort (SUDs ), which enabled him to externalize the situation that bothered him, strengthened in various designs. Forwarded the results to the Board requesting the evaluation were considered conclusive regarding the abuse suffered by the child, which meant being away from the parent, the judge, and investigation to ascertain the facts in order to protect the victim. This indicates that EMDR can be an auxiliary tool for the development of expert opinion in cases of post-traumatic stress, such as the sexual abuse of children.

Keywords: Expert Report  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


192. Hartung, J. (2007, Novembro). EMDR e psicologia positiva: Treinamento em resiliência, aprimoramento de desempenho e outros assuntos que nunca ouvimos na universidade [Positive psychology and EMDR: Training resilience, performance enhancement and other matters that we have never heard in the university]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
No treinamento profissional de um psicoterapeuta, tende-se a focalizar aquilo que está “errado” com clientes: psicopatologia, transtornos de ajustamento, categorias diagnósticas, mesmo abordagens de tratamento baseiam-se na premissa de que nossos clientes vêm nos ver apenas quando algo está errado com eles. O terapeuta, por sua vez, pode finalizar o trabalho depois que os sintomas foram corrigidos, ou ao menos reduzidos. Nos últimos anos, muitos terapeutas (e seus clientes) têm prestando atenção ao que está certo conosco; como podemos incrementar nossos recursos pessoais e nossas emoções positivas, com a finalidade de obter maiores benefícios para nós mesmos e os outros com quem convivemos.

In the professional training of an psychotherapist, tends to focus on what is "wrong" with customers: psychopathology, adjustment disorders, categories diagnostic, treatment approaches that based on the premise that our customers come see us only when something is wrong with them. The therapist, in turn, may end work after the symptoms have been corrected, or at least reduced. In recent years, many therapists (and their customers) are paying attention to what is right with us, as we increase our resources and our personal positive emotions, in order to obtain greater benefits for ourselves and others with whom we live.

Keywords: Positive Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


193. Salomoni, S. R. (2012, Novembro). EMDR e terapia familiar: Um caso de fibromialgia [EMDR and family therapy: A case of fibromyalgia]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Terapia Familiar Sistêmica, de forma integrada. Objetivo: Demonstrar como a associação das duas abordagens permite alterar o foco do individual para o familiar e do familiar para o individual, resultando em superação de traumas e integração individual, com relações mais saudáveis. Método: O EMDR foi utilizado para reprocessar traumas, a partir de queixas da cliente. Segundo Bruck, “o trauma é uma experiência que explode a capacidade de suportar um revés, traz perda de sentido, desorganização corporal e paralisação da consciência corporal; pode deixar marcas que influenciam a criatividade e a motivação para a vida”. Assim, mesmo uma pessoa com boa estrutura de personalidade, resiliente e com família funcional, não está imune ao trauma.O outro pilar teórico norteador do trabalho é a Terapia Familiar, uma vez que os modelos de transação experimentados na família de origem constituem-se matrizes de aprendizagem para as transações sociais futuras. Para Souza, a família é um microcosmo, um universo em miniatura, representativo do mundo lá fora e do lá dentro de cada um de nós. Considera-se também a rede social pessoal, definida por Sluzki como a soma das relações que o indivíduo percebe serem significativas para si. Desta maneira, busca-se a dinâmica na família, que pode facilitar ou dificultar o trabalho com o indivíduo. Com o EMDR lidamos com traumas recentes e antigos e com crenças limitantes, e a partir daí são mobilizados recursos positivos inacessíveis até então, devido ao bloqueio de traumas. Esses recursos individuais já mais acessíveis são então integrados na vida familiar e social. Resultados: Apresento o caso de uma moça de 28 anos com diagnóstico médico de fibromialgia, universitária, que tinha abandonado os estudos e estágio, com fortes dores e muito tempo na cama, que após 15 sessões de psicoterapia, incluindo as sessões familiares, voltou às suas atividades normais.

Systemic Family Therapy, seamlessly. Objective: To demonstrate how the combination of the two approaches allows you to change the focus from the individual to the family and the family for the individual, resulting in overcoming traumas and individual integration with healthier relationships. Method: The EMDR was used to reprocess trauma, from customer complaints. According to Bruck, "trauma is an experience that explodes the ability to support a setback, brings loss of meaning, and paralysis of body clutter body awareness, can leave marks that influence creativity and motivation for life." Thus, even a person with good personality structure, resilient and functional family, is not immune to trauma.O another pillar guiding theoretical work is Family Therapy, once the transaction models experienced in the family of origin constitute matrices of social learning for future transactions. For Souza, the family is a microcosm, a miniature universe, representative of the outside world and the inside of each of us. It is also considered a social network, defined by Sluzki as the sum of the relations that the individual perceives itself to be significant. In this way, search the dynamics in the family, which can facilitate or hinder the work with the individual. With EMDR deal with recent and old traumas and limiting beliefs, and from there are positive resources mobilized hitherto inaccessible, due to blockage of trauma. These individual features are now more accessible then integrated into family and social life. Results: I present the case of a girl of 28 years with a medical diagnosis of fibromyalgia, university, who had abandoned his studies and internship, with severe pain and a lot of time in bed, that after 15 sessions of psychotherapy, including family sessions, returned to their normal activities.

Keywords: Family Therapy  Fibromyalgia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


194. Aduriz, E. (2012, June). EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos [EMDR in children with dissociative disorders]. En Preconferencia 2: Niños, traumatización grave y EMDR [In Pre-conference 2: Children, severe traumatization and EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Aduriz will show the importance of establishing a predictable and trusting relationship between the child and her adoptive parents so that the child can repair the severe early wounds inflicted on her by the relationship with her biological mother. She will also focus on how to help the adoptive parents attain more confidence in their parental role.

María Elena Aduriz, expondrá a través del caso de una niña cuya traumatización es consecuencia directa de un apego desorganizado a una madre esquizofrénica, inestable y suicida, la importancia de articular intervenciones terapéuticas con EMDR con la niña y con los padres adoptivos. Señalará la importancia de establecer un vínculo predecible y confiable entre ellos para que la niña pueda reparar las heridas tempranas y severas producto del vínculo con su madre biológica, y para que los padres sean capaces de generar mayor confianza en su función parental.

Keywords: Attachment Disruptions  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


195. Baita, S. (2012, June). EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos [EMDR in children with dissociative disorders]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sandra Baita will describe the case of a dissociative girl whose traumatization was a consequence of early exposure to chronic sexual abuse by her father. In this case, Dr. Baita will explain the challenge of working with systems surrounding the child other than the family, for example, the Justice System. She will focus on the paramount importance of the first stage of treatment and the achievement of external security when working with severely traumatized children. Dr. Baita will offer for discussion with the attendees, the development of a treatment plan for this dissociative girl using EMDR during the therapeutic stages of security and stability, working with traumatic memories, and integration.

Sandra Baita expondrá el caso de una niña con un trastorno disociativo en el cual la traumatización ha sido consecuencia de la exposición temprana a abuso sexual por parte del padre. En este caso, la Dra. Baita explicará el desafío que implica trabajar con otros sistemas además del familiar, tales como el sistema de Justicia. Ilustrará además la relevancia que adquiere la primera etapa del tratamiento y el establecimiento de un contexto real de seguridad externa en el tratamiento de niños severamente traumatizados, y mostrará, para su discusión con los asistentes, el desarrollo del tratamiento exhaustivo de esta niña utilizando EMDR a lo largo de las etapas de seguridad y estabilidad, trabajo con las memorias traumáticas e integración.

Keywords: Children  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


196. Koempel, G. (2012, April). EMDR et psycho-dynamique: Une belle entente! Deux langages pour un traitement intégré et efficace [EMDR and psychodynamic: A great deal! Two languages ​​for an integrated and efficient treatment]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Par la présentation détaillée d’un cas de burn-out, nous découvrirons ensemble comment une approche intégrée en psycho-dynamique et en EMDR enrichit la compréhension et le traitement du client et le travail du thérapeute. Nous insisterons sur l’alliance thérapeutique, la compréhension du client de sa propre psycho-dynamique comme une ressource et sur l’importance de la liste des évènements perturbateurs. Nous préciserons certains concepts psychanalytiques et rappellerons les concepts fondamentaux de l’EMDR afin d’identifier facilement leur utilisation lors de la présentation de cas. Attention! Il s’agit bien d’un cas de thérapie EMDR, infiltrée par une pensée psycho-dynamique.
Objectifs d’apprentissage: 1. Intégrer l’approche psycho-dynamique au traitement en EMDR (particulièrement lors de la phase 1 à 4) 2. Redécouvrir l’importance de dresser la liste des évènements perturbateurs avec tous les clients. 3. Établir comme nouvelle ressource la compréhension par le client de son propre enjeu psycho-dynamique. 4. Envisager l’alliance thérapeutique comme ressource principale pour le bon déroulement de la thérapie EMDR. 5. À travers l’exposé détaillé de séances de thérapie, suivre les 8 phases du traitement EMDR illustrant l’efficacité du modèle TAI.

For a detailed presentation of a case of burnout, we will discover together how an integrated psychodynamic and EMDR enhances the understanding and treatment of the client and the therapist's work. We will emphasize the therapeutic alliance, understanding the customer's own psycho-dynamics as a resource and the importance of disrupting the event list. We will specify certain psychoanalytic concepts and recall the basic concepts of EMDR to easily identify their use during the presentation of cases. Caution! It is indeed a case of EMDR, infiltrated by a psycho-dynamic thinking. Learning Objectives: 1. Integrate the psychodynamic approach to treatment in EMDR (particularly in Phase 1 to 4) 2. Rediscover the importance of listing the disruptive events with all clients. 3. Establish as a new resource for understanding the customer's own stake psychodynamic. 4. Consider the therapeutic alliance as a key resource for the success of EMDR therapy. 5. Through the detailed presentation of therapy sessions, follow the eight phases of EMDR treatment model illustrating the effectiveness of TAI.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


197. Korn, D. L., Zangwill, W., Lipke, H., & Smyth, M. J. (2001, January). EMDR fidelity rating scale. Author .

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR Fidelity Rating Scale: Rating of introductory phases of treatment (history and treatment planning, preparation, safe place exercise; rating of resource development and installation protocl (part of the preparation phase; and rating of the trauma-processing phases of treatment (reevaluation, assessment, desensitisation, installation, body scan, closure.

Keywords: Fidelity Rating Scale  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


198. Twombly, J. H. (2005). EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 88-120). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: U
sing EMDR with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) and other dissociative disorders (DDs) requires careful adaptation to allow the unique benefits of EMDR to be used productively, without risking unleashing a flood of traumatic material and destabilizing the client. In this chapter I will discuss adaptations for each stage of treatment for dissociative clients. While I'll focus on work with DID (formerly multiple personality disorder) and dissociative disorder not otherwise specified (DDNOS), the EMDR adaptations and protocols taught in this chapter can be used with people with other DDs and complex PTSD, and in ego-state work. This chapter is divided into three sections, summarizing the treatment of DDs within the three stages of standard phase-oriented trauma treatment. [Text, pp. 88, 90]

Keywords: Adults  Child Abuse  DID  Dissociative Identity Disorder  Hypnotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


199. Shapiro, F., & Broderson, G. (1997). EMDR for trauma: Eye movement desenitization and reprocessing. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a complex treatment approach that combines salient elements of the major therapeutic schools (e.g., cognitive, behavioral, psychodynamic, physiological, and interactional). Although the eye movement stimulation (and other forms of dual stimulation used in the approach) have garnered the most attention professionally and publicly, EMDR actually involves a much broader spectrum of interventions, which are organized into eight phases of therapy. Currently, 13 completed controlled studies of EMDR make it one of the most researched methods of psychotherapy used in the treatment of trauma. Its efficacy has been supported by these studies: the four most recent studies of victims who have suffered single traumas have demonstrated that after the equivalent of three 90-minute sessions, 84% to 90% of patients no longer have symptoms of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD; Rothbaum, 1997; Wilson, Becker, & Tinker, 1995).
EMDR is based on the assumption that specific experiences from the past continue to guide the client`s responses in the present. These experiences can be the "big T" traumas that result in PTSD or the "small t" traumas that are the ubiquitous experiences known to have a less dramatic but still negative impact on personality and behavior.
To influence such experiences from the past, EMDR draws on an information processing model of behavior. Conceptually, disturbing trauma-related information is believed to be held in the patient`s nervous system in state-dependent form (e.g., the perceptions and sensations experienced at the time of the trauma are encoded in the nervous system). EMDR allows the processing of this information in an adaptive fashion so that what is useful from the experience can be learned; stored appropriately, cognitively, and affectively; and made available for behavioral guidance in the future. What is useless to adaptation, such as excess negative emotions, irrational self-assessments, and disturbing physical sensations, can be discarded.
Assessment is focused not on global diagnoses but rather on specific delineations of problematic behaviors, attitudes, and affects that need to be transmuted to allow for adaptive resolution of trauma or conflict. Specifically, the EMDR clinician asks, what is the patient being influenced by past experiences to do in the present that is dysfunctional and what is he or she prevented from doing that would be adaptive?
Although originally applied to PTSD, EMDR shows promise in a variety of clinical complaints that are based on earlier life experiences that underlie the pathology and current experiences and that restimulate the disturbance. EMDR allows clients to access and reprocess these experiences as well as to learn new skills and behaviors for managing future life events. In all cases, the goal of EMDR is to produce the most comprehensive and profound treatment effects in the shortest period of time, while helping the client to remain reasonably stable.
EMDR as an eight-phase intervention approach can be considered a complete treatment in some clinical cases, or it may be part of a more complex treatment plan that includes other more traditional approaches to treating a specific pathology (e.g., borderline personality disorder). Within this latter integrative context, EMDR appears to be useful for a broad range of clinical complaints and seems to provide more rapid achievement of positive treatment effects than do these more traditional approaches alone.
Dr. Shapiro identifies her approach as "eye movement desensitization and reprocessing." What does this imply to you? More specifically, what do you expect of her? Will Dr. Shapiro be active or passive? Will the session be structured or unstructured? Directive or nondirective? Will it focus on the past or on the present? Will the session focus on behaviors, on thoughts, or on feelings? What do you expect to be the relative balance between attention to technique versus the interpersonal interaction?

Keywords: Client  Francine Shapiro  Male  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


200. Farrell, D., Tareen, S., & Keenan, P. (2008, November). EMDR HAP training in Pakistan in the aftermath of the 2005 earthquake and the ‘War on terror’. Presentation at the 24th Annual Meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
On Saturday 8th October 2005, a devastating earthquake measuring 7.6 on the Richter scale struck northern Pakistan. The magnitude of the earthquake wiped out entire villages and communities, destroyed 400,000 houses and created over 73,000 fatalities and 135,000 people injured. EMDR UK & Ireland, EMDR Europe, the British/ Pakistani Psychiatric Association & the University of Birmingham supported an eighteen month Humanitarian Assistance Programme to help train forty-nine mental health workers, mainly psychiatrists and psychologists from the earthquake affected areas, in the theory and practice of EMDR in the management of psychological trauma. This programme was one of the first University based HAP trainings in EMDR ever to be undertaken. This paper will provide an insight into the development and progression of the trainings in light of the ongoing political problems in Pakistan both in terms of post earthquake reconstruction and the continued threat of terrorist attacks throughout Pakistan. It will also consider cultural perspectives of trauma and how this related to both EMDR and the conceptual framework of PTSD. The paper will also highlight some of the psychometric data acquired from survivors from the earthquake areas and demonstrate the ways in which EMDR is being utilised as a psychological treatment intervention in Northern Pakistan.

Keywords: Earthquake  HAP  Pakistan  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


201. Farrell, D. (2008, November). EMDR HAP training in Pakistan in the aftermath of the 2005 earthquake and the ‘war on terror’. Symposium conducted at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
On Saturday 8th October 2005, a devastating earthquake measuring 7.6 on the Richter scale struck northern Pakistan. The magnitude of the earthquake wiped out entire villages and communities, destroyed 400,000 houses and created over 73,000 fatalities and 135,000 people injured. EMDR UK & Ireland, EMDR Europe, the British/ Pakistani Psychiatric Association & the University of Birmingham supported an eighteen month Humanitarian Assistance Programme to help train forty-nine mental health workers, mainly psychiatrists and psychologists from the earthquake affected areas, in the theory and practice of EMDR in the management of psychological trauma. This programme was one of the first University based HAP trainings in EMDR ever to be undertaken. This paper will provide an insight into the development and progression of the trainings in light of the ongoing political problems in Pakistan both in terms of post earthquake reconstruction and the continued threat of terrorist attacks throughout Pakistan. It will also consider cultural perspectives of trauma and how this related to both EMDR and the conceptual framework of PTSD. The paper will also highlight some of the psychometric data acquired from survivors from the earthquake areas and demonstrate the ways in which EMDR is being utilised as a psychological treatment intervention in Northern Pakistan.

Keywords: Earthquake  HAP  Pakistan  Symposium  Terror  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


202. Hase, M. (2001, May). EMDR in a critical incident in Germany (prison riot). Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The prison system serves, among many others, one important goal: to separate those members of society, who are dangerous to others, from the more peaceful and law-abiding majority. As a consequence one could assume that the inmates of a prison from a, subgroup of human beings, distinct by their aggressive potential. Though this is not true for all of the prisoners, it may be true for many of them. It is a well known fact, at least in Germany, that procedures for controlling the safety in a prison, can't eliminate criminal behaviour or dealing with drugs in a prison. One could assume, that even if an adequate standard of safety is upheld, a prison would be a dangerous place to work in and that prison staff would be at a considerable risk of being traumatised at work. In the prison system in Lower Saxony, Germany, between 5 and 10 recently traumatised staff are invited to participate in a group consultation each year. The number of unrecorded cases is certainly much higher. In contrast there is not much literature about traumatisation of prison staff. On the other hand prison staff are regarded as a population often reluctant to engage in psychotherapy and leaving psychotherapy prematurely, without a significant treatment effect. On 13th of August 1999 a prisoner attacked prison staff at Uelzen prison in Lower Saxony, Germany. The perpetrator killed two members of staff, wounded two others severely and committed suicide immediately afterwards. More members of staff suffered from the psychological effects of the violence. The Critical Incident Team within the Ministry of Justice provided intensive care and counselling. 15 members of staff were identified as a high risk group to develop PTSD. 10 members of staff began psychotherapy. 7 qualified for a diagnosis of PTSD, 3 for related diagnoses, according to ICD-10 criteria None of them left therapy prematurely. One member of staff suffered from the effects of a civil war situation experienced 15 years before, with a late onset PTSD triggered by vicarious traumatisation. Only one remains out of work, but does not qualify for a diagnosis of PTSD at present. Three are still in therapy. 7 patents ended therapy with a complete recovery. EMDR was applied to great extent in 9 of the 10 cases. EMDR was tolerated well and proved to be fast and efficient. Treatment effects seem to last over time. Setting the focus on the trauma and using EMDR as a specific psychotherapeutic method seems to provide an accepted strategy with significant gains for this population.

Keywords: Critical Incident  Prison  Recent Events  Riot  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


203. Grant, M. (1997, July). EMDR in a multi-modal approach to chronic pain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is an outline of a psychological treatment approach to chronic pain, integrated with medical treatment, based on EMDR. EMDR consists of a combination of various elements of standard approaches to pain management, together with innovations such as dual focus of attention and bilateral stimulation. Although EMDR initially utilized bilateral eye-movements (EM'S), bilateral tones and tapping are now also utilized. One of the central elements of EMDR is a desensitization procedure in which the patient is assisted to focus on the negative thoughts feeling and sensations associated with their problem, whilst simultaneously attending to a bilateral stimulation (visual, auditory or tactile). This is frequently followed by change in the level of distress associated with the problem (Shapiro. 1989, 1995).

Keywords: Chronic Pain  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


204. Wieland, S. (2012, June). EMDR in children with dissociative disorders [EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The effect of early interpersonal trauma on adult clients has been extensively studied and reported. Less attention has been given to the effects of complex trauma on children. Because childhood is the time of most rapid brain development as well as the time when children are dependent on adult caregivers, early physical, sexual, and emotional abuse, including neglect and witnessing domestic violence, has severe effects on infants and children – disorganized attachment, affect and behavioral dysregulation, and dissociation. In this preconference Sandra Wieland will describe how early trauma and neglect affects the infant/child’s brain, autonomic nervous system, and body system. She will explain how dissociation is often used by children to protect themselves from the impact – both emotional and physical – of complex trauma. Given this high level of fragmentation and fright, children are often not able to participate successfully in the standardized EMDR protocol. Dr. Wieland will teach ways in which the EMDR protocol can be adapted in order to access more completely the child’s fragmented internal system. She will use clinical vignettes to describe ways EMDR can assist in each of the three stages of trauma treatment – safety/stabilization, trauma processing, and integration. Maria Elena Aduriz will describe a case of a girl whose traumatization is the direct consequence of a disorganized attachment to a schizophrenic, unstable and suicidal mother. Through this case she will focus on the importance of learning how to articulate EMDR interventions with the child and her adoptive parents.

Los efectos del trauma interpersonal temprano han sido extensamente estudiados y documentados. Sin embargo, se ha prestado menos atención a los efectos del trauma complejo en niños. Debido a la etapa del desarrollo en la que se encuentran y a la dependencia respecto de los adultos, los niños son especialmente vulnerables a la exposición a eventos traumáticos en el seno de los cuidados familiares tales como maltrato físico, emocional y abuso sexual. Las consecuencias postraumáticas incluyen, entre otras, apego desorganizado, desregulación afectiva y conductual, y disociación. En esta preconferencia Sandra Wieland comenzará por describir de qué forma el trauma temprano y la negligencia afectan el desarrollo del cerebro, del sistema nervioso autónomo y del sistema corporal del niño. Explicará de qué manera la disociación suele ser utilizada por el niño como protección contra el impacto –tanto emocional como físico- del trauma complejo. Debido al miedo y al alto nivel de fragmentación que presentan estos niños el protocolo EMDR estándar no puede ser utilizado de manera eficaz. La Dra. Wieland enseñará cómo el protocolo EMDR puede ser adaptado para poder acceder de manera más completa al mundo interno fragmentado del niño. Describirá con viñetas clínicas de qué forma EMDR puede

Keywords: Developmental Trauma Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


205. Gonzalez, A., Seijo, N., & Mosquera, D. (2009, August). EMDR in complex trauma and dissociative disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can be safely used during the stabilization phase in a group of severely traumatized patients, not only to install positive elements, but to process dysfunctional elements (not necessarily traumatic memories, but patient-therapist relationship problems, defenses, symptoms, dissociative phobias, etc.). To postpone standard protocol until the patient has been prepared to do it in the standard way implies that the patient must resolve many of their problems without the help of EMDR processing. We will try to “think in EMDR” about severe dissociation, rather than directly apply foreign theories to EMDR work. Protocol modifications include progression, fractionation, synthesis and direction.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


206. Bohm, K. (2011, June). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen. Learning objectives: Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken. Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.

In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation. Learning objectives: An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions. The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


207. Bohm, K. (2012, September). EMDR in der behandlung der zwangsstörung [EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder]. Vortrag auf der Jahrestagung der Deutschen Gesellschaft Zwangserkrankungen Münster, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In diesem praxisorientierten Workshop wird der Einsatz von EMDR bei Zwangsstörungen vorgestellt und eingeübt. Dabei wird auf Besonderheiten beim Einsatz von EMDR ebenso eingegangen wie auf die Kombination mit Reizkonfrontationen (Expositionsübungen). Ein verändertes Standartprotokoll wird eingeführt, das "Therapietiming“ von EMDR aufgezeigt und auf typische Probleme in der Emotionsregulation eingegangen. Learning objectives: Ein wichtiges Augenmerk richtet sich in der Therapie immer auf die Persönlichkeit und Lebensgeschichte des Patienten. Sie lernen EMDR auf die jeweilige Persönlichkeit zuzuschneiden und auch die Art des Zwanges zu berücksichtigen. Waschzwänge bedürfen zum Beispiel oft anderer Strategien als reine Zwangsgedanken. Im Workshop werden Therapievideos gezeigt, das praktische Vorgehen eingeübt und die Theorie hierzu anschaulich vermittelt. Er richtet sich sowohl an verhaltenstherapeutisch als auch an tiefenpsychologisch arbeitende Kollegen.

In this hands-on workshop, the use of EMDR is presented with OCD and practiced. It is specific to the use of EMDR as well as to respond to stimulus combination confrontation (exposure exercises). A modified standard protocol is introduced, demonstrated the "treatment timing" of EMDR and discussed common problems in emotion regulation. Learning objectives: An important focus is always in the therapy on the personality and life history of the patient. You will learn to tailor to the particular personality and EMDR to consider the kind of coercion. Washing compulsions for example, often require different strategies than pure obsessions. The workshop therapy videos are shown, and rehearsed the practical approach and teaches the theory on this vividly. He addresses both behavioral therapy and psychodynamic to working colleagues.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


208. Bohm, K., & Voderholzer, U. (2010, September). EMDR in der behandlung von zwangsstörungen: Eine fallserie [Use of EMDR in the treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorders: A case series]. Verhaltenstherapie [Behavior Therapy], 20(3), 175–181. doi:10.1159/000319439 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract: (The above link is to the English version of the German article.)
Hintergrund: Die kognitive Verhaltenstherapie mit Exposition und Reaktionsverhinderung ist die am besten untersuchte und derzeit wirksamste Therapie bei Zwängen. 15–40% der Patienten können jedoch nicht von diesem Verfahren profitieren. Sie berichten Motivationsprobleme, brechen die Behandlung vorzeitig ab oder zeigen anhaltende Probleme in der Emotionsregulation. Der zusätzliche Einsatz der Therapiemethode «Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing» (EMDR) zur Reduktion dieser Schwierigkeiten wird vorgestellt und beschrieben. Methode: Es werden drei Kasuistiken vorgestellt, die mittels deskriptiver Analysen ausgewertet werden. Hierbei wird auf das inhaltliche Vorgehen sowie die Therapiemotivation und Emotionsregulation im Therapieverlauf eingegangen. Ein Patient mit Kontrollzwängen erhielt zunächst EMDR-Sitzungen und anschließend Expositionsübungen. Eine andere Patientin mit vorwiegend Zwangsgedanken wurde zuerst mit Expositionen und danach mit EMDR behandelt. Im dritten Fall wurden Expositionen und EMDR-Sitzungen abwechselnd durchgeführt. Ergebnisse: Die drei behandelten Patienten berichteten eine Reduktion der Zwänge um etwa 60%. EMDR wurde von allen drei Patienten als motivierend und hilfreich beschrieben. Die Arbeit an den Emotionen konnte durch EMDR angeregt und verstärkt werden. Eine deutliche Reduktion der Zwänge durch die Expositionen zeigte sich bei 2 Patienten, während diese im Zuge der EMDR-Sitzungen nur leicht abnahmen. Diskussion: EMDR könnte eine vielversprechende Augmentationsoption bei der Behandlung von Zwängen darstellen. Für eine bessere Beurteilung sind kontrollierte und randomisierte Studien erforderlich.

Introduction: Various studies have demonstrated that cognitive behavioural therapy with exposure response prevention is the most effective method to treat obsessive- compulsive disorders. However, 15–40% of patients do not respond to it; they cannot be motivated to undergo treatment, drop out, or experience persisting difficulties in regulating their emotions. In this article, EMDR is presented as an additional method for these specific problems. Method: Three case studies are reported and descriptively analysed. Special focus is placed on the patients’ motivation and on how they regulate their emotions. Different ways of applying EMDR in the course of psychological treatment are described as well. EMDR before confrontation therapy was applied in the first patient (checking behaviour); the second patient (compulsive thoughts) was first treated with confrontation therapy and then with EMDR; in the third patient, EMDR and confrontation therapy were applied alternately. Results: All three patients showed a reduction of symptoms by about 60%. They experienced EMDR as a useful and motivating method. Furthermore, they felt encouraged to deal with their emotions in additional psychological treatments. Confrontation therapy markedly reduced OCD symptoms in two of the patients. Discussion: EMDR could be a useful augmentation method in treating patients with OCD, but further controlled and randomised studies are required to validate this conclusion.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Psychotherapeutic Method  Psychotherapy Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


209. Woller, W. (2003). EMDR in der psychotherapie von persönlichkeitsstörungen [EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 1(3), 17-24.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Behandlung psychotraumatischer belastungsstörungen mit EMDR
Die Arbeit stellt dar, (1) welche Modifikationen oder Einschränkungen sich für die Behandlung Posttraumatischer Belastungsstörungen mit EMDR durch die Präsenz komorbider Persönlichkeitsstörungen ergeben und (2) welche Möglichkeiten EMDR darüber hinaus für die Behandlung von Persönlichkeitsstörungen ohne die Symptomatik einer PTBS bieten kann. Beim Vorliegen einer Persönlichkeitsstörung muss EMDR in einen Gesamtbehandlungsplan integriert werden, der neben umfassender Stabilisierung, Symptomkontrolle und Ressourcenaktivierung die Modifikation verzerrter interpersoneller Wahrnehmungsmuster und maladaptiver Interaktionsmuster umfasst. Probleme der therapeutischen Arbeitsbeziehung können die Stabilisierungsphase schwierig und zeitaufwändig gestalten. Die EMDR-Technik muss entsprechend dem Typ der Persönlichkeitsstörung, der Abwehrstruktur und der symptomatischen Komorbidität modifiziert werden. Zusätzlich zur Behandlung von Traumatisierungen kann EMDR zur Bewältigung aktueller und künftiger Stressoren und zur Ressourcenstärkung eingesetzt werden.

EMDR has been shown to be an effective treatment method in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). There is a marked comorbidity between PTSD and personality disorders, some of which have been found to be long-term sequelae of cumulative childhood physical and sexual traumatization. Personality disorders are also included in the concepts of "complex PTSD" and "DESNOS". The paper discusses (1) modifications and limitations of EMDR technique required for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder with comorbid personality disorders, and (2) further applications of EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders without PTSD. If comorbid personality disorder is present, EMDR has to be integrated into a complex treatment plan which includes stabilization, symptom control, resource installation, identification of distorted interpersonal perceptions, and modification of maladaptive interpersonal interactions. Because of the central role of generalized negative beliefs in maintaining cyclical maladaptive patterns, EMDR is regarded a valuable tool to modify negative beliefs along with processing traumatic memories and body sensations. Problems of therapeutic alliance due to transference phenomena and acting-out can make stabilization difficult and time-consuming. EMDR technique should be subjected to important modifications depending on personality disorder subtype, defence structure and symptomatic comorbidity. Structural dissociations of the personality (e.g. as in dissociative identity disorder) call for a consideration of all ego-states of the personality system before planning EMDR treatment. In addition to unresolved trauma, current and future interpersonal stressors can be chosen as EMDR targets.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


210. Plassmann, R. (2005, September). EMDR in der stationaren therapie der essstorungen[EMDR in the inpatient treatment of eating disorders]. Vortrag auf der 13th International Conference on Eating Disorders, Innsbruck, Österreich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die stationare Essstorungstherapie lasst sich in vier Phasen unterteilen: Die Stabilisierungsphase, die Ressourcenorganisation, die Exposition und die Neuorientierungsphase. Fur diese Behandlungsphasen lassen sich Methoden der modernen Traumatherapie sinnvoll nutzen. Diese beruhen im Kern auf selbstorganisatiorischen Prinzipien, also der Arbeit mit dem psychischen Selbstheilungssystem. In Weiterentwicklung der Methodik der modernen Traumatherapie wurde fur die stationare Essstorungstherapie in der Stabilisierungsphasedas Konzept der akitiven Selbstailisierung entwickelt und fur die Ressourcenorganisation und Exposition die Technik des bipolaren EMDR. Durch Einfuhrung dieser Stategien haben sich die Behandlungsergebnisse erheblich verbessert. Der Vortag stellt die Arbeitwiese dar und die Behandlungsergebnisse an 176 Fallen stationarer Psychotherapie von Patientinnen mit Anorexie und Bulimie dar.

The steady Essstorungstherapie let be divided into four phases: the phase of stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation phase. Treatment for these phases can be methods of modern trauma therapy sensibly. These are based on the core principles selbstorganisatiorischen, so working with the psychological self-healing system. In developing the methodology of modern trauma therapy for the steady Essstorungstherapie in Stabilisierungsphasedas concept of akitiven Selbstailisierung developed and resources for the organization and exposition of the art bipolar EMDR. By the introduction of this State Gien the results of treatment have improved significantly. The talk is the work area and represents the results of treatment in 176 cases of sta-tionary psychotherapy patients with anorexia and bulimia.

Keywords: Anorexia  Bulimia  Eating Disorders  Inpatient Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


211. Tripolt, R. (2010, June). EMDR in motion: Enhancing the effect of EMDR by using elements of movement therapy, dance and body orientated therapeutic interweave techniques. In Experimental use of EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
'The Body Keeps the Score' (Bessel van der. Kolk 1996). Clients who suffer from traumatic stress are often afraid of disturbing and painful symptoms. Structural Dissociation alienates from the body reactions. Clients tend to perceive the body as hostile. As we know from eye movement and other bilateral stimulations, using movement is a gentle and powerful way, to bring the voice of the body into the therapeutic space. To expand the movement and body orientated skills either in difficult processes for example in the therapeutic work with complex traumatised clients enhances the effect of EMDR. Content of the Workshop: How to install the body as resource where the EMDR process can 'take place'. How to dissolve dissociation by associating body and movement awareness. How to accelerate the desensitization process by leading into deeper levels of body consciousness. How to help the client to stay within the "window of tolerance" of vegetative arousal by using elements of movement and dance therapy.

Keywords: Body  Dance Therapy  Experimental Use  Movement Therapy  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


212. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults  Children  Bridging Technique  Incomplete Sessions  Interweave Strategies  Resource Development  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


213. Parnell. L. A. (1999, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to describe the three phases of treatment; 2) be able to use at least three ego strengthening methods using EMDR, including identification, development, and installation of inner and outer resources important for preparing clients for EMDR processing, such as: safe place, positive internal resource images, such as the inner advisor child-self – adult-self assessment and development, nurturer and protector figures, spiritual resources, positive memories, images from nature, and others; 3) learn tips for successful target development; 4) learn how to develop and use special targets for EMDR processing such as: visual memories, including flashbacks; dreams; artwork; emotions, physical sensations, and body memories; TV shows and movies; and negative cognitions; 5) learn helpful modifications to the standard EMDR procedural steps; 6) learn at least two interventions to help clients who experience problems during EMDR processing with, such as dissociation, numbness, sleepiness, lack of channel activation and integration, and memory chaining; 7) learn at least two suggestions for working with client transference; 8) learn at least five techniques for working with blocked processing and abreactions; 9) learn how to use a selection of imaginal and cognitive interweaves; and 10) learn at least three techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Abreaction  Abuse  Adults  Blocked Processing  Closing Incomplete Session  Cogntive Interweave  Ego Strengthening  Imaginal Interweave  Target Development  Transference    

Accuracy Verified: Yes


214. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults  Blocked Processing  Bridging  Children  Incomplete Sessions  Resource Installation  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


215. O'Donnell, I. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of OCD and eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will familiarize participants with an overview of the assessment, case conceptualization, and methodology involved in the treatment of persons with Obsessive Complusive Disorder (OCD) and Eating Disorders (ED). OCD and ED will be addressed together and will be viewed as Disorders of Obsession and Compulsion. The specific dynamic of each disorder will be clarified. However, description of how the approach presented here is similarly applied to each disorder will be highlighted. The application of EMDR and how it can be used, in conjunction with more traditional Cognitive Behavioral approaches will be the main focus of the presentation

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


216. Martin, A. J. (2004, Winter). EMDR in the treatment of PTSD: A restrospective of a patient and therapist. Stress Points, Newsletter for the Australasian Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, 15-16.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a therapy often used in the treatment of PTSD. During EMDR the patient focuses on emotionally disturbing experiences while stimulus such as eye movement or finger-tapping. This dual (internal/external) focus is combined with frequent, briefsimultaneously focusing on an external periods of focusing on new associations as they arise. Throughout the therapy, the therapist methodically rates the patient’s SUDs (Subjective Units of Disturbance) on a scale of 0 - 10, (“0” being the lowest amount of stress the patient is presently experiencing about the target issue; “10” being the highest); and VoCs (Validity of Cognition) on a scale of 1 - 7, (“1” being the lowest amount of belief the patient holds in a specific positive statement about himself; “7” being the highest amount - ie: the positive statement is “completely true.”)

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


217. Brown, S., & Gilman, S. (2011, July). EMDR in the treatment of trauma and substance abuse. Presentation at CalSouthern’s Master Lecture Series at California Southern University in Irvine, CA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This lecture will provide an overview of a comprehensive psychotherapy treatment approach called EMDR by two Certified EMDR Approved Consultants who each have over 25 years of clinical experience. EMDR is one of the most widely researched psychotherapies for Post-traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and it also has research support for the treatment of other trauma-driven disorders including substance abuse and behavioral addictions, depression, panic disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, borderline personality disorder and phantom limb pain. This workshop will focus on the application of EMDR with PTSD, trauma, and co-occurring substance use disorder.

Keywords: Substance Abuse  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


218. Darker-Smith, S. (2007, June). EMDR installation for facilitating emotional identification in the treatment of attachment disorders. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling a child dissociating from emotions with severs attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR.
For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where EMDR has been used successfully. All the children had been taught safe space (or similar containment methods) to enable them to self regulate their emotions – however, prior to the installation they did not experience emotions to self regulate.
In all four cases, none of the children were able to access emotions and were severe attachment disordered. The children aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, comorbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly and when asked where they “felt emotions,” would state that they experienced emotion because they were told that they were experiencing emotion.
An example is one child who mentioned that she had been angry – she only knew this, because an adult had told her she was angry. Some4times, her hands were mottled when she was angry – but there appeared to be no internal awareness of emotional feelings. The three other children reported similar lack of awareness of internal emotions.
Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focused on a particular emotion and focus where in their body they experienced any feelings which may be associated with emotion.
The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously been able to. Many of these children had never cried or expressed emotions “normally” prior to this. An example of one child’s experience follows. “I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold – as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits. It’s blue and very lonely. It feels empty.” (This was a child who had never experienced any internal emotion since the age of t when he remembered feeling angry at being taken away from his parents by a social worker. This was the last time he remembered every experiencing any kind of emotion).
Following this, all the children were also encourage to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them.
One child reported: “I never knew how god it could feel to finally be allowed to cry and my throat doesn’t feel so stuck no more.”
Another child stated, “It feels good to be sad. When I cry – that stops my heart hurting so much and the treats make the glue to fix my broken heart.”
Another child experienced: “It’s okay to be angry. Anger isn’t scary – it’s just a feeling – just because I feel it doesn’t mean I have to kick off – and it feels strong to e angry – I have a right to be angry and that’s okay.” So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Emotional Identification  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


219. Tinker, R., & Wilson, S. (2005, September). EMDR master series - II. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The effectiveness of EMDR with children can be enhanced with the use of a number of theoretical conceptualizations, protocol modifications, and specific techniques. In this master class, we will cover: understanding how attachment theory informs the use of EMDR with attachment-disordered children; how EMDR can be used on a group basis across cultures, with children scarred by war as well as natural disasters; how attunement is more important than relationship in EMDR; how resource development can be used within the EMDR protocol, instead of beforehand; how dissociation is manifested and treated with children; how additional techniques can be used to jump-start stalled processing with children; how trauma-based diagnosis relates to DSM-lV nomenclature; how heart math solutions can be combined with Safe Place; and how one- and two-year-old childrcn can benefit from EMDR. Also, participants will be encouraged to share their own experiences, techniques, and conceptualizations with EMDR and children.

Keywords: Attachment Disorder  Attachment Theory  Children  Master Series  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


220. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2007, September). EMDR on the firing line: Working with war and terrorism survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A great deal of the history of EMDR involves its use with war and terrorism survivors. In recent years, that use has included the newest generation of American veterans from the War on Terror. In the face of steadily increasing numbers of people with trauma reactions, many therapists are reporting that they are seeing more veterans seeking help outside the traditional venues, such as the Veterans Administration. This presentation will focus on what has been learned, why it is important for clinicians to be aware of the needs of this population, and the sometimes unique demands such work places on clinicians.

Keywords: Survivors  Terrorism  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


221. Laizeau, M., Nousse, A., & Chakroun, N. (2008, June). EMDR optimism protocol: A pilot study on athletes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Peterson and Seligman (1984) developed a theory based on the psychological characteristic of optimism. They discovered that a more pessimistic explanatory style is correlated with a deeper depression. The most optimistic explanatory style for a bad event is external, specific and temporary. For a good event the explanatory style is reverse. The pessimistic explanatory style evaluates the causes of bad and good events in the opposite way. Seligman and al (1990) administrated the Attribution Style Questionnaire (ASQ) to swimmers. After negative feedback, optimistic swimmers swim significantly faster compared to pessimistic swimmers. Goldwurm and al. 23 (2006) showed the efficacy of an optimism training proposed by Seligman. Andrew Leeds worked in 1997 on a new protocol known as Resource Development and Installation (RDI). This protocol has been reported to be useful in ego strengthening and stabilization. RDI protocol comes from EMDR that has been extensively researched and proven effective for the treatment of trauma even on athletes (Graham, 2004). An expansion of the basic EMDR protocol, called “EMDR Peak Performance protocol” has been developed by Lendl & Foster (1997) for enhancing performance in the workplace, to aid in the reduction of performance anxiety experienced by creative and performing artists, and for competition preparation and psychological recovery from injury in athletes. This orientation leads us to go on with a nonpathologizing view developing optimistic client’s potential with the elaboration of this new protocol that we call: the EMDR optimism protocol (Laizeau and Nousse 2008). It has been developed on the basis of a study lead on rugbymen and swimmers. The aim of our study was to show that this EMDR optimism protocol can easily improve athletic performance.

Keywords: Optimism Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


222. MacDonald, H. (2010, March). EMDR pain control. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Persistent pain is common in people who have experienced trauma; and persistent pain also leads to trauma responses. This workshop will focus on using the Pain Protocol (Grant and Threlfo, 2002), using a practical approach to clinical work with clients. The pain protocol is based on the Adaptive Information Processing model, (Shapiro 1995), and takes into account the overlap between the experience of pain and traumatic experiences. It is expected that participants not necessarily have experience of working specifically on pain using EMDR with clients. An increasing body of evidence suggests that using the EMDR Pain Protocol can be effective in three main ways: • Reducing the experience of pain; • Targeting pain memories; and • Overcoming the impact of pain on the individual. The application of the protocol assumes that it is possible to influence neurological pathways involved in maintaining persistent pain messages. The workshop will include a brief overview of research evidence and current clinical experience, and will primarily focus on practical applications. This will include working with imagery in specific ways relevant to working with people in pain; and discussion of case examples. At the end of the workshop, it is hoped that participants have increased confidence in working with people who have pain; having practiced elements of the protocol and discussed their implications for clinical practice.

Keywords: Pain Control  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


223. Maccarrone, B., & De Divitiis, A. M. (2008, Novembre). EMDR per eventi recenti - Un modello e un nuovo protocollo [EMDR to recent events - a model and a new]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il ricordo di un trauma recente differisce da quello di un trauma avvenuto in un passato più distante, poiché è ancora frammentato e disorganizzato e quindi non si è ancora integrato all’interno di un evento coerente, pertanto potrebbe non essere ancora generalizzato e rappresentato da un’immagine. Questo è il motivo per cui per il trattamento terapeutico di eventi traumatici avvenuti da alcune settimane, o forse anche da pochi mesi, sarà necessario ricorrere ad un protocollo specifico che pur preservando l’integrità delle 8 fasi del protocollo EMDR standard, sia in grado di approcciare l’evento all’interno di un resoconto. In questo lavoro verrà descritto un protocollo, elaborato da Elan Shapiro e Brurit Laub per il trattamento dell’Episodio Traumatico Recente ( Recent Traumatic Episodi Protocol ; R-TEP), il quale approccia l’evento in termini di episodio intero (definito come il periodo che va dall’evento traumatico ad oggi) ed introduce una strategia per la scelta del target, da loro denominata “Google Search”. L’ipotesi è che l’assimilazione e l’integrazione dell’informazione traumatica avvenga ristabilendo la regolazione adattiva dell’attenzione; le relazioni parte/tutto si muovono attraverso catene associative nella direzione della differenziazione e integrazione puntando al completamento, nel senso dell’integrazione armonica delle esperienze negative e positive. L’elaborazione si muove da un ristretto focus sull’immagine (livello percettivo), ad un più ampio focus sull’evento /episodio (livello esperienziale), sino ad un focus esteso riferito al tema/identità (livello di significato). Il completamento dell’elaborazione di un trauma recente potrà prevenire lo sviluppo di un PTSD, ristabilendo l’Elaborazione Adattiva dell’Informazione (AIP).

The memory of a recent trauma differs from that of a trauma occurred in a past more distant it is still fragmented and disorganized and therefore not yet integrated in a event consistent, so it may not yet be generalized and represented by an image. That is why for the treatment of traumatic events that occurred some weeks, or maybe even a few months, you must use a specific protocol that even preserving the integrity of the 8 phases of EMDR standard protocol, is able to approach the event within a report.
In this paper we describe a protocol, developed by Elan Shapiro and Laub Brurit for Traumatic handling of the episode recently (Traumatic Recent Episodes Protocol, R-TEP) which approaches the event in terms of the whole episode (defined as the period from event traumatic present) and introduces a strategy for choosing the target, which they called "Google Search. The hypothesis is that the assimilation and integration of information occurs traumatic adaptive re-establishing control of attention, relations part/whole move through associative chains in the direction of differentiation and integration aiming at completion, harmonious integration in the sense of positive and negative experiences. Processing moves by a narrow focus on the image (perceptual level), to a broader focus on the event/episode (experiential level), up to an expanded focus refers to theme / identity (level of meaning).
Completing the development of a recent trauma may prevent the development of PTSD, restoring the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP).

Keywords: Recent Events Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


224. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2009). EMDR performance and enhancement psychology protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 377-396). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology Protocol (EMDR-PEP) addresses performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibition, posttraumatic stress, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes. The EMDR-PEP can be very useful with everyday nonpathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks, and life transitions. Note: Clinicians, working with athletes require rigorous training in Sport Psychology and Sociology of Professional Sport. The EMDR-PEP encompasses a full spectrum viewpoint (body, mind, and spirit) regarding optimal functioning at work and in life. This perspective inspires clients to identify their strengths as well as areas to improve and to prioritize their work accordingly. The EMDR-PEP approach draws upon Maslow's (1971) Human Potential Movement and Positive Psychology (Amen, 2002; Buss, 2000; Csikzentmihalyi, 1990; Seligman, 1998; Taylor, Kemeny, Reed, Bower, & Gruenwald, 2000), as well as Sport Psychology Research and Principles (levleva & Orlick, 1991; Kohl, Ellis, & Roenkerm, 1992; Mamassis & Doganis, 2004; Martin, Moritz, & Hall, 1999; Nideffer, 1976; Short & Short, 2005; Simons, 2000; Unestahl, 1982), and Health Psychology (Graham, 1995; Levine, 1991; Simonton & Creighton, 1982; Whiting & den Brinker, 1982). The first single subject series (Foster & Lendl, 1996) reported promising findings with four diverse work-related situations and was republished in APA's seminal coaching papers in Consulting Psychology, The Wisdom of Coaching (Foster & Lendl, 2007). Reduced anxiety and increased self-confidence were reported for mature performing artists launching an existing repertoire into a new arena (Foster, 2000) and in a controlled study of master swimmers (Linebarger, 2005). Note: The Linebarger study included the Brief Intervention Focusing Protocol; the paper does not include inner advisor and mental room. Special attention is given to performance elements such as ability, focus, and motivation. The EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology protocol Forms and Script are included. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


225. Shapiro, F., Beutler, L., Norcross, J., Maxfield, L., & Rogers, S. (2002). EMDR research and its future: Ecological validity, process research, component analysis, outcome findings, and sociopolitical context. Panel discussion at the Society for Psychotherapy Research International Conference, Santa Barbara, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This panel presentation addresses ecological validity, process factors, methodological variables, and sociopolitical context in the interpretation and dissemination of outcome research. Since its introduction, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) has been the focus of controversy because of its departure from existing paradigms, its non-traditional dissemination, and immoderate claims for rapid effectiveness. This panel reviews the socio-political context in which EMDR developed and its relevance for other emerging psychotherapeutic approaches. Findings from a recent methodological meta-analysis are reviewed to provide an empirical context for assessing the range of results in different outcome studies. Specific client, therapist, and methodological variables that could account for disparities in outcome are examined and implications for interpreting research outcomes are discussed. The panel also summarizes the findings of various recent studies that identified the effects of eye movements as decreasing vividness and emotionality of memory, physiological arousal, and in-session subjective distress. Findings from two recently completed studies are reported in which both process variables and active ingredients were examined. Limitations of the group design approach to the dismantling of psychotherapies are also discussed.

Keywords: Panel Discussion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


226. Shapiro, R. (2009). EMDR Solutions II: For depression, eating disorders, performance, and more. New York, NY: W. W. Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A clear and comprehensive guide to using EMDR in clinical practice. This edited collection—a follow-up to Shapiro’s successful EMDR Solutions—presents step-by-step instructions for implementing EMDR approaches to treat a range of issues, written by leading EMDR practitioners. The how-to approach, mixed with ample clinical wisdom, will help clinicians excel when using EMDR to treat their clients. The units include: A comprehensive compendium of EMDR interventions for Depression, it begins with Robin Shapiro’s Assessment, Trauma-Based and Endogenous Depression chapters, continues with Jim Knipe’s Shame-Based Depression chapter, and ends with Shapiro’s Attachment-Based chapter. The eight chapters of the Eating Disorder unit cover all the bases. From etiology to neurology through Preparation phases and treatment strategies, you’ll learn how to work with Bulimia, Anorexia, Body Dysmorphia, Binge Eating Disorder, disorders of Desire and more. Andrew Seubert is the ring leader. The other writers are Janie Scholom, Linda Cooke, Celia Grand, DaLene Forester, Janet McGee, Catherine Lidov, and Judy Lightstone. Performance, Coaching, and Positive Psychology unit emphasizes strengths, skills, focus, and whatever gets in the way of reaching the goal. David Grand shares his foundational 15 Strategies for Performance enhancement. Ann Marie McKelvey integrates EMDR with Coaching and Positive Psychology. The Complex Trauma unit includes Katie O’Shea’s useful and user-friendly Preparation Methods and Early Trauma Protocol, Sandra Paulsen and Ulrich Lanius’s brilliant collaboration Integrating EMDR with Somatic and Ego State Interventions, Liz Massiah’s hair-raising Intrusive Images chapter, and Shapiro’s treatment strategies for OCPD. Robin Shapiro gives an overview of Medically-Based Trauma and her strategies for successful treatment of Multiple Chemical Sensitivities. Katherine Davis shows us how Post-Partum “Depression” is often treatable Post-Partum PTSD. Ronald Ricci and Cheryl Clayton tell us how to use EMDR in our work with Sex Offenders and their complete therapeutic milieu. Martha S. Jacobi develops our “third ear” for using EMDR with Religious and Spiritually-Attuned clients.

Keywords: Depression, Eating Disorders, Performance  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


227. Shapiro, R. (2005). EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing. New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is a manual for doing EMDR with diverse client populations. [Text, P. 3]TOPICS TREATED: The strategic developmental model for EMDR; Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice; EMDR for clients with dissociative identity disorder, DDNOS, and ego states; EMDR processing with dissociative clients: adjunctive use of opioid antagonists; The phantom limb pain protocol; The two-hand interweave; DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors; Targeting positive affect to clear the pain of unrequited love, codependence, avoidance, and procrastination; The reenactment protocol for trauma and trauma-related pain; EMDR with cultural and generational introjects; Exiting the binge-diet cycle; Utilizing EMDR and DBT techniques in trauma and abuse recovery groups; Using EMDR in couples therapy; EMDR with clients with mental disability; Treating anxiety disorders with EMDR; Affect regulation for children through art, play, and storytelling. [Pilots]

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


228. Lendl, J. (1999). EMDR Specialists as adjuncts to multi-discipline performance practice. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is evidence for the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with athletes. Case studies will be used to demonstrate the value of a trauma and performance specialist trained in EMDR as an adjunct to a multi-disciplinary support team. Three multiteam situations will be discussed. The first includes military base personnel working to improve performance after trauma and, in some cases, transition to the private sector. The second is a behavioral medicine clinic with a focus on working with trauma hindering performance and performance anxiety. The third is a sport group utilizing a trainer, exercise physiologist, and nutritionist working with a community college basketball team.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Enhancement  Sports Psychology  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


229. Laub, B. (2006, June). EMDR standard protocol in the personal resources and the settlement to be found. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Resource Development, EMDR is an addition to standard protocol. Procedure of each session to reveal the source of healing and therapy by the end of the beginning of a resource series covers the creation. Personal resources and the settlement to be found exactly matching procedure to the problem of uncovering the unconscious and strengthen cross-country skiing in both sessions, as well as in everyday life is to make accessible. There are three types of resource development: Historical Resource Development, Present and Future Development Resources Resources Development. Standard protocol problems, sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic components are becoming a focus can be achieved. Personal Resources Development in the settlement, resources focus dialectic movement is intensified. Sources of development activity in recent years both in Israel and other EMDR therapists Brurit Laub'ın is observed in the practice. Procedures and video images live applications and small groups will be presented with applications that can be made, personal resources development and placement will be given immediately to the practice of protocol participants.

Keywords: Historical Resource Development  Resource Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


230. Yordy, J. (2012, April). EMDR techniques to help children and teens tame the worry monster. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The number of children and teens struggling with symptoms of stress and anxiety disorders is increasing at an alarming rate. This workshop will discuss some causes for the increase in stress and anxiety disorders among children and teens. An introduction to the Triune Brain Theory and brief explanation of the implications of the changes on the anxious child or teenage brain will be highlighted. Next, effective exercises to calm the body and rewire the brain will be introduced. Creating new neural pathways, through the use of Positive Resource Building utilizing EMDR, will also be taught. Looking specifically at anxiety and how to target it when using EMDR, will also be explored. The workshop will conclude by introducing how to shrink the “Worry Monster” using an EMDR protocol.
Learning objectives: 1.Describe the Triune Brain Theory and how trauma rewires the brain to create heightened levels of anxiety and stress. 2.Demonstrate 5 exercises which help calm the stress response within the body. 3.List 5 “Positive Resources ”which when combined with EMDR anchor calm feelings in the brain/body and rewire the brain. 4.Discuss how to chose appropriate targets for EMDR processing with anxious kids. 5.Describe how to create a “Worry Monster” for processing anxiety with EMDR.

Keywords: Adolescents  Anxiety  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


231. Korn, D. (2013, May). EMDR the next generation: Finding your way in the dark [L’EMDR et la nouvelle génération: Trouvez votre chemin dans l’obscurité]. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, participants will be taught to use their “true” authentic selves as a resource during EMDR processing, and to work to create a secure, responsive, and positive relational environment that supports change and integration. A number of conceptual “maps” that incorporate and build on various ideas and strategies from other trauma-focused models (e.g., AEDP, IFS, Sensorimotor Psychotherapy, Structural Model of Dissociation) will be introduced. These “maps” are provided to guide case conceptualization and moment-to-moment decision-making within a given EMDR session. Video clips will be used to demonstrate how to track a client’s progress with greater precision, using both verbal and non-verbal markers to determine where the client is on a given conceptual map and what type of interweave is needed to facilitate or deepen the client’s processing. Different types of interweaves will be delineated with a clear description of the purpose or function associated with each. Throughout this workshop, Dr. Korn will engage in spirited dialogue with participants as she presents both didactic and video material. Learning Objectives: • Develop a comprehensive AIP-based case conceptualization treatment plan that will guide their moment-to-moment decision-making during an EMDR session. • Effectively identify the informational plateaus or schema categories (responsibility, safety, control/choice) reflected in a client’s presenting issues, choice of targets, and stuck points. • Utilize dyadic regulation in working with clients with limited affect tolerance and self-capacities, with the goal of maintaining and even accelerating processing within a window of tolerance. • Apply advanced interweave strategies to address blocking beliefs, rigid defenses, and fears about internal experiences (i.e. affect, sensation, urges, fantasies). • Utilize various clinical strategies/interweaves for facilitating the expression of adaptive action tendencies, completing incomplete or truncated actions, and addressing various domains of developmental repair.

Dans son atelier, les participants apprendront à utiliser leur ‘vrai’’ et authentique soi comme une ressource durant le traitement en EMDR et à créer un environnement où la relation soit sécurisante, sensible et positive favorisant ainsi le changement et l’intégration. Dr Korn nous parlera de ce modèle conceptuel des ‘cartes’ qui incorporent des idées et des stratégies qui proviennent de d’autres modèles axés sur les traumas (‘AEDP’, ‘IFS’, Psychothérapie Sensorimotrice, Modèle de la Dissociation Structurelle). Ces ‘’cartes’’ sont un guide dans la conceptualisation de cas et la prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. Des vidéo clips seront présentés afin de démontrer comment suivre le progrès d’un client avec une grande précision, utilisant des repères verbaux et non verbaux pour déterminer où se trouve le client sur une ‘’carte’’ donnée et quel type de tissage est nécessaire pour faciliter ou approfondir le traitement du client. Objectifs d’apprentissage: • Développer un plan de traitement compréhensif basé sur le modèle TAI –et la conceptualisation de cas comme un guide de prise de décision ‘’moment par moment’’ durant une session d’EMDR. • Identifier de manière efficace les plateaux informatifs ou les catégories de schémas (responsabilité, sécurité, contrôle/choix) qui se révèlent dans ce que le client présente comme difficultés, dans le choix des cibles et les blocages. • Utilisation de la dyade pour aider à moduler l’affect chez les clients qui ont une très faible tolérance émotionnelle avec comme but de maintenir et même d’accélérer le traitement à l’intérieur de la fenêtre de tolérance. • Avoir recours aux stratégies avancées du tissage pour traiter les croyances bloquantes, les défenses rigides et les peurs venant de la ‘’vie intérieure’’ (c’est à dire l’affect, les sensations, les pulsions, les fantasmes). • Utilisation de diverses stratégies cliniques et du tissage afin de favoriser l’expression d’action adaptative, de compléter les actions inachevées ou tronquées et d’aborder différents domaines permettant de ‘’réparer’’ les dommages survenus au cours du développement.

Keywords: AEDP  Dyadic Regulation  Informatiional Plateaus  IFS, Interweaves  Sensorimotor Psychotherapy  Structural Model of Dissociation  Trauma-Focused Models  "True" Authentic Self  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


232. Sadatun, T. I. (2008, June). EMDR therapy for tsunami & armed conflicts survivors in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Indonesian Province of Nanggroe Aceh Darusalam (NAD) is a region which is facing a unique set of problems, among which is the protracted internal conflict, exacerbated by the tsunami on December 26, 2004. These events have generated a widespread impact on the lives of the communities. One of the most crucial issues to be addressed aside from legal, security, social and economic problems is the matter of health, including mental health. In regards to mental health issues, comprehensive steps have been formulated into various mental health care programs. One of the most needed programs is establishment of an educational system rooted in Indonesia for the treatment of the posttraumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) of victims of crises and catastrophes through the implementation of specific methods of treatment with a focus on the introduction of EMDR. With great support from BMZ- TDH-Germany, HAP-Germany and Trauma Aid, capacity building on EMDR training has been developed. Even though EMDR is highly effective as trauma healing therapy it is also a complex treatment to be addressed in this specific population like in the province of NAD. Further than time constrain, limited numbers of trauma therapist available and high numbers of severe cases that urgently need to be treated, complexities also arises from cultural and religious aspects. The society in NAD is marked by decade long isolation, violent conflicts for political self-determination and the strict interpretation of the Islam. The Sharia (doctrine of the Islam including moral and judicial duties) was introduced as part of the laws. Due to this condition, for the time being stabilization technique in EMDR is the most common technique that can be of widely used. In this presentation, varieties of stabilization technique that have been used in this population will be addressed. More specifically, as culturally adjustable method in therapy, this presentation will also introduce several culturally acceptable stabilization techniques such as combining religious rituals (chanting, reciting) as personal resource with stabilization technique. These techniques might be useful for other population with similar culture and religion.

Keywords: Armed Conflicts  Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam, Indonesia  Poster  Survivors  Tsunami  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


233. Knipe, J. (2012, June). EMDR toolbox [La Caja de herramientas en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has had a profound positive impact on the lives of many clients and has been shown in more than seventeen published trials to be effective in the treatment of PTSD (Maxfield & Hyer, 2002). However, the DSM IV definition of PTSD is focused on the single traumatic incident, and many clients seeking relief in therapy have a damaging traumatic history that extended over repeated events or over long periods of time. The term, Complex PTSD (Herman, 1992, van der Kolk, 2005) has been proposed to describe a pattern of negative effects of prolonged and extreme stress, particularly during childhood. The focus of this workshop is to describe a theoretical framework, and specific therapy “tools” which may be useful in providing effective therapy, within the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, to individuals suffering with Complex PTSD. Important concepts and particular interventions will be illustrated through video examples and transcripts from therapy sessions. Dr. Knipe will present methods for identifying and treating specific dissociative symptoms with accompanying evidence from available research or case studies. He will offer EMDR “tools” that can be used to make the healing power of EMDR more available to clients who are avoidant, and/or highly vulnerable to dissociative abreaction, chronic shame, and unrealistic idealization of self or of others. He will discuss the primary characteristics of clients with Complex PTSD, including problems with disrupted attachment and inappropriate psychological defenses. He will illustrate how to identify various Ego-­‐States and work with these within the Adaptive Information Processing Therapy Approach. Time will be available for participants to discuss difficult EMDR cases.

EMDR ha tenido un profundo efecto sobre la vida de muchos clientes y ha demostrado en más de diecisiete ensayos publicados, ser eficaz para el tratamiento del TEPT (Maxfield & Hyer, 2002). Sin embargo, la definición del DSM IV del TEPT está centrada en el incidente traumático único, mientras que en muchos de los clientes que buscan el alivio a través de la terapia su historial traumático incluye episodios traumáticos repetidos o que se extienden a lo largo de períodos prolongados de tiempo. Se ha propuesto el término TEPT complejo (Herman, 1992, van der Kolk, 2005) para describir un patrón de efectos negativos derivados una situación de estrés prolongado e intenso que ha aparecido principalmente en la infancia. Este taller estará centrado en describir el marco teórico y las “herramientas” terapéuticas específicas que pueden ser necesarias para proporcionar , dentro del modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de la información de EMDR, una terapia eficaz a los individuos que sufran de un cuadro de TEPT complejo. Los conceptos importantes y las intervenciones concretas que se realizan serán ejemplificadas mediante ejemplos en vídeo y mediante transcripciones de sesiones de terapia. El Dr. Knipe presentará diversos métodos que permitan identificar y tratar los síntomas disociativos específicos, los cuales irán acompañado de la evidencia de que se dispone procedente de la investigación existente o de los estudios de casos. Ofrecerá, además, aquellas “herramientas”de EMDR que pueden ser empleadas para que el poder sanador del EMDR esté más disponible para aquellos clientes con comportamientos evitativos y/o que son extremadamente sensibles a experimentar abreacciones disociativas, vergüenza crónica o conceptos idealizados de sí mismos o de los demás no realistas. Comentará también cuales son las características principales de los pacientes que padecen de TEPT complejo, entre los que se incluyen los vínculos afectivos perturbados y los mecanismos de defensa psicológica inadecuados. Ilustrará, igualmente, cómo poder identificar los diversos estados del ego que se producen y cómo trabajar con ellos en el marco del procesamiento adaptativo de la información. Se dispondrá de un tiempo adicional para comentar con los participantes los casos difíciles que se presenten con EMDR.

Keywords: EMDR Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


234. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part. 2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client. 3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.

Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction  Psychological Defenses  Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


235. Knipe, J. (2010, July). EMDR toolbox: Specific methods of treating adult clients with complex PTSD, psychological defenses and dissociative personality structure. Preconference presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has had a profound positive impact on the lives of many clients and has been shown in more than twenty randomized, peer-reviewed trials to be effective in the treatment of PTSD. However, the DSM IV definition of PTSD is focused on the single traumatic incident, and many clients seeking relief in therapy have a damaging traumatic history that extended over repeated events or over many years. The term, Complex PTSD (Herman, 1992, van der Kolk, 2005) has been proposed to describe a pattern of negative effects of prolonged and extreme stress, particularly during childhood. The focus of this workshop is to describe a theoretical framework, and specific therapy “tools” which may be useful in providing effective therapy, within the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, to individuals suffering with Complex PTSD. Methods will be described that can make the healing power of EMDR more available to clients who are avoidant, defensive, and/or highly vulnerable to dissociative abreaction, chronic shame, and unrealistic idealization of self or of others. Important concepts and particular interventions will be illustrated through video examples and transcripts from therapy sessions.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD, C-PSTD  Dissociative Personality Structure  Psychological Defenses  Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


236. Bossini, L., Tavanti, M., Calossi, S., Polizzotto, N. R., Vatti, G., Marino, D., & Castrogiovanni, P. (2011, Spring). EMDR treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder, with focus on hippocampal volumes: A pilot study. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 23(2), E1-E2. doi:10.1176/appi.neuropsych.23.2.E1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent studies have suggested that hippocampal neurogenesis may be stimulated by successful treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), either by drugs1–4 or by behavioral interventions. 5 Three investigations have evaluated the effects of pharmacotherapies and have suggested that antidepressant treatments may increase hippocampal volume.1–3 Lindauer and colleagues. 6 examined the effects of a psychotherapy intervention, the Brief Eclectic Psychotherapy, on hippocampal volumes and observed no changes on hippocampal volumes upon amelioration of PTSD symptoms. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Hippocamal Volumes  Letter  Pilot Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


237. Greenwald, R., Ricci, R. J., Clayton, C. A., Lebeau, T., Farkas, L., Cyr, M., & Lemay, J. (2007, September). EMDR treatment for sex offenders, substance abusers, and youth in care. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This symposium presents data from treatment studies of (1) sex offenders, (2) mentally ill substance abusers, and (3) acting-out youth in care. These populations have in common low affect tolerance, severe problem behaviors, and involvement in “the system”. Each treatment used a population-specific phase model approach including motivational interviewing, skills training, and trauma resolution (EMDR). This trauma-informed phase treatment approach appears to represent an advance in helping these treatment-resistant populations. Discussion will focus on the relationship between the client characteristics and treatment approaches in common across studies.

Keywords: Sex Offenders  Substance Abusers  Symposium  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


238. Korn, D. (2010, April). EMDR treatment in adults with a history of incest and neglect. Developmental deficits and restore the damaged self. Presentation at the 4th EMDR Association Netherlands Conference, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will address the integration of EMDR into an overall treatment plan for adult incest and neglect in childhood have experienced. The workshop is a deepening of the keynote of the conference. The methodology will be explained in detail and will be illustrated with video presentations and discussion of case studies. Initially, explains how the development and bonding needs of the client can be investigated and how a meaningful descriptive diagnosis can be developed into an integrated, logical plan of treatment. In this group of clients, where there is limited affect tolerance, vulnerability to hyper-and hypoarousal and dissociative characteristics, the standard EMDR protocol to be adapted to specific strategies. As will be discussed in detail. Also, much attention is paid to the integration of EMDR specific techniques, such as various ego-enhancing protocols and resource installation (RDI) in all phases of treatment. Will also discuss techniques that help clients to their dysfunctional defense mechanisms to let go, so changing schedules with their distinctive core ideas and possible kernaffecten Participants in this workshop will learn to pathogenic emotional states (such as shame, despair, unbearable loneliness feelings), and fears "blocking beliefs", ego-state conflicts to recognize that the most effective and interweaves resource options can be applied. Moreover, through strategies for recovery, such as clarifying responsibilities, establishing security and choice, and the process of mourning, desire and anger are discussed.

Keywords: Adults  Developmental Deficits  Incest  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


239. Leeds, A. (2010, September/October). EMDR treatment of panic disorder with and without agoraphobia: Two model treatment plans. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will review strengths and limitations of treatments for PD and PDA with a focus on cognitive and behavioral therapies, pharmacotherapy, and EMDR. Two EMDR treatment plans will be presented: a Model I plan for PD without agoraphobia or other co-occurring disorders, and a Model II plan for more complex cases of PDA or PD with co-occurring anxiety or Axis II disorders. Clinical examples and specific guidelines will be presented for identifying PD targets and for when to extend preparation phase work and postpone reprocessing of core attachment material in Model II cases.

Keywords: Agoraphobia  Panic Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


240. Holmshaw, M. (2001, May). EMDR treatment of sexual dysfunction. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The prevalence of sexual dysfunction in women within primary care settings is often estimated to be as high as 42% with vaginismus, pain with intercourse, anorgasmia and lack of sexual desire being most commonly reported. Additionally, major clinical complaints among women often centre on their dissatisfaction with such non-genital behaviours as affection, communication, and non-genital touching, as well as issues of attraction and passion. Despite this high prevalence of sexual disorders, and the use of psychotherapy and sexual therapy in treatment the problems women experience,this is a frequently neglected area of both research and development of new treatment tdchniques. In fact, referring to vaginismus, some authors conclude the basic strategies and methods for assessing and treating vaginismus were proposed by the early 20th Century and have not essentially changed. This paper discusses an alternative approach to treatment vaginismus and "sexual phobia" in women. By way of case study material, the use of EMDR in combination with sensate focus techniques with partner involvement, is discussed. In a significant number of cases, past trauma and severe body image disturbances were detected. EMDR was successful not only in resolving such trauma, but also in correcting distorted body image and enabling imaginary exposure to appropriate sexual behaviour.

Keywords: Sexual Dysfunction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


241. Holmshaw, M. (2004, February). EMDR treatment of travel phobia after road traffic incidents (RTI). Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Road Traffic Incidents are the most common cause of PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder) in the UK. Travel phobia is a frequent comorbid condition in these cases and in some cases the primary disorder with which clients present. This paper addresses the systematic treatment of travel phoia after RTIs, highlighting the following: assessment and preparation for treatment with the emphasis on safety and resource installation; common themes or treatment targets to be addressed with EMDR; common blocking beliefs which prevent treatment progress and practical homework tasks to be used in conjunction with future templates. The aim of the paper is to offer a focused approach to the treatment of travel phobia with or without PTSD which has a high success rate in the author's experience.

Keywords: Road Traffic Incidents  RTI  Travel Phobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


242. Farrell, D. (2013, June). EMDR treatment plan and survivors of child sexual abuse by clergy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The issue of sexual abuse by clergy is not a new phenomenon of concern. Sipe (1995, pg 10) states that in spite of all the good done by clergy for both children and adults there is an ancient awareness of the danger of and potential for their corruption. This workshop will consider some of the essential aspects of survivor’s experiences of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy or religious from a psycho-traumatology perspective. It will explore the implications for using EMDR with this client group. The primary focus of the workshop will be upon the EMDR phases of: History taking (Case Conceptualisation), Preparation Phase, Implications for desensitisation and reprocessing and the wider implications for EMDR clinical practice.
Learning Objectives: Consider the diagnostic and case conceptual frameworks relating to this specific client group informed by the Adaptive Information Processing model; Outline key aspects relating to phase 2 preparation and resource building; and Explore some of the implications for desensitization and reprocessing in relation to working with survivors of sexual abuse perpetrated by clergy.

Keywords: Children  Clergy Abuse  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


243. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology  Treatment Tactics  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


244. Korn, D. L. (2008, May). EMDR treatment with survivors of chronic abuse and neglect: Repairing developmental deficits and shattered selves - [Utilisation d’EMDR dans le traitement des survivants d’abus ou négligence chroniques: Réparer les déficits développementaux et les sois éclatés]. Presentation at an annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cet atelier d’une journée met l’accent sur l’intégration de l’EMDR à l’intérieur d’un plan thérapeutique. Nous aborderons l’utilisation d’EMDR pour traiter le Stress post-traumatique complexe, de même que d’autres syndromes cliniques d’origine traumatique, tels que le Trouble de personnalité limite et les Troubles dissociatifs. Des modifications et/ou additions au protocole EMDR seront proposées afin de tenir compte des capacités limitées à tolérer les affects, des défenses rigides, de la sur-utilisation des stratégies d’évitement, des conflits entre les états du moi, des tendances à la dissociation ou des dérégulations émotionnelles importantes.

Nous aborderons l’évaluation des aspects développementaux et des besoins d’attachement du client, l’établissement d’une bonne compréhension de la situation clinique et le développement d’un plan de traitement intégré avec des objectifs atteignables et réalisables. On portera plus particulièrement notre attention sur l’intégration de l’EMDR comme moyen de renforcer l’Ego et le développement des ressources au cours des différentes étapes du traitement. This full-day workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall recovery plan. The use of EMDR in treating complex PTSD as well as other trauma-related syndromes such as borderline personality disorder and dissociative disorders will be addressed. In recognition of clients’ limited affect tolerance, rigid defenses, overdeveloped avoidance patterns, ego state conflicts, dissociative tendencies, and extreme emotional dysregulation, strategies for modifying and supplementing standard EMDR protocols will be explored. Assessing the developmental and attachment needs of the client, establishing a useful case conceptualization, and developing an integrated treatment plan with achievable goals will be discussed. Considerable attention will be devoted to integrating EMDR ego strengthening and resource development protocols into all phases of treatment.

Keywords: Complex PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


245. Bambach, S. (1994). EMDR und aktive zukunftsorientierung in der therapie von komplex traumatisierten menschen [EMDR and active future orientation in the treatment of complex trauma human]. Author.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Die Ausbildung in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) führte mich über längere Zeit zu einer intensiven Auseinandersetzung über die Vereinbarkeit von EMDR mit meiner bisherigen traumatherapeutischen Arbeit. Diese war und ist stark geprägt durch die lösungs- und ressourcenorientierte Therapie, wie ich sie von Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan und später in anderer Form von Gunther Schmidt erlernt habe. Zentrale Elemente der Arbeit mit traumatisierten Menschen nach lösungsorientierten Konzepten sind u. a. die aktive Unterstützung der Klienten1 bei der Entwicklung einer positiven Zukunftsvision, bei der Identifikation der individuellen Kriterien für Therapieerfolg und der kleinstmöglichen, aktiv zu unternehmenden Schritte in diese Richtung. Diese konsequent ressourcen- und lösungsorientierte Arbeitsweise schien im Widerspruch zur Traumafokussierung als zentralem Moment von EMDR zu stehen.

The training in EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) took me a long time to an intense debate about the compatibility of my recent trauma with EMDR therapy work. This was and is strongly influenced by the solution-and resource-oriented therapy, as I have of Steve de Shazer, Insoo Kim Berg, Yvonne Dolan and I have learned later in another way, by Gunther Schmidt. Key elements of the work with traumatized people after solution-oriented concepts, including the active support of Klienten1 in developing a positive vision for the future, in the identification of the individual criteria for treatment success and the smallest, active steps to be taken in this direction. This resource consistently and solution-oriented approach seemed to contradict the trauma as the central focus of EMDR are at the moment.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Future Orientation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


246. Lipke, H. (2001). EMDR und andere ansätze der psychotherapie - Ein integratives modell: Theoretische und klinische empfehlungen mit schwerpunkt auf traumatischem stress [EMDR and other approaches of the psychotherapy - An inclusive model: Theoretical and clinical recommendations focusing on traumatischem stress]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) wurde vor mehr als zehn Jahren von Dr. Francine Shapiro entwickelt und galt anfangs insbesondere aufgrund nachweislich sehr schneller und überzeugender Behandlungserfolge als eine der ungewöhnlichsten psychotherapeutischen Methoden überhaupt. Aufgrund der positiven Ergebnisse wissenschaftlicher Untersuchungen wird EMDR mittlerweile von vielen Therapeuten erfolgreich eingesetzt. Im Mittelpunkt des Buches steht das von Lipke entwickelte Vier-Aktivitäten-Modell, eine Ergänzung zu dem von Francine Shapiro (1995) entwickelten AIP-Modell der beschleunigten Informationsverarbeitung. Damit schafft Lipke einen Rahmen für das Verständnis psychotherapeutischer Arbeit im allgemeinen und für die Integration von Shapiros Theorie über die Verarbeitung dysfunktionaler Erinnerungen in die bisherigen Formen psychotherapeutischer Arbeit. Das vorgestellte Modell liefert eine Handlungsanleitung für die Anwendung von EMDR in der therapeutischen Praxis. Dabei kann Lipke auf seine fast dreißigjährige klinische Erfahrung mit traditionelleren Behandlungsansätzen ebenso zurückgreifen wie auf seine über zehnjährige Praxis in der Anwendung und Vermittlung von EMDR. Das Buch ist nicht als Einführung in die Theorie und Praxis von EMDR, sondern eher als Erläuterung der Arbeit mit dieser Methode in einem umfassenderen therapeutischen Zusammenhang gedacht.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) was developed more than ten years ago by Dr. Francine Shapiro and was initially due in particular proved very fast and impressive treatment success as one of the most unusual methods of psychotherapy in general. Due to the positive results of scientific studies EMDR is now used by many therapists successfully. The focus of the book which is developed by Lipke four activities model, a complement to the Francine Shapiro (1995) developed the AIP model of accelerated information processing. This creates a framework for understanding Lipke psychotherapeutic work in general and for the integration of Shapiro's theory about the dysfunctional processing of memories in the previous forms of psychotherapeutic work. The proposed model provides a guide to action for the application of EMDR in therapeutic practice. It can draw on his nearly thirty years Lipke clinical experience with more traditional treatment approaches as well as on its more than ten years of practice in the use and placement of EMDR. The book is not intended as an introduction to the theory and practice of EMDR, but rather as an explanation of the work with this method in a wider therapeutic context.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


247. Ebner, F., & Rost, C. (2006). EMDR und ressourcen [EMDR and resource]. In F. Lamprecht (Hsrg.) Praxisbuch EMDR: Modifizierungen für spezielle anwendungsgebiete (pp. 195-222). Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.

Language: German

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Practice  Resources  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


248. Ward, C. (2010, March). EMDR with a family using a group protocol. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I will present a way of working with families using EMDR, offer question and discussion time and the opportunity to explore the approach. I would very much like to provide an arena to discuss and share learning about EMDR with families and to agree some success criteria for working in this way. The focus of my presentation is the successful use of the EMDR group protocol to work with domestic abuse. I will describe the use of images to process memories and current fears. I will cover what made the approach successful in the context of the existing resources. Conference Abstracts I will describe our learning about co-working across different modalities in the way that we did. The workshop will have an interactive and experiential focus, which I hope will capture the energy and creativity of the approach. New Learning points: • Adapting and developing a group EMDR protocol • Co-work with a parent and a colleague from another modality • Using EMDR to process the legacy of domestic abuse

Keywords: Family  Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


249. Amman, B. (2013, June). EMDR with bipolar disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research of the last decade suggests a decisive role of traumatic events on the onset and on the course of severe mental disease, especially affective disorders. The robustness of this data has been largely ignored by the psychiatric community, also due to a striking lack of trials designated to traumatized patients with severe mental disease. With this workshop we aim to create awareness on that issue by reviewing existing evidence of the impact of trauma on the patients’ life with severe mental disease. We also will show first controlled data of EMDR in instable, traumatized bipolar patients, with a focus on its effect on trauma and mood stabilization. Furthermore, we will present for the first time a Spanish Bipolar EMDR protocol as direct result of the above-mentioned study; to highlight practical details of this protocol, we also will discuss two cases of the study in an interactive way with the audience.
Learning objectives: Trauma in severe mental disorder is so far not adequately recognized and treated by therapists; Understanding the role of trauma in severe mental disorder, with a focus on bipolar disorder; Results of a first controlled pilot study of instable bipolar patients suggest that EMDR reduces effectively trauma symptoms and trauma load; and Results also suggest that EMDR stabilizes better the mood of subsyndromal, instable bipolar patients than a control group.

Keywords: Bipolar Disorder  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


250. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Children  Fidelity Study  Techniques  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


251. Ward, C. (2010, June). EMDR with children and adolescents in a family setting using a group protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Our aim: We will present some EMDR family work, offer question and discussion time and the opportunity to explore the approach. We would very much like to provide an arena to discuss and share learning about EMDR with families and to agree some success criteria for working in this way. The focus of our presentation is the successful use of the EMDR group protocol with a family of 5 children. The children had witnessed domestic abuse and had been physically abused themselves. We were greatly assisted by the children's mother Lea who co-worked with us. We will include how we structured 1. I support for her to carry out this difficult role. We will describe the use of images to process the children's memories and current fears. We will cover what made the approach so successful in the children's and our opinion, including the context of the existing resources. We will describe what we learnt about co-working across different modalities in the way that we did. The workshop will have an interactive and experiential focus which we hope will capture the energy and creativity of the approach.
Learning points:
- Adapting and developing a group EMDR protocol to work with a family of 5 children.
- Co-work with a parent and a colleague from another modality.
- Using EMDR to process the legacy of domestic abuse by the children's father including processing current fears.
As co-workers we found that, using the vehicle of the EMDR group protocol has been an exciting and effective initiative. My colleague and I came from different agencies and worked together in the family's home in a collaborative way with the children, parent and each other We will include in our presentation the children's and parent's views on what worked for them and on the process as a whole.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Family  Group Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


252. Lovett, J. (2011, August). EMDR with children: Getting dtarted. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Lovett’s workshop will focus on practical treatment approaches for resolving trauma in children and adolescents, focusing on the 8 phases of EMDR and the 3 pronged protocol. Participants will learn to identify developmental differences in the encoding and retrieval of a memory that would impact EMDR processing with children. They will learn to use EMDR with cooperation games as a source of resources for children. The presentation will include videos, case discussion and experiential learning.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


253. Meignant, I. (2011, June). EMDR with couples in the context of family therapy [EMDR mit paaren im kontext der familientherapie]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of both Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model and the AIP model is a new perspective for couples’therapy and for EMDR target plan and further in individual therapy where relational problems are involved. This workshop will teach present a way to do a target plan for relational problem treatment. Focusing on couples’therapy the workshop will show how to do an EMDR case conceptualization integrating the systemic model. It will propose clinical question/answer that will help to decide to use EMDR or not in the couple session, choosing the position of the other member of the couple during the reprocessing phases. It will show the use of individual safe places as a safe place for the couple during the session and at home. What we propose here is that the understanding of Mony Elkaïm’s Systemic model for a couple in crisis guides us to find where to work on the past of each member to heal the couple in the EMDR target plan. We imagine that this understanding can be of help to build a bridge between any 2 parts of a relation: 2friends, 2 colleagues, 2 persons from different culture or religion. The presentation will illustrate how the systemic model created by Mony Elkaïm for understanding couple crisis can be useful in the EMDR treatment of couples, EMDR case conceptualization and EMDR target plan. This model insists on the double bind in which each member of the couple is torn between his/her Official Program and his/her World View. For example: "I want to be loved" (O.P) and" if someone loves me he will leave me" (W.V.). These world views are creating repetitive cycles which are trapping the members of the couple or of any people in interaction. The aim of the EMDR practitioner is to treat the dysfunctional stored memories connected with these world views and give them flexibility to free the members of the couple from the vicious circle in which they are caught. In this presentation we propose to show how making hypothesis about the World view of each member of the couple and verifying them will guide us to the individual target that will be the Gordian knot in the present problem the couple is dealing with, hence helping the system to evolve from a situation of crisis to a situation of equilibrium. Using EMDR will help to give flexibility to the world view of each member. Using it within Mony Elkaïm’s systemic model will help the couple. Following each phase of the EMDR model eight-phases protocol, we will show how it will be applied to couple therapy with case studies and practice example. We will see how this target plan can apply to any dyad or system in crisis in family therapy, couple therapy and individual therapy. Learning objectives: •Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple or any relational present problem in an EMDR target plan. •Being able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple. •Evaluate more clearly whether and when to use EMDR in the couple therapy session. •Knowing specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with couple.

Keywords: Couples  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


254. Manfield, P. (2010, September/October). EMDR with difficult clients: Dyadic resourcing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop introduces "dyadic resourcing," a resourcing approach designed to facilitate EMDR processing of very early trauma with severely deprived clients, including those with attachment disorders. The goal of this process is to help clients connect affectively to an internal experience of being in a nurturing parent-child relationship. This workshop will address the basic principles and processes central to this form of resourcing, including each of the five steps involved in establishing this resource. The process will be illustrated using clinical videos, resourcing transcripts, and a live demonstration.

Keywords: Difficult Clients  Dyadic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


255. Solomon, R. M. (2008, June). EMDR with grief and mourning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The death of a loved one confronts people with particularly complicated challenges at a time of often unparalleled distress. This workshop will focus on integrating EMDR into the treatment of grief and mourning. Understanding grief and mourning in terms of the Adaptive Information Processing model will be presented and illustrated by case presentations and videos of EMDR sessions. EMDR does not shorten the phases the mourner has to go through for adaptive assimilation and accommodation of the loss, but processes the factors that can complicate the mourning. The processes the mourner has to go through for assimilation and accommodation of the loss, and how EMDR facilitates movement through them, will be presented. Particular attention will be paid to how EMDR facilitates the emergence of adaptive inner representations. We do not lose attachments to loved ones that die, they are transformed. We move from loving in presence to loving in absence. Memories of the deceased often emerge during EMDR treatment. It is the emergence of memories of the deceased that let us know and acknowledge the meaning of the relationship, the person’s role in our lives and identity, and enable us to carry the basic security of having loved and been loved into the future. We can go forward in a world without the deceased, because we have an adaptive inner representation to take with us. Content includes: · Overview of AIP model and how it applies to grief and mourning · Acute grief as a form of traumatic stress · Common responses to loss · The six “R” processes of mourning · High-risk factors predisposing to complicated mourning · General principles of EMDR treatment in grief and mourning

Keywords: Bereavement  Grief  Mourning  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


256. Servan-Schreiber, D. (2007, June). EMDR with life-threatening medical illness. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The relation between mind and body is more clearly understood than ever before. Stress reactions influence biological mechanisms such as immunity and inflammation that profoundly influence the course of medical conditions. PTSD is a predictor of ill-health. Powerlessness is associated with cancer progression. This presentation will review the mind-body connection in relation to severe illness, and the role of EMDR in helping patients facing lifethreatening diseases.

Keywords: Keynote  Medical Illness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


257. Bisping, V. (2011, June). EMDR with patients with dentophobia. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An appointment at the dentist’s is not what most people look forward to. For some people, however, even the mere thought of having to undergo dental treatment causes them to feel extreme fear and panic. Between 5 and 15% of the world population suffer from such a pathological form of dental fear, called dental phobia. Dentally anxious individuals commonly avoid necessary dental procedures for many years despite deteriorating oral health, agonizing pain and severe psychosocial problems. The majority of individuals with dental phobia recall a traumatic event as cause for the onset of their fear. Interestingly, nearly 50% of them even suffer from posttraumatic stress symptoms, such as intrusive memories, nightmares, hyperarousal and avoidance behavior. EMDR can be a very useful instrument to help dentally anxious people to cope with past traumatic experiences and to prepare them for future confrontations with phobic stimuli. The 90-minute workshop will give background information to the problem of pathological dental fear and present evidence from research showing that EMDR is an effective treatment method for dentophobia. The main focus will be on the practical procedure, which will be illustrated using video sequences of patient sessions. Learning objectives: This workshop will provide you with the following information: •a short review of current research and literature •the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to dentally anxious patients, with special emphasis on preparing the patient for future confrontations by working with flashforwards, future template and video check •ways of combining EMDR with other cognitive, behavioral and imagery techniques in the treatment of dental phobia.

Keywords: Dentophobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


258. Bardin, A. (2004). EMDR within a family system perspective. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 15(3), 47-61. doi:10.1300/J085v15n03_04.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is a method used to help the individual trauma victim process the psychological aftereffects of trauma (PTSD). The effects of traumatic experiences, however, spread throughout the victim's family. The case presented here describes the treatment from three perspectives: individual, family, and social context (eco-social). EMDR, used with a nine-year-old stabbing victim, was integrated into wider therapeutic work within the family. This integration widened the focus from the IP to other members of the system, allowing the use of EMDR to “spread” to four out of the five family members. The effects of the trauma on the family and its members were most effectively treated by a combination of individually and systemically oriented interventions.

Keywords: Clinical Case Study  Emotional Trauma  Empirical Study  Family  Family Therapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Therapeutic Process  Trauma Victims  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


259. Foster, S., Lendl, J., & Paulsen-Inobe, S. L. (2000, September). EMDR – Integrated coaching for effective leadership and innovative strategic visioning. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) understand and be able to describe the theoretical foundation for applying a trauma methodology to issues of optimal performance; 2) observe and practice effective techniques for positive resource installation for peak performance; and 3) be able to identify specific targets and negative and positive cognitions for enhancing leadership and increasing productivity using EMDR - integrating coaching.

Keywords: Coaching  Performance Enhancement  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


260. Herbert, C. (2011, June). EMDR – Practical applications and different treatment protocols for different needs. Presentation at the 7th International Congress of Cognitive Therapy, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro (1989) as a cognitivebehavioural therapy for clients with trauma a little over 20 years ago. After an initial period of intense controversy and scepticism regarding its proclaimed evidence base, EMDR has been studied extensively, its efficacy has been confirmed (Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Shepherd et al. 2000, Alto, 2001; Davidson & Parker, 2001; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Bisson & Andrew, 2005; Bradley, et.al., 2005; Bisson, Ehlers, Matthews, Pilling, Richards, & Turner, 2007) and is one of the effective treatments of PTSD recommended by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) of the UK Department of Health in March 2005. It has been estimated (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) that in the United Kingdom and Ireland approximately 6,000 mental health clinicians have been trained in EMDR. Although studies have evaluated EMDR as a distinct therapeutic modality, during the course of their different levels of EMDR training, clinicians are encouraged to integrate the EMDR treatment protocol into their predominant therapeutic orientation. Thus, EMDR can be used across different psychological therapies, including the Cognitive Psychotherapies. While this makes EMDR a highly versatile modality, it can pose a practical challenge to clinicians in terms of when and how to integrate EMDR into their work with clients. Further, for therapists not trained in EMDR, the concepts may seem strange and scepticism may remain to this date. This workshop seeks to close the gap between false perception and reality about EMDR, by drawing on the facilitator’s 14 years of practical experience in the use and integration of EMDR alongside her work as a Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapist. This practice-oriented workshop will explore different applications of EMDR across the trauma spectrum, as well as, some treatment protocols for other client problems. The important roles of resource installation and interweaves will be introduced. Several forms of bilateral stimulation (DAS - Dual attention stimulus) and an EMDR-based protocol for the installation of a Safe Place for complex trauma (Herbert, 2002) will be practically demonstrated. Learning Objective • To learn about different EMDR applications both in the treatment of different types of trauma, as well as, other psychological problems. • To alleviate scepticism and encourage understanding on how EMDR can be integrated alongside the Cognitive Psychotherapies. • To gain some practical exposure on how EMDR is applied. Training Modality • Training will be practice-oriented and will include some experiential exercise.

Keywords: Protocols  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


261. 吕秋云 钱铭怡 [Lv Qiuyun & Qian Mingyi] (2010年05期). EMDR在中国的发展历程 [EMDR development in China]. 西華大學學報(哲學社會科學版) 29卷5期 [West China University (Social Science Edition, 29(5))]. doi:cnki:sun:cdsf.0.2010-05-002 .

Language: Chinese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
本世纪初,EMDR引入中国,开始了八年艰苦发展历程:从人们对它一无所知,到现在有了自己的组织;从最初的30余人,到目前近200人参与学习和应用;从我国在国际EMDR领域上的空白,到开始听到中国EMDR专业人士的声音,并在亚洲EMDR组织中占有重要的一席之地。这一步一步走来,无不凝聚了中国EMDR治疗推动者们的心血与努力。今天,越来越多的专业人士开始关注EMDR的治疗效果,5.12地震带来的巨大灾难,更是凸显了EMDR在平复灾区民众心理创伤中的重要作用。 【作者单位】: 北京大学精神卫生研究所;北京大学心理学系;

From the people know nothing about it, and now have their own organizations; from the initial 30 people, nearly 200 people involved in the current study and applications; from EMDR in the international field of the blank, to begin to hear the voice of the Chinese professionals in EMDR and EMDR in Asia, occupies an important place in the organization. This step by step way, embodied the EMDR treatment of the Chinese efforts and the efforts of their promoters. Today, more and more professionals began to focus the therapeutic effect of EMDR, 5.12 enormous earthquake disaster, but also highlights the EMDR people in the affected areas to calm down the important role of psychological trauma.

Keywords: China  Development Process  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


262. 天野タマキ 市井雅哉 [Amano Tamaki, and Ichii Masaya]. (2009年5月). EMDR痴呆(BPSD)の行動と精神的症状の治療 [Treatment of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD) with EMDR]. EMDR研究1(1)、24から33 [Japanese Journal of EMDR Research and Practice, 1(1), 24-33].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
回想療法と検証療法などの非薬物療法が BPSD(の行動と精神的症状の治療に過去の記憶へのアクセス 認知症)が有効であることが証明されている。眼球運動脱感作と再処理 (はEMDR)また、メモリにアクセスする治療の別のフォームは、効果が証明されています 外傷性記憶の処理。本論文では、2つのBPSDの場合はによって引き起こされると考えられて traumaric思い出とEMDRによる処理が記載されている:最初の67歳女性歳 アルツハイマー病の早期発症に苦しむ患者と、2番目の85歳の男性歳 血管性認知症の患者。外傷性記憶を処理の結果 EMDR、女性患者ののろいが低下慢性的な、彼女は多くの場合、笑顔。と男性 患者の不安と大きな声を大幅に削減されます。これらの結果は衝撃的な記憶によって引き起こされるいくつかのBPSDの場合に効果的な心理療法としてEMDRを示す

Non-pharmacological therapies such as Reminiscence therapy and Validation therapy which access to past memories in the treatment of BPSD (behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia) have been proven to be effective. Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), another form of therapy which also accesses to memory, has been proven effective in the processing of traumatic memories. In this paper, two BPSD cases believed to be caused by traumaric memories and treated by EMDR are discussed: the first with a 67-year-old female patient suffering from early-onset Alzheimer's disease, and the second with an 85-year-old male patient suffering from vascular dementia. As a result of processing traumatic memories with EMDR, the female patient's chronic cursing decreases and she smiles more often. and the male patient's restlessness and loud voice are drastically reduced. These results indicate EMDR as an effective psychotherapy for some BPSD cases which are caused by traumatic memories.

Keywords: Behavioral and Psychological Symptoms of Dementia  BPSD  Non-Pharmacological Therapies  Resource Development and Installation  RDI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


263. Faust, T. (2012, June). EMDR, los estados del yo, los policías y las reinas en un caso de ansiedad ante los exámenes[EMDR, ego states, policemen and Queens in a case of test anxiety]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We present a case of Test Anxiety, handled using a combination of EMDR and Ego State Short Term Therapy. Shira, aged 27, is a bright science student. She recently failed a math test due to an anxiety attack. Shira feels that her ability to complete her degree studies is under a real threat. Reported symptoms: great stress, chest pain, pessimistic thoughts, and a general feeling of low self-­‐esteem. The treatment consisted of four sessions before her forthcoming math exam, and a fifth follow-­‐up session after it. The therapeutical approach Psycho-­‐educational counseling, self-­‐relaxation and guided imagery, EMDR phobia protocol (Shapiro F.), use of puppets for work on Ego States (Cohen-­‐Posey K.) based on Voice Dialogue (Stone). During her EMDR processing, Shira chose different puppets to represent both her negative and positive cognitions (PC, NC). A Policeman puppet (NC) represented the "protecting part" of the vulnerable child. This failed part lacks in self-­‐confidence and blocks her progress. Shira's successful PC part is represented by the Queen puppet. She is sure Shira will succeed, because she's able to. During the desensitization process, Shira created a dialogue between her different parts, and empowered the successful, functioning, Queen part. This reinforced her self-­‐esteem and her Ego Awareness The awareness of these parts in her becomes a resource used by Shira for a successful performance in her math exam, in which she gets the highest grades. We shall present the protocol of our sessions, and the use of puppets as projection tools of the Ego parts.

Presentamos un caso de ansiedad ante exámenes, llevado a través del uso del EMDR y la terapia breve de estados del Ego combinados. Shira, tiene 27 años, es una brillante estudiante de ciencias. Recientemente suspendió un test de matemáticas debido a un ataque de ansiedad. Shira siente que su habilidad para completar sus estudios de grado esta bajo una amenaza real. Síntomas registrados: Gran estrés, dolor de pecho, pensamientos pesimistas, y sentimientos generales de baja autoestima. El tratamiento consistió en cuatro sesiones antes de su siguiente examen de matemáticas, y un seguimiento de 5 sesiones después de este. El enfoque terapéutico. El consejo psico-­‐educacional, auto-­‐relajación e imaginación guiada, protocolo EMDR para fobia(Shapiro F.), uso de marionetas para trabajar con los estados del Ego (Cohen-­‐Posey K.) basado en el la voz del dialogo (Stone). Durante su procesamiento EMDR, Shira escoge diferentes marionetas para representar sus cogniciones negativas y positivas (PC, NC). Una marioneta de agente de policía (NC) representaba la “parte protectora” de un niño vulnerable. Esta parte fallo en su autoconfianza y bloque su progreso. La parte que representaba el éxito de Shira PC era la marioneta de la Reina. Ella estaba segura de que Shira Durante el proceso de desensibilización, Shira creó un dialogo entre sus diferentes partes, y reforzó el existo, y el funcionamiento de la parte de la Reina. Esto reforzó su autoestima y su conciencia del Ego. La conciencia de estas partes se convirtió en un recurso usado por Shira para el existo en la realización de su examen de matemáticas, en donde saco las notas más altas. Presentaremos el protocolo con nuestras sesiones y el uso de marionetas como herramientas de proyección de las partes del ego.

Keywords: Ego States  Policement, Queens  Test Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


264. Bertino, G., & Ostacoli, L. (2011, June). EMDR-drawing integration in the treatment of complex PTSD and severe organic diseases. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As a complement to the strategies already used in EMDR, drawing gives form to the inner representations of the trauma, objectivising it. Thus the person no longer relates only to something inside him/her, but rather to something he/she can see and can concretely represent and modify. In the act of drawing, the patient makes an initial reorganisation of the form of the trauma, and begins to differentiate the adaptive ego, which has the tools and the ability to restructure the experiences, and the traumatic emotional part that suffers those experiences in a condition of impotence and passivity. The person may rapidly access preverbal and motor-sensory language, activating inborn creative skills. The use of this tool enables us to access the traumatic material gently, limiting dissociative reactions, bypassing avoidance and flight behaviour and setting a distance from pain by objectivising it. A protective space is created between the self and the part that holds the suffering. The patient is offered the possibility of drawing what is occurring in the self’s here and now, and given a choice of different graphic materials. At the end of the drawing and assessment phase the person is asked to note what has emerged, and a brief space of time may be allowed for description without interpretation. The represented image is treated as the inner image in the classic protocol. To start, the patient is asked to focus on the drawing, on the negative cognition and on the bodily location of the emotional disorder, while bilateral stimulation is applied. At the end of each set, the patient is asked what he/she has noticed and the therapist verifies where the person now is in the re-elaboration. If there is a change the person may either work on the drawing, modifying it, or, if the change of image is radical, may produce another drawing. After several sets, an adaptive drawing emerges that may be installed as a resource. The workshop focuses on the treatment of two clinical conditions, complex PTSD and severe medical diseases, with the support of video and graphic materials. It includes a practical experience of the Technique Learning objectives: To learn the use of drawing as a supplementary tool, through graphic and video material of clinical cases. To recognise the indications in which it provides added value to the classical protocol. To learn its use in various psychopathological conditions, with particular emphasis on dissociative states and severe medical diseases. The use of drawing as a supplementary tool within the EMDR protocol gives form to the inner representation of the trauma, objectivising it, and creates a bridge of communication between the self and the blocked parts, after which it will be possible to return to desensitising and re-elaboration with the standard protocol.

Keywords: Drawing Integration  Organic Disease  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


265. Leutner, S. (2008, Novenber). EMDR-protokoll ressourcenintegrierenden traumaverarbeitung/RIT [EMDR trauma protocol integrated resource processing/RIT]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 16, 26-28.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Das ressourcenintegrierende Protokoll stellt eine Möglichkeit der schonenden Annäherung an die Traumabegegnung nach dem Standardprotokoll dar und ersetzt dieses in vielen Fällen so lange, bis das explizite Zurückgreifen auf die Ressource immer weniger notwendig ist. Die Anwendung ist auch bei Erfolgsblockaden möglich. Es kann auch für Klientinnen eingesetzt werden, die zwar schon gute Ressourcen haben, wenn sie in die Behandlung kommen, aber mit der EMDR-Methode wenig vertraut und eher ängstlich sind, waThe resource-integrated protocol provides a facility to the gentle approach meeting after the trauma to the standard protocol and supersedes that in many cases so until the explicit recourse is less and less necessary to the resource. The Application is possible even if successful blockades. It can also be used for clients be, although they have been good resources when they come into treatment, but with the EMDR method unfamiliar and rather anxious are, what their own emotional tolerance concernss ihre eigene Affekttoleranz betrifft.

Keywords: resource Integrated Trauma Protocol  RIT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


266. Sikes, C., & Sikes, V. (2003, September). EMDR: Why the controversy?. Traumatology, 9(3), 169-181. doi:10.1177/153476560300900304.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye-movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been widely supported in the literature for its effectiveness in treating PTSD and a variety of other diagnoses and symptoms. The variable findings regarding whether its effects are for reasons unique to this treatment, however, have become the focus of extensive discussion and debate. The following article reviews the studies targeting this question, and proceeds to consider why these studies' findings, and other findings in the EMDR literature, vary so vastly. Implications of the EMDR controversy for the process of psychological research at large are considered. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


267. Shapiro, F. (2008, May). EMDR: 21st-century therapy and the possibilities for healing. Presentation at the Academy for Guided Imagery Conference.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been so well researched that it is now recommended as a front line treatment for trauma in the Practice Guidelines of American Psychiatric Association, and those of the Department of Defense and of Veterans Affairs. It is an integrative psychotherapy that offers a new and distinct approach to personality development and the treatment of pathology. The clinical applications of EMDR with an information processing focus can be used as a general model of psychotherapy addressing a full range of issues of everyday clinical practice, including family therapy impasses. Increasingly, research evidence is showing that there’s a kind of psychological change that can happen at the level of adaptive information processing, opening up the possibility of powerful therapeutic effects that can exceed expectations both in the speed and depth of their impact. In this presentation, you’ll get an experience of the implicit and associational memory networks that govern our feelings, thoughts, and reactions outside the realm of rational thought. You’ll learn how EMDR and the Adaptive Information Processing model apply not only to trauma, but also to personality disorders, depression, chronic pain, sexual compulsivity, and other dysfunctional behaviors and thoughts. EMDR group protocols will be illustrated that have been used worldwide after both natural and man-made disasters. It is believed that the treatment of trauma through networks of clinicians can aid in breaking the cycle of violence worldwide.

Keywords: Webcast  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


268. Jones, J. (1995, June). EMDR: A candid view from the psychiatrist's couch. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I will attempt to present an overview of the major psychiatric disorders, some medical and neurologic syndromes and general concepts on how I approach diagnosis, prognosis and treatment. Our time will include all this and put special focus on psychpharmacology. The nature and scope of this material will be mostly introductory but i will certainly be open to exploring my topic at greater depth depending the needs of the group present. The audience should be any among you who would likea way to begin organizing you approach to pharmacology and the impact that is having on your practice and the use of EMDR. Licensed clinical social workers, marriage and family counselors and psychologists should especially benefit form the discussion. You can expect to hear about major depression and its variants, bipolar disorder, panic disorder and the general anxiety disorders- some coverage of eating disorders, PTSD and adult attention deficit disorder but in less detail. I shall only touch upon schzophrenia and the psychotic disorders unless you show a special interest. The same is true for medical and neurologic diagnosis which have psychotic sequelas. I shall then to proceed to describe the differences and similarities among the antidepressants following that with a less detailed presentation of anit-anxiety agents, anti-psychotics, lithium and its siblings and a few of the "tried-and-true" substances of abuse like alcohol, stimulants, hallucinogens and narcotics. Please forgive me if I draw the line at designer drugs. This is a vast amount of information. I shall empasize general organizing concepts which will help the clinician who would like to understand some of his/her clients better, know better when to make a referral to a psychiatrist, now some of the potentials and limitations of EMDR when your clients are taking medications and/or have a major psychiatric disorder. Do not come to if you wish to set sail on a sea of psychiatric and medical details - 90 minutes just will not suffice! I will depend on you to speak up at any time with your concerns and queries (not to mention contradictions) so we can tailor the moment to the real interests of those present. I will attempt to reserve a substantial amount of time for question, answers, and observations but, if we are lucky, this will be happening throughout the ninety minutes. If we have time left I will explore the subject of "you and your psychiatrist" with both panache and hubris. We have a reputation for not being the most ingratiating of colleagues. I have a number of suggestions from a psychiatrist perspective which could make it easier to manage (sic) your psychiatrist. I hope we will be able to conclude with some high spirits and as they say here in California, a time for sharing and mutual understanding.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


269. Horne, B. (2010, April/May). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with affect regulation. It will look at containment in EMDR’s Phases 2 (Preparation) and 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closure  Containment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


270. Horne, B. (2012, April). EMDR: Containment and closure. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Containment involves a great deal more than pretty little exercises that help the client drive home safely. This workshop will focus on the importance of containment in EMDR and its role in helping clients with the affect regulation that is necessary for trauma reprocessing. Containment work in Phase 2 can help the client develop this necessary dual attention skill (proof of requisite affect regulation). We will also look at containment in EMDR’s Phase 7 (Closure). An AIP-informed rational for containment will be offered, with supporting research. By learning an array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to both prepare clients for 11-step protocols and properly close incomplete. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice at least one new method for use with clients.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the importance of containment in EMDR and its implications with respect to dual attention and trauma reprocessing 2. Participants will identify some key strategies for completing Phase 2 (Preparation) with respect to building the affect regulation skill necessary for maintaining dual awareness during trauma reprocessing (Phases 3-7) 3. Participants will be able to define and describe the essentials of Phase 7 (Closure) of the EMDR protocol, in particular, the need to ensure containment of remaining negative affect in the case of incomplete protocols. 4. Participants will develop knowledge of several effective closure methods 5. Participants will acquire mastery of at least one new closure method through practicum experience

Keywords: Closure  Containment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


271. Bertolotti, G. (2008, June). EMDR: Should be appropriate in a rehabilitation multidisciplinary programme?. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Because EMDR is a powerful short-term therapy effective for confronting and overcoming stress, anxiety, and trauma which could be its role in an intensive rehabilitation multidisciplinary programme? As well-known PTSD is the most common diagnostic category used to describe symptoms arising from emotionally traumatic experience.This disorder presumes that the person experienced a traumatic event involving actual or threatened death or injury to themselves or others. Some research shows that EMDR is rapid, safe and effective in helping those who suffer from anxiety, distressing memories, nightmares, insomnia, as consequences from traumatic events. Several recent reviews have looked at the relationship between medical illness and subsequent PTSD. Moreover Spindler(2005) published a review with focal point on subjects after cardiovascular disease and mainly with a focus on prevalence rates, risk factors, and future. Should be possible catch a trauma event right through in-hospital and use the EMDR when appropriate? Hence how should be tailored an appropriate assessment procedures during the rehabilitation in-hospital? Anxiety (using a the STAI) and Depression (measured with Depression Questionnaire) with clinical cut-off score might be useful in screening and an adequately structured interview could complete in-hospital screening. In a more wide assessment screening a device for psychophysiological assessment measuring electrodermal activity and heart rate/pulse wave. An elevated cardiovascular and electrodermal activity during the interview should be an index for selecting a clinical simple of patients where carry out a deeper assessment in search for a trauma connect to the pre-rehabilitation period or older. The aforementioned could be a wished-for screen subjects with trauma events both at short or long term insurgence.

Keywords: Rehabilitation Multidisciplinarian Program  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


272. Frost, B. (2008, September). EMDR: Work with John. Counselling Children and Young People, 3.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As the game progressed, I provided some narrative designed to counter the limiting belief that it’s not OK to be focused on one thing. The SUDS reduced with each set of repetitions and very gradually I reduced the number of stimuli being presented until John was able to track a single blue circle moving from left to right on a white background. At the close of each set of 24 repetitions, the tracking object glides into the centre of the screen and stays at the centre of the screen. Making use of the opportunity, I asked John to focus only on the tracking object as he considered my SUDS and ‘What came up’ questions. {Excerpt]

Keywords: ADHD  Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder  Case Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


273. Tufnell, G. (2002). EMDR: Working with the legal system. In J. Morris-Smith (2002) EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 37-41) London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This paper reviews the issues with which EMDR practitioners need to be familiar when working with EMDR in a legal context. It will cover issues relating to good practice in the legal context including consent, reliability of evidence and expert witness work. It will include comparisons of hypnosis, claims of false memory, and whether or not to use or withhold EMDR before court work. The paper will assume a basic knowledge of both the legal issues affecting the work of psychotherapists in general and the basics of EMDR practice and will focus mainly on questions specifically relating to the use of EMDR in legal case.

Keywords: Law  Legal  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


274. Karpel, M. A. (2006, September). EMDR:  Targeting the repetition compulsion in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR constitutes a valuable tool for couples therapists when one or both partners are stuck in repetitive, reactive cycles. This workshop describes the circumstances in which EMDR is most likely to be helpful in couples therapy. It examines the benefits of EMDR through the lens of the repetition compulsion, with pariicular emphasis on common - and often intractable - impasses in in the treatment of couples. The origins of the repetition compulsion in early failures of attunement are described, as in the re-enactment of these experiences in the adult couples relationship. Working with EMDR is nested within the context of a resource-based approach to couples therapy, emphasizing how emotional reactivity and defensive withdrawal impede the expression of empathy, trustworthiness, intimacy and repair in the couples relationship. Different formats for conducting EMDR (separately with one partner; separately with both partners; conjointly with both partners; or adjunctively with another therapist) are presented, along with indicators, advantages and disadvantages of each format. Special considerations (such as when to introduce EMDR, balancing alliances, sequencing sessions and instructions to an observing partner) and modifications of the standard protocol when EMDR is used in the context of couples treatment are also clarified. Finally, circumstances in which EMDR is unlikely to be helpful or in which it is contraindicated are examined.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Repetition Compulsion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


275. Karpel, M. A. (2005, September). EMDR:  Targeting the repetition compulsion in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR can help couples in therapy when one or both partners experience distress which creates obstacles or impasses in treatment. The benetits of EMDR are examined through the lens of the repetition compulsion and nested within a resource~based approach to couples therapy (fostering attunement, trustworthness and vitality). Different formats for conducting EMDR (conjointly, separarely, and adjunctively) are presented along with their indicators, advantages and disavantages. Special considerations (such as, when to introduce EMDR, balancing alliances, sequencing sessions and instructions to an observing partner) and modifications the standard protocol are clarified. Contraindications for EMDR in couples therapy are also examined.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  Repetition Compulsions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


276. Siano, J. (2008, April). Emergency intervention in art therapy with EMDR and somatic experiencing. Workshop presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The following presentation shows a model, which was built and applied with many different populations, children, aged people and adults, during the Lebanon War 2006 and after it. The purpose was prevention of PTSD and overcoming the difficult and painful period. Originally it was aimed at art therapists, psychologists, and other mental health staff – Jews and Arabs. They work with already traumatized children and youth in the shelled north of Israel, have to contain much pain and to be strong for others. They were close to break down, or already broke down. The same model served the presenter later in many cases of crisis, with groups and individuals. Especially it was adapted with some much dissociated clients, giving voice (visual representation) to the different sub – personalities. The model aims for (1) bridging between state of freezing or collapsing and functioning; (2) providing tools for self regulation and helping others to self regulate; and (3) strengthening the felt sense of well-being connected to resources within the person and preventing PTSD. The methods used are: (1) evaluation of body-sensation, feeling and thoughts with SUDS (Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale); (2) drawing a picture of resource; installation of resource; (3) drawing a deficiency picture, a picture which represents the disturbing part in one’s present life; (4) EM (eye movements) between both pictures, through working in couples - bilateral stimulation; (5) re-evaluation of body – sensation, feeling and thought with SUDS. Learning objectives: 1. To demonstrate the impact of art in developing inner boundaries towards integration of ego states. 2. To legitimize extreme emotions and to understand that they are normal defenses to trauma. 3. To acquire tools for coping with trauma in the present.

Keywords: Art Therapy  Emergency Intervention  Somatic Experiencing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


277. Corrigan, F. M. (2005, June). Emoting mindfullness drives reprocessing:  Clinical and functional MRI observations. In Research issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is proposed that enhanced mindfulness of emotions is a key factor in successful reprocessing of traumatic memories with EMDR. Clinical experience of utilising this focus will be presented. An attempt to study the hypothesis using functional magnetic resonance imaging will be described.

Keywords: MRI  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


278. Lanius, R. A. (2010, June). Emotion regulation and the self in complex PTSD. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The lecture will focus on the core problems in PTSD related to early life trauma, including emotion dysregulation and fragmentation of the self. The neural correlates of emotional awareness, social emotion processing and self-monitoring will be described. Implications for stage oriented trauma treatment and early intervention will be discussed.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Keynote  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


279. Weisz, J. R., Hawley, K. M., & Doss, A. J. (2004). Empirically tested psychotherapies for youth internalizing and externalizing problems and disorders. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North American, 13, 729–815. doi:10.1016/j.chc.2004.05.006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The term psychotherapy has come to be applied to a broad array of nonmedical interventions designed to alleviate psychologic distress, reduce maladaptive behavior, or increase deficient adaptive behavior through counseling, interaction, a training program, or a predetermined treatment plan. Although the specific term is relatively recent historically, the general idea is ancient. Roots of psychotherapy can be found in the ageless tradition of helping by listening, discussing, and questioning. Among the early Greek philosophers, Socrates developed a method and a thesis that presaged some modern forms of psychotherapy. His approach involved questioning others to provoke them to examine their beliefs, with the goal of bringing them closer to truth. His method reflected his ‘‘midwife thesis,’’ the notion that the philosopher’s role is to deliver the truth that already is within others, much as the midwife delivers the baby that is within a mother. This idea, of course, is not so different from the view many modern therapists have of their own professional roles. Other approaches that fall under the ‘‘psychotherapy umbrella’’ do not involve talk therapies but rather procedures that parents, teachers, and other adults use to limit disobedient or disruptive behavior by boys and girls or to help youngsters focus attention or behave less impulsively. The struggle by adults to shape, manage, and guide youth behavior certainly predates even the ancient Greeks.

Keywords: Adolescents  Externalization  Internalization  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


280. Reyes, G., Elhai, J. D., & Ford, J. D. (2008, October). The encyclopedia of psychological trauma. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Every major healthcare, social and behavioral science, education, and human services discipline and sub-specialty now includes trauma/posttraumatic stress disorder as a focal topic for researchers, educators, and practitioners. The Encyclopedia of Psychological Trauma is the only authoritative reference on the scientific evidence, clinical practice guidelines, and social issues addressed within the field of trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder. Edited by the leading experts in the field, mental health practitioners will turn to this resource for complete coverage of evidence-based and standard treatments and topics as well as controversial topics including EMDR, virtual reality therapy, and much more.

Keywords: Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


281. Foster, S. (2008, June). Enhancing EMDR resource installation with techniques from positive psychology. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The field of positive psychology is emerging as a specialty area within psychology. As such, it has much to offer us as clinicians and those of us who have been involved in peak performance work. This workshop provides the participants with immediately usable techniques that can enhance their existing resource work with clients. There is a well established empirical basis for the efficacy of the techniques presented, very much in keeping with EMDR’s scientific roots. This workshop is the first effort (originally conducted in 2003 at the EMDRIA Conference) 20 to integrate into EMDR Peak Performance work specific techniques from positive psychology, the emerging science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhanced by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints, it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that includes a mini practicum, participants will be able to: 1-describe the key differences between the Peak and basic protocols, 2-help clients develop ‘Peak’ resources, 3-begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients, 4-summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts, 5-pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography

Keywords: Postive Psychology  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


282. Hartung, J. G. (2005, September). Enhancing performance and positive emotion with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While the presenter will provide some information through lecture and handouts, this workshop will be mostly based on experiential learning processes. Demonstrations, a supervised practicum, and other hands-on experiences are seen as the best ways to learn the model of perfomance enhancement with EMDR. Because the practicum focus will be exclusively on the development and strengthening of positive emotion, risks to participants are not predicted. The presenter will focus on ways to define psychotherapy in addition to its value as a treatment of problems in living. Positive psychology and coaching for development will be terms used frequently, both in the lecture and throughout the demonstration and practicum experiences.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement  Positive Emotion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


283. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Performance  Positive Emotion  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


284. Smithson, M. (2003, September). Enhancing somatic interventions in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The somatic intervention is key to effective EMDR processing. It makes every possible use of EMDR more effective, whether it be trauma work, performance enhancement or resource development. How then, do we maximize the potentia1 for healing with EMDR through our somatic interventions? In this workshop, specific methods for enhancing somatic intervention will be presented. We will experience some of these methods and review cases where others have been used effectively. We will look at blending movement and creative modalities to flush out the wisdom in the body and enhance EMDR therapy.

Keywords: Somatic Complaints  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


285. Henry-Schneider, P. (2007, September). Enhancing the flow toward mental health: Integrating EMDR and ai chi. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water that can be understood within the context of the Adaptive Information Processing Model. It can be utilized as part of the overall EMDR-oriented treatment plan, both to prepare for desensitization and as a way to close down incomplete sessions. It can also be part of performance enhancement EMDR. As a multimodal experience, Ai Chi helps to develop the body as a resource and parallels the interpersonal neurobiology definition of mental health. Unique qualities that Ai Chi offers will be explored. Participants will be given the opportunity to experience the process firsthand. Please Note: In order to fully participate, please bring a swimsuit or other suitable attire for use in a swimming pool.

Keywords: Ai Chi  Meditation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


286. Du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many individuals with behaviour problems have long-lasting negative experiences in relation to their environment. Because of this they often have low self-esteem. The treatment is focussed on reduction of complaints and acquisition of skills. But the treatment is more successful when there is also the acquisition of a positive view of the self. EMDR is mainly focussed on trauma treatment and positive cognitive connotation. This competence is very useful as a therapeutic intervention when reinforcing a positive self in people with ID. For our target group it is difficult to translate a positive cognition to daily life. With the use of resources from EMDR such as the use of objects and manual communication, the self image can be reinforced and advance the practising of behaviour experiments. This poster will focus on theory of EMDR and practical implications.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


287. du Bois, M. G., & de Kroon, M. (2008, August). Enlarging skills and self-efficacy as an important outcome of EMDR with individuals with ID: Presenting a video case. Poster presented at the 13th World Congress of the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disabilities, Cape Town, South Africa .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing’s basic principles, procedures and protocols direct the clinician in assisting clients to transmute negative experiences into adaptive learning experiences. EMDR is also recognised as giving resources with a positive picture to assist processing the traumatic experiences. The so-called Resource Development and Installation (RDI) is a specific strategy to strengthen the client by mobilising and strengthening positive cognitions associated with positive experiences in the past. By activating positive functional memory networks and relating the positive picture with the present, the client will be able to practise these in situations where they feel problematic. A client with ID is able to transfer a positive picture to the present. On the basis of these data, presented in a video case, we will give examples of our practise as clinicians in the mental health care of individuals with ID.

Keywords: ID  Intellectual Disabilities  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


288. Sandberg, A. (2010, March 26). Erasing memories: Next treatment for PTSD and other trauma-related disorders?. Psychiatric Times. Retrieved from http://www.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/news/2010/03/100325_erasing_memories_hs.shtml 4/10/2010.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Neuroscientists are exploring ways to erase bad memories in patients who have experienced traumatic events. But, is it ethical to erase a memory or flashback and the feelings associated with that moment to alleviate suffering, or should clinicians focus on therapies such as CBT and EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) to help patients cope with a trauma? Online article includes a link to a BBC Podcast.

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Erasing Memories  Flashbacks  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


289. Wildwind, L. (1999). Essential experience interweaves:  Deepening resource installation for personality change; An advanced workshop and clinical practice with case consultation. Presentation at the Minnesota EMDR Network, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Essential Experience Interweaves  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: No


290. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.

The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all care that the application of EMDR demand.

Keywords: Advanced Management  Dissociation  Ego States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


291. Hornsveld, H. K., Houtveen, J. H., Vroomen, M., Kapteijn, I., Aalbers, D., & van den Hout, M. A. (2011). Evaluating the effect of eye movements on positive memories such as those used in resource development and installation. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 146-155. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.146.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Resource development and installation (RDI) is an eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR)-related procedure developed to strengthen positive associations in positive and resourceful memories (Korn & Leeds, 2002). This study tested the assumption that bilateral stimulation (horizontal eye movements [EM]) in RDI “appears to lead to spontaneous, rapid increases in affective intensity . . . and to rich, emotionally vivid associations” (Korn & Leeds, p. 1469). This study also tested whether eye movement effects could be better accounted for by working memory or by interhemispheric interaction theory. Fifty-three undergraduate students each recalled three memories of pride, perseverance, and self-confidence. They provided pretest and posttest ratings of each memory for vividness, pleasantness, and experienced strength of the positive quality, before and after performing three simultaneous tasks during recall: horizontal EM, vertical EM, and recall only. Results were fully in line with working memory predictions, with significant decreases for all variables following both eye movement tasks. There was no support for the interhemispheric hypothesis. It is concluded that the effectiveness of bilateral stimulation in RDI is questionable. Clinical implications are discussed.

Keywords: Eye Movements  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


292. Gracheck, K. A. (2010). Evaluating the efficacy of EMDR as an athletic performance enhancement intervention. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Springs, CO. 3433356.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is traditionally regarded as a treatment for trauma; however, recent literature suggested that EMDR is also a promising athletic performance enhancement intervention. Sport psychology literature cited the need for scientifically sound research investigating new performance enhancement interventions. This study answered that call and sought to determine the validity of theories speculating about the efficacy of EMDR in sport. An internationally competitive cyclist participated in a case study investigating the efficacy of a unique EMDR protocol designed specifically for sport. The protocol integrated Resource Development and Installation, typically conducted during Phase 8, into Phase 2. Quantitative and qualitative results demonstrated that EMDR had a positive impact on measurable performance outcomes, performance anxiety, self-esteem, and motivation.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Enhancement  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


293. Harnett, S. (2012, November 12). Even with new treatments, few PTSD vets seek help. KALW, San Francisco, CA. Retrieved from http://www.kalw.org/post/even-new-treatments-few-ptsd-vets-seek-help on 12/10/212.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
PTSD was only formally recognized as a mental disorder by the American Psychiatric Association in 1980. Modern day treatments still focus on accessing and reprocessing traumatic memories. In 1981, Bay Area doctor Francine Shapiro developed a new therapy called EMDR, or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. The treatment combines physical stimulation and talk therapy. “You ask the person to identify the image that has been bothering them and the thoughts that have been bothering them,” says Doctor Shapiro. Then you add bilateral stimulation: “Either taps or tones or eye movement, generally. All this together helps to activate the brain's information processing system, and then you just allow the brain to go wherever it needs to go. You allow whatever associations that need to come up, come up.” [Excerpt]

Keywords: Army  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


294. Crystal, S. (2010, March). Evidence based practice and practice based evidence: Improving effectiveness and efficiency in EMDR practice. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There have been over five “gold standard” studies supporting the importance of routine measurement of outcome in clinical practice. However, no measures that take more than 5 minutes would appeal to clinicians. The Outcome Rating Scale (ORS or Child ORS) and the Session Rating Scale (SRS or Child SRS) are both four-item measures developed to track outcome and the therapeutic alliance, respectively. The measures have been tested and correlated to other reputable measures for their robust reliability, validity and most importantly feasibility. In addition, these measures are a clinical tool for the EMDR practitioner as, it takes under a minute to score and, it helps to focus each session on what is relevant for the client; giving us the opportunity to tailor and pace the protocol to a better” fit” for each particular client; offering us a chance to improve our drop out rates. Learning points: 1) Updated research information on the importance of using client’s feedback in everyday practice; 2) Introduction of brief measures that can have immediate application in your EMDR practice. 3) Learn about a system that can help you learn about and increase your effectiveness as a therapist in comparison to a normative data of thousands of practitioners. 4) How to download for free and to use routine outcome measures to monitor the quality of the therapeutic relationship and to inform the fit between the EMDR and the clients’ perceptions.

Keywords: Client Feedback  ORS  Outcome Measures  Outcome Rating Scale  Research  Session Rating Scale  SRS  Gold Standard  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


295. Falzon, L., Davidson, K. W., & Bruns, D. (2010). Evidence searching for evidence-based psychology practice. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 41(6), 550-557. doi:10.1037/a0021352.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is an increased awareness of evidence-based methodology among psychologists, but little exists in the literature about how to access the research. Moreover, the prohibitive cost of this information and limited time are barriers to the identification of evidence to answer clinical questions. This article presents an example of a question worked though in an evidence-based way. Methods are highlighted, including distinguishing background and foreground questions, breaking down questions into searchable statements, and adapting statements to suit both the question being asked and the resource being searched. A number of free, evidence-based resources are listed. Knowing how and where to access this information will enable practitioners to more easily use an evidence-based approach to their practice.

Note: In its “An Applied Example” section (pp. 553-554), this article explores how to use widely accessible databases to answer the question: “In people with PTSD, is eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) more effective than cognitive–behavioral therapy (CBT) to improve symptoms and prevent recurrence?”

Keywords: Evidence-Based Methodology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


296. Griffith, H. (2009, July). Evoking the embodied image with EMDR: Jung in the age of the brain. Presentation at the International Association for Jungian Studies Conference, Wales, Scotland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A new paradigm for understanding psychopathology is emerging out of the convergence of research in formerly disparate domains such as neurobiology, attachment theory, and the effects of trauma. At the same time, unorthodox treatment modalities such as EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) and the Energy therapies are beginning to gain favour in mainstream psychotherapy, not only because they seem to be supported by findings in fields such as neurobiology, but because they are so effective. As Jungians, I believe that our challenge is to revisit our work in the light of these latest scientific discoveries. In this paper, I first outline what brain imaging techniques are revealing about the importance of the dance between mother and infant in the actual hard-wiring of the babys developing brain. I then focus on trauma research, which shows how the release of stress induced hormones can result in the disorganization of the brain and the consequent shut down of integrative neuronal pathways. If we bring these two streams of research together we can see how early trauma within the parent infant bond, in which there is no adequate container to prevent the baby from falling into unbearable anxiety and terror, can initiate the hard-wiring of dysfunctional attitudes and behaviours that become reinforced throughout the childs development. I then briefly describe the EMDR protocol, which is proving to be a very effective technique in helping adult patients work through some of these dysfunctional patterns internalized in that very early parental dyad. This protocol uses a bilateral stimulation of the brain to engage a wider network of neuronal pathways to help process the painful psychological material, or complex, with which the patient is struggling. Facilitating a successful EMDR session is a little like witnessing a spontaneous active imagination as the patient weaves together the threads of a multitude of images, sensations, emotions, and cognitions into the fabric of a fuller, more nuanced, healing story of the self. The purpose of my paper is to demonstrate how these recent theoretical insights and treatment protocols can illuminate and enhance a Jungian approach to conducting psychotherapy. What I find remarkable is the compatibility between much of the contemporary research on the brain and many of Jungs ideas about the psyche. In this paper, however, I focus primarily on what we can learn about the complex. Drawing on numerous examples from case histories, I illustrate the effectiveness of the EMDR protocol in evoking the affect and embodied image at the core of the complex. I also demonstrate how the bilateral stimulation of the brain not only helps facilitate change but also, through the material which is engendered, gives us a window into how the complex was constructed in the first place.

Keywords: Brain  Jung  

Accuracy Verified: No


297. Naccarato, C. (2008). The experience of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing as a therapeutic approach in healing trauma. University of Miami, Coral Gables, FL. AAT 3306738.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Grounded theory method was used to explore the experiences of patients suffering the effects of psychological trauma who had received eye movement desensitization and reprocessing approach (EMDR) as treatment. Saturation of the categories was achieved with the analysis of 15 interviews. The basic social psychological process that emerged is transforming suffering and the core category is changes in perception. The three subcategories, relinquishing, presencing and emerging, form the conceptual framework for the stages of transforming suffering. The stages of relinquishing, presencing and emerging contain concepts and their properties to guide practice. The two dimensions of processing subsumed within each stage are temporal perspectives (past, present and future) and processing fields (physical field, cognitive field and transformative field). These concepts help explain the progression of the patient to experience resolution of the trauma and/or related symptoms/behaviors. Transforming suffering: changes in perception using EMDR is the resultant substantive theory. The implications of this theoretical framework for psychotherapeutic practice and future research are reviewed. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 69(3-B), 2008, pp. 1571.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Grounded Theory  Quantitative Study  Therapeutic Processes  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


298. Brown, P. (2011, March). An exploration of the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) techniques within a solution focused brief therapy (SFBT) framework with children experiencing personal and school related problems. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study was set in a mainstream primary school in Scotland where a group of children had been identified by their class teachers and parents as presenting as quiet, shy, withdrawn and/or anxious. The researcher was an educational psychologist in the local authority where the study took place. 5 primary aged children at stages P5, P6 and P7 (aged 9 to 11 years) of the Scottish Primary education system were involved in a group process which took place in their school, consisting of 6 sessions over the course of 2 months. The intervention combined elements from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Solution Focused Brief Therapy (SFBT). This was a strength based approach which aimed to focus on positive strengths and increase resilience. The individual nature of the therapy required a flexible model. A qualitative research methodology was used. The general aim of this research was to investigate this combined therapeutic process within an applied psychology perspective. The research set out to study the experiences of a group of children during and after they participated in the process. A further aim of the research was to explore the process from my own perspective as the therapist and facilitator. Data was collected during and after each session and post intervention data was collected from children, parents and teachers. Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) was used to analyse the data. Findings indicated that the children found the intervention helpful and they were able to identify particular aspects of SFBT and EMDR which they had found useful.

Keywords: Children  School-Related Problems  SFBT  Solution Focused Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


299. Kiessling, R. (2009). Extending resources. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 87-89). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Some clients may be able to talk about their trauma; however, the thought of processing it with the Standard EMDR Protocol may seem too overwhelming. In cases such as these, having the client develop a resource to address the "fear of the fear" may reduce the anxiety of reprocessing the traumatic memory. The Wedging Technique Script is provided. (PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Protocol  Resources  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


300. Kiessling, R. (2005, September). Extending safe place/resource development protocols to increase client stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While many clients are able to immediately access and utilize their safe place/resource development strategies for EMDR trauma reprocessing, some are not. This workshop will teach participants the difference between state and trait change, and how to develop access, utilize, and strengthen a client's safe place/resource during and between sessions. Clinicians will learn, through a live demonstration, the extending safe place/resource development protocols. Clinicians wlll be able to discuss how re-evaluation helps increase client stability and bullds confidence in their safe place/resource to the point where they are ready to address their traumatic material with the EMDR protocol.

Keywords: Resource Installation  Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


301. Mevissen-Renckens, L., & Lievegoed, R. (2009). Eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) A treatment method for trauma-related psychiatric disorders and psycho-social problems related to negative life events. Presentation at the 7th European Congress of Mental Health in Intellectual Disability, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the last two decades there is an increasing number of studies on the effects of trauma and life events in people with Intellectual Disabilities (ID). Behavioural problems and depressive symptoms are frequently reported. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is a specifi c trauma-related anxiety disorder with high prevalence rates in the normal population and with disruptive effects on the patient’s everyday life. As in children, behavioural problems are supposed to be a common feature in people with ID who have been exposed to traumatic life events.
In regard to the general vulnerability of people with ID, PTSD is supposed to be considerably under diagnosed and under treated in this population. In the normal population Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) are evidence based treatment methods for PTSD. Because of its highly nonverbal character EMDR seems to be a suitable treatment method for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
In this workshop the focus is on
• the recognition of symptoms related to psycho trauma or to sequences of negative life experiences, illustrated by a variety of case studies on people with ID.
• EMDR treatment in children and adults with a mild, moderate or severe ID, illustrated by video presentations. The participants get opportunities to experience some working mechanisms of EMDR by supervised practicing.

Keywords: Negative Life Events  Psychiatric Disorders  Psycho-Social Problems  

Accuracy Verified: No


302. Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). (2010, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. National Registry of Evidence-Based Programs and Practices, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Retrieved from http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewIntervention.aspx?id=199 on 3/25/2011.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a one-on-one form of psychotherapy that is designed to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression symptoms associated with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and to improve overall mental health functioning. Treatment is provided by an EMDR therapist, who first reviews the client's history and assesses the client's readiness for EMDR. During the preparation phase, the therapist works with the client to identify a positive memory associated with feelings of safety or calm that can be used if psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The target traumatic memory for the treatment session is accessed with attention to image, negative belief, and body sensations. Repetitive 30-second dual-attention exercises are conducted in which the client attends to a motor task while focusing on the target traumatic memory and then on any related negative thoughts, associations, and body sensations. The most common motor task used in EMDR is side-to-side eye movements that follow the therapist's finger; however, alternating hand tapping or auditory tones delivered through headphones can be used. The exercises are repeated until the client reports no emotional distress. The EMDR therapist then asks the client to think of a preferred positive belief regarding the incident and to focus on this positive belief while continuing with the exercises. The exercises end when the client reports with confidence comfortable feelings and a positive sense of self when recalling the target trauma. The therapist and client review the client's progress and discuss scenarios or contexts that might trigger psychological distress. These triggers and positive images for appropriate future action are also targeted and processed. In addition, the therapist asks the client to keep a journal, noting any material related to the traumatic memory, and to focus on the previously identified positive safe or calm memory whenever psychological distress associated with the traumatic memory is triggered. The underlying mechanism for how this process works to reduce trauma-related stress, anxiety, and depression is unknown. Researchers have theorized that the positive effect is due to adaptive information processing, the theoretical model behind EMDR. Through adaptive information processing, the dual-attention exercises disrupt the client's stored memory of the trauma to allow for an elimination of negative beliefs, emotions, and somatic symptoms associated with the memory as it connects with more adaptive information stored in the memory networks. Once recall of the trauma no longer elicits negative beliefs, emotions, or somatic symptoms and the memory simultaneously shifts to a more adaptive set of beliefs, emotions, and somatic responses, it is stored again, overwriting the original memory of the trauma. EMDR is typically delivered in 60- to 90-minute sessions, although shorter sessions have been used successfully. The number of sessions varies with the complexity of the trauma being treated. For an isolated, single traumatic event, one to three sessions may be sufficient for treatment. However, when the trauma involves repeated traumatic events, such as combat trauma and physical, sexual, or emotional abuse, many more sessions may be needed for comprehensive treatment.

Keywords: Intervention Summary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


303. Zangwill, W. M., Pearson, J., & Kosminsky, P. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In S. Shannon (Ed.), Handbook of complementary and alternative therapies in mental health (pp. 309-330). San Diego: Academic Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Some mental health practioners have recognized the need for more integrative, holistic models of psychotherapy that focus on the variety of ways in which we process as well as store information -- affectively, physiologically, and sensoriallly, as well as cognitively. One of the most comprehensive and best-researched of these models is Shapiro's eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) model. [Adapted from Text, p. 310]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


304. Ahmad, A. (2009, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in children. Presentation at the Globen Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Stockholm.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During treatment, clients focus on the traumatic memory for 30 seconds at a time while the therapist provides a stimulus. For most clients, the therapist moves his hand slowly back and forth in front of the client (eye movement); for younger children, the therapist may, instead, tap the child's hand. The client reports on what comes up and clients are guided to refocus on that in the next stimulus session. During therapy visits, clients report on the level of distress they feel. In later phases, a positive thought is emphasized during the stimulus sessions. Afterward, clients are asked to focus on residual physical tensions they may feel in order to enhance relaxation.

Accuracy Verified: Yes


305. Soberman, G. B. (1998). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of conduct disorder with preadolescents and adolescents. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9910218.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The purpose of this study was determine the efficacy of Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) with traumatized adolescents primarily diagnosed with conduct disorder (CD). The effect of exposure to domestic violence and other forms of human initiated violence puts children at risk of developing significant mental health problems including CD and other childhood disorders that can have a profound effect on the community. In order to test the null hypotheses that the EMDR treatment protocol would not lead to any significant reduction in posttraumatic or behavioral symptoms with this population, a repeated measures MANOVA was utilized for four of the five dependent variables. These variables were the Impact of Event Scale (IES), the Child Report of Posttraumatic Symptoms (CROPS), the Parent Report of Posttraumatic Symptoms (PROPS), and the Problem Rating Scale (PRS). A simple two-group independent t-test analysis was used to analyze the fifth independent variable (reward points) and the 2-month follow-up data. All of the 5 null hypotheses were supported by an inferential analysis (MANOVA; t-test) of the dependent variables of this study. EMDR treatment was not found to be statistically significant on any of the dependent variables. Despite these findings, future research should continue to focus on the efficacy of EMDR with childhood trauma. Future research should also continue to focus on the emotional needs of children in residential treatment, the benefits of therapeutic as opposed to punitive intervention with delinquent youths, and the role that EMDR can play in breaking the cycle of violence in our society. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(10-B), April 1999, pp. 5587.

Keywords: Adolescents  Conduct Disorder  Emotional Trauma  Empirical Study  Preadolescents  Symptoms  Trauma  Treatment Outcomes  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


306. Finley, P. A. (2002, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of sex offenders. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 3068413.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Most sex offenders in treatment in the United States understand and adapt well to the predominantly cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) aspects of their treatment. "No more victims" is the fundamental goal of sex offender treatment, and due to this focus on relapse prevention, most sex offenders do not adequately address their own emotional wounding from early trauma and victimization. This author believes these unresolved affective issues lead to the cognitive distortions and justifications that allow sex offenders to give themselves permission to offend in the first place. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a therapeutic intervention that assists in rapidly resolving troubling thoughts, feelings, and physical sensations. Incorporating EMDR into the current cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) treatment model for sex offender treatment opens the possibility of reducing the reoffense rate in society. In this study, affective issues of adult male sex offenders (n = 27) were addressed, employing EMDR; this comprised the experimental treatment group. The experimental group received a pretest, three EMDR sessions, and a posttest over an average time of 3.8 months. The Multiphasic Sex Inventory (MSI) was the measure used for this research. The three scales on that test designed to measure for thinking errors were: the Cognitive Distortion and Immaturity (CDI Scale; the Justification (Ju) Scale; and the Treatment Attitudes (TA) Scale. Archived pretest/posttest scores of randomly selected and anonymous adult male sex offenders comprised the control group (n = 27). This group was tested on the MSI and MSI 2 before entering Module 4 and after finishing Module 5, representing 22.5 months of treatment pretest/posttest. All control and experimental group subjects took part in a mandated cognitive/behavioral/relapse prevention (RP) program. The independent two-sample t test was used to compare two means utilizing the rate of change between the experimental and control group. The results of the study indicate a statistically significant reduction in justifications for offender behavior in the experimental group on the Ju scale (p-value = 0.008). On the CDI and TA scale, the null hypotheses were supported. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4899.

Keywords: Empirical Study  Male Sex Offenders  Relapse Prevention  Sex Offenders  Sex Offenses  Sex Offender Treatment  Therapeutic Intervention  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


307. Luber, M. (2011). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols with summary sheets CD-ROM version: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
These fill-in PDF forms offer editable and savable summary sheets and actual scripts of protocols from Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols: Basics and Special Situations. The digital summary sheets and scripts consolidate all material needed for case conceptualization, and facilitate the gathering and organization of important client data, protocol information retrieval, and treatment implementation. These forms are available as a digital download or on a CD-ROM, and are compatible with any computer or device that supports PDF. A one-stop resource which uniquely facilitates EMDR treatment, this product is invaluable for mental health practitioners, consultants, and supervisors who are fully trained in the practice of EMDR.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols  Special Populations  Summary Sheets  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


308. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (Ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as a one-stop resource where therapists can access a wide range of protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


309. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as an authoritative, one-stop resource where therapists can access the full protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


310. D’Andrea, L. M., D’Andrea, L., & Detweiler, J. (2003, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR):  A closer look at treatment outcome. Trauma and Loss:  Research and Interventions, 3(1), 9-19.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR therapy, using bilateral audio-tones as the stimulus, was given to 30 women for two to six sessions (the number determined by the individual). Results from the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) suggested that treatment was moderately successful for the study sample. Analysis of pre- and post-treatment item responses suggested individuals who benefited from EMDR had significant reductions in intrusion and avoidance behaviors. The need to look beyond sample-mean comparisons and focus on scale-item analysis is discussed. [Author abstract]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Females  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


311. Greenwald, R. (1998, April). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR):  New hope for children suffering from trauma and loss. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 3(2), 279-287.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed method for working through traumatic memories and related psychological problems. Recent literature reviews find strong support for EMDR's value in trauma therapy. The first studies using EMDR wth children and adolescents yield similar findings. A case is presented to illustrate the procedure as used in clinical practice. EMDR appears to be a promising new resource for helping children and adolescents recover from truama and loss. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Case Report  Clinical Case Study  Empirical Study  Females  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Preadolescents  PTSD  Rape  Survivors  Torture  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


312. Coleman, G. L. (1999, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: An investigational study of the eye movement component using a within-subject design. Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago, IL. AAT 9926476.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a recently developed psychotherapy treatment procedure which combines imaginal exposure with eye movements and is reported to dramatically reduce negative symptoms associated with trauma related psychological disturbances and memories. The author reviewed and analyzed the current literature regarding EMDR, and conducted a within-subject design investigating the importance of the eye movement component in the EMDR treatment protocol by comparing the efficacy of an eye movement treatment condition, with two non-eye movement treatment conditions. The use of two different control conditions allowed comparisons of the eye movement condition (EMDR), which involved bilateral stimulation of the brain, with exposure to memory of the trauma without eye movements (Eye-Focus Desensitization), which served as a placebo, and exposure to memory of the trauma with a competing motor activity (Single Hand Tapping), which represented unilateral stimulation of the brain. This study also employed a delayed treatment condition to investigate the overall effectiveness of EMDR in treating PTSD. The subject was a 53-year-old Caucasian female who met DSM-IV criteria for PTSD. Dependent variables included a diagnostic instrument, which was the Structured Interview for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (SI-PTSD); global instruments, which included the Beck Anxiety Inventory (BAI), Impact of Events Scale (IES), and Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs); process measures, which included the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUDs) and Validity of Cognition (VOC) scale; and a self-report measure of overall improvement, which was the Image Desensitization Rating Scale (IDRS).Results demonstrated support for the superiority of an eye movement condition over that of both a no-eye movement condition (EFD), and a competing motor activity of single hand tapping (SHT) on process variables (SUDs and VOC), but not on weekly global measures (IES, BAI, and SUDs) in the single subject studied. Also, this study found support for the effectiveness of EMDR (delayed treatment phase) in reducing symptoms of anxiety, intrusiveness and avoidance, and subjective distress related to memory of trauma as measured by BAI, IES, and SUDs, and also in alleviating DSM-IV symptoms of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder for this subject. Experimental single-subject studies, as well as group designs, need to investigate possible neurological and theoretical explanations for the effectiveness of EMDR in future research. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(4-B), Oct 1999, pp. 1846.

Keywords: Avoidance  Case Report  Empirical Study  Females  Intrusive Thoughts  Middle Aged  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


313. Waters, L. (1997, Spring). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment for combat PTSD:  Commentary. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 34(1), 99. doi:10.1037/h0087777 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Comments on the article by J. G. Carlson et al (see record 84-01737) regarding the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) to treat posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) in Vietnam veterans. The author suggests that EMDR seems simplistic and lacks face validity altogether. L. Waters proposes that EMDR works because of resolute perception, a process defined by F. J. Hanna and K. Puhakka (1991) as a deliberate sustained focus of attention on an identified problem with the goal of achieving clarity, at a point when the client is ready and willing to confront and perceive. Waters suggest that a way to test whether or not EMDR works because of resolute perception would be to assign a similar group of clients to a totally different task (e.g., drawing straight lines) while giving them the same instructions as are given in EMDR regarding their memories, thoughts, and desirable cognitions. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Commentary  Combat Experience  Comment  Military  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Reply  Veterans  Vietnam War Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


314. Puffer, M. K. (1995, May). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing with children and adolescents experiencing traumatic memories. Walden University, Minneapolis, MN. AAT 9608112.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This research project evaluated the effectiveness of using Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) techniques on children and adolescents (N = 20) between the ages of 7 to 18, who were experiencing anxiety due to traumatic memories. EMDR therapeutic techniques were administered in one 90-minute therapy session to subjects in an experimental group (N = 10) and after a 30-day waiting period, EMDR was administered to subjects in a delayed treatment group (N = 10) to help substantiate the effectiveness of using EMDR with this population. The results of the study indicated a highly significant reduction in anxiety related to traumatic memories in both an experimental group and a delayed treatment group, as measured by the Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS), the Impact of Events (IES) scale, and in the delayed treatment group using the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS) after treatment. There was a lack of significance in the reduction of anxiety in the experimental group, as measured by the Children's Manifest Anxiety Scale (CMAS). The results showed a significant difference in cognition, changing from negative to positive thinking, as measured by the Validity of Cognition (VoC) scale. The findings demonstrate that EMDR may help to measure, treat, and enhance the lives of children and adolescents experiencing anxiety from traumatic memories. It is recommended that future research focus on using standardized psychological tests to support the efficacy of using EMDR with children and adolescents. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6421.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Empirical Study  Trauma    

Accuracy Verified: Yes


315. Solomon, R. (2008, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Clinical case presentation. Master clinician series at the 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an integrative psychotherapeutic approach that conceptualizes current symptoms resulting from experiences that are inadequately processed; that is, “frozen” in the brain. When these inadequately stored memories are triggered, symptoms result (e.g. nightmares, flashbacks, intrusive thoughts, etc.). The EMDR protocol involves accessing the dysfunctionally stored information, stimulating the innate processing system through standardized protocols (including eye movements), allowing it to transmute the memory to an adaptive resolution. Processing is evident by a rapid progression of intrapsychic connections as emotions, insights, sensations and memories surface and change with each new set of bilateral stimulation. The mechanisms of action include adaptive information from other memory networks linking into the network holding the dysfunctionally stored information. There is a shifting of the information from implicit to episodic and then semantic memory. The memory is no longer isolated, and becomes appropriately integrated within the larger memory network. Hence, processing involves the forging of new associations and connections enabling learning to take place with the memory stored in a new adaptive form. This presentation will discuss the eight phases, three-pronged, EMDR treatment model and illustrate the dynamics of treatment through a video case presentation. Participant Alert: A taped session with a client who has experienced trauma will be presented.

Keywords: Eight Phases  Master Series  Three-Pronged Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


316. Rafferty, P. (2005). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An analysis of a controversial evidence based treatment. The New School for Social Research, New York, NY. The New School Psychology Bulletin, 3(2), 83-105.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an inventive, popular and highly controversial treatment. Within the scientific and professional community, there is divergent support for each side of this debate. The heart of this controversy critically examines the question of whether EMDR is as efficacious as other well-established interventions for the treatment of PTSD. The efficacy of EMDR could be due to its employment of a variety of clinically sound therapeutic procedures, such as those similar or the same as Prolonged Exposure Therapy, and not because of its centerpiece eye-movements. Indeed, some researchers have argued that the eye-movements are completely unnecessary and that EMDR is best understood as an exposure technique (Renfrey & Spates, 1994; Davidson & Parker, 2001; Lohr, Lilienfeld, Tolin & Herbert, 1999). EMDR may be an effective treatment for non-combat related PTSD but is not effective for PTSD etiologically related to combat induced trauma. Thus there are three questions that serve as the focus of this evaluation: is EMDR qualitatively different than Prolonged Exposure Therapy; are the eye-movements necessary for treatment efficacy; and is EMDR effective for combat-related PTSD?

Keywords: Efficacy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


317. Goldstein, A., & Feske, U. (1993, Fall). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing:  An emerging treatment for anxiety disorders. ADAA Reporter, 1(4), 1, 12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedure developed by Shapiro (1889a,b; 1991) is an imaginal exposure and cognitive reprocessing technique for treating negative affect associated with traumatic memories. EMDR requires that the client engage in recall via imagination of the disturbing event and focus on associated affect, cognitions, and body sensations while performing rapid saccadic eye movements by following the repetitive motion of the therapist's hand. After the eye movement set, which usually lasts for about 20 seconds, the client briefly reports on any changes in the image, or co-occurring experiences. The client then engages in the next set of eye movement during which he or she is to focus on any newly, spontaneously generated material. This cycle of imaginal exposure in conjunction with eye movement followed by the client's feedback is continued until the client no longer generates relevant associations, feels comfortable, and reports no discomfort in response to the original memory. At this point a positive cognition is paired with the original scene by having the client imagine the original scene, rehearse the positive statement covertly, and simultaneously engage in eye movement.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


318. Wesselman, D. (2010, September/October). Facilitating the journey from fear to love: Using EMDR to treat insecure and disordered attachments in children and adults. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to identify the anxious core beliefs of adults and children and the unspoken bonding contract developed in early childhood. Participants will discover new tools for creating more secure attachments, including resource development exercises to strengthen adults’ capacity to nurture self and others, resource development for strengthening attachments between children and parents, and parenting techniques to help facilitate attachment in children. Participants will learn to adapt EMDR to help children with Reactive Attachment Disorder effectively resolve attachment traumas and remove obstacles to love. The presenter will share research data illustrating the impact of EMDR on attachment issues.

Keywords: Adults  Attachment  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


319. Affonso, S. D. S. (2012, Novembro). Família vítima de sequestro em cativeiro: Intervenção com EMDR e protocolo grupal integrativo como prevenção do transtorno de estresse pós-traumático [Family kidnap victim in captivity: Intervention with EMDR protocol and group integrative prevention of disorder like post-traumatic stress]. In EMDR em traumas. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introdução: Caso de sequestro familiar onde pai e dois filhos pequenos ficaram em cativeiro por 19 horas. Mãe teve que acompanhar os outros assaltantes durante toda a ação criminosa sob ameaça de morte. Objetivo: Reestruturação da dinâmica familiar pós-trauma de sequestro por meio da aplicação do EMDR, Grupal (PGI) e sistêmico familiar como recurso teórico e prático da resolução do trauma. Justificativa: Aplicação do EMDR como instrumento eficaz e mediador em situações de sequestro familiar, minimizando suas consequências. Empoderar a família para uma reorganização segura reincorporando as atividades do cotidiano e as biopsicossociais. Os componentes desta família foram vítimas de violência urbana com abusos emocionais físicos e ameaças de morte constantes. Metodologia: Foram realizado sete atendimentos. O primeiro com o Protocolo Grupal Integrativo (Suds e Voc - projeção do futuro com 03 membros da família) e o restante com o EMDR individual (CN-CP-Voc-E-S-Suds) e Sistêmico Familiar. Período de julho a novembro de 2011 em consultório particular na região de São Paulo. Conclusão: ao término dos atendimentos foi possível observar a capacidade de reorganização da dinâmica familiar com a resolução dos traumas por meio da aplicação do EMDR. Possibilitando o retorno gradativo dos filhos às atividades diárias e escolares, com o término dos pesadelos e comportamentos fisiológicos decorrentes do trauma sofrido, confirmando, assim, a potencialidade que o EMDR individual, grupal fortalecem e recuperam a reestruturação familiar pós-trauma em sequestro.

Introduction: Case of kidnapping family where father and two small children were in captivity for 19 hours. Mother had to follow the other robbers throughout the criminal action under threat of death. Objective: Restructuring family dynamics posttraumatic sequestration through the application of EMDR Group (PGI) and systemic family as a resource of theoretical and practical resolution of trauma. Rationale: Application of EMDR as an effective tool and mediator in situations of family abduction, minimizing their consequences. Empower the family to secure a reorganization reincorporating everyday activities and biopsychosocial. The components of this family were victims of urban violence with physical and emotional abuse constant death threats. Methods: We conducted seven sessions. The first Protocol to the Integrative Group (Suds and Voc - projection of the future with 03 family members) and the rest with the individual EMDR (CN-CP-You-ES-Suds) and Systemic Family. From July to November 2011 in private practice in the region of São Paulo. Conclusion: At the end of the visits was possible to observe the ability of reorganization of family dynamics with the resolution of trauma through the application of EMDR. Allowing the gradual return of the children to their daily activities and school, with the end of nightmares and physiological behaviors resulting from trauma, thereby confirming the potential that the EMDR individual, group and strengthen the family restructuring recover post-trauma in kidnapping.

Keywords: Family Restructuring  Trauma  Victims  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


320. Taylor, R. J. (2003, September). Family unifications with reactive attachment disorder:  Children – A brief treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will discuss the symptomology of reactive attachment disorder in children and the effects on the family. In addition, the presentation will focus on the treatment mileau of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and how it may be used in the treatment of reactive attachment disorder in children. The discussion also will include a case study of a family with a child age 8 with reactive attachment disorder and the subsequent individual and family therapy. Treatment of choice was EMDR for the child and supportive therapy for the parents. Qualitative evaluation of the process demonstrated that the parents observed an instant changing in the child's attitude. The child reported that she felt better about herself, family, school, and truthfulness. Her statement about the therapy: "It opened a windown for me." In relation to outcomes, a 12 and 24-month evaulation demonstrated continued positive effects. The importance of working with the family in understanding the dynamics of reactive attachement disorder and how improvement occurs will be discussed. Objectives of the session will be to give clinical information to practitioners about children with reactive attachment disorder, how this disorder affects the family, and possible therapeutic intervention techniques to open a diaglogue that will lead to understanding children who are in treatment.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Educational Counseling  Family Therapy  Family Unification  Individual Psychotherapy  Parent Child Relations  RAD  Reactive Attachment Disorder  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


321. Stofsel, M., & Mooren, T. (2010, Oktobre). Fase 2 – Globale traumaverwerkingstechnieken [Phase 2 - Global trauma technique]. In M. Stöfsel and T. Moreen, Complex Trauma, Deel 3(pp. 131-135). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum. doi:10.1007/978-90-313-8553-9_11 .

Language: Dutch

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Het komt nogal eens voor dat een behandelaar besluit een methode in te zetten die gericht is op afgebakende traumatische ervaringen, terwijl de cliënt eigenlijk zijn hele verhaal wil vertellen en behoefte heeft over al zijn ervaringen te getuigen. Deze behoefte van een cliënt kan conflicteren met de focus die gevraagd wordt bij een gedetailleerde procedure zoals exposure of EMDR. Daarom is het in sommige gevallen goed om een gedetailleerde traumabehandeling vooraf te laten gaan door een globalere methode. Soms blijkt dat zo’n globale methode al voldoende effectief is. Als dat niet het geval is, kan daarna alsnog een gedetailleerde behandeling zoals EMDR of exposure worden toegepast.

It sometimes happens that a practitioner decides to deploy a methodology aimed at defined traumatic experiences, while the customer really wants to tell his whole story and needs to testify about his experiences. These needs may conflict with a client focus that is asked by a detailed procedure as EMDR or exposure. Therefore, in some cases a good detailed trauma treatment preceding it by a more global approach. Occasionally, a global method is effective enough. If this is not the case, then still a detailed treatment such as EMDR or exposure are used.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


322. Zampieri, M. J. (2012, Novembro). Fibromialgia e EMDR: Estudo de série de casos com seguimento [Fibromyalgia and EMDR: A case series study with follow-up]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introdução: A fibromialgia caracteriza-se por dores frequentes, intensas e limitantes, interferindo em diferentes aspectos da vida, associando-se a baixa autoestima, e, muitas vezes à depressão. O diagnóstico e o tratamento da fibromialgia ainda constituem um desafio na área da saúde, muitas vezes redundando em frequentes frustrações. Por outro lado, o EMDR criado por Shapiro tem sido alvo de muitas pesquisas sobre tratamento de dor crônica. Nesse estudo objetivou-se averiguar a eficácia do EMDR como coadjuvante no tratamento da fibromialgia. Método: Estudo de seguimento de uma série de dois casos com diagnóstico de fibromialgia já em tratamento médico, a partir da inclusão do EMDR. As pacientes foram submetidas aos inventários de Beck e Escala de Impacto de Eventos, além de levantamento gráfico subjetivo de dor. Além disso, a cada encontro levantou-se os remédios prescritos pelo médico. O seguimento por 9 meses incluiu avaliações antes, intermeio, final e após a psicoterapia. Resultados: Os resultados mostraram-se satisfatórios, com declínio da dor e alteração significante nos itens averiguados. Conclusão: A psicoterapia com EMDR é um recurso valioso para o tratamento da fibromialgia, e apresenta resultados expressivos tanto sobre a dor como em aspectos comórbidos, tais como a depressão, ansiedade e desesperança, ampliando os recursos internos com repercussão positiva no enfrentamento diminuindo o impacto de eventos nos sujeitos estudados. Deve ser cogitado como coadjuvantes no tratamento da fibromialgia.

Introduction: Fibromyalgia is characterized by pain frequent, intense and disabling, interfering with different aspects of life and is associated with low self-esteem, and often depression. The diagnosis and treatment of fibromyalgia is still a challenge in healthcare, often in redounding frequent frustrations. On the other hand, created by Shapiro EMDR has been the subject of much research on the treatment of chronic pain. This study aimed to examine the efficacy of EMDR as an adjunct in the treatment of fibromyalgia. Methods: Follow-up study of a series of two cases already diagnosed with fibromyalgia in medical treatment, from the inclusion of EMDR. The patients were submitted to the Beck inventories and Impact of Events Scale, and graphic survey of subjective pain. Furthermore, each encounter rose medicines prescribed by a doctor. The follow-up evaluations included nine months before, intermeio, final and after psychotherapy. Results: The results were satisfactory, decreasing pain and significant changes in the items checked. Conclusion: Psychotherapy with EMDR is a valuable resource for the treatment of fibromyalgia, and presents significant results on both pain and comorbid aspects, such as depression, anxiety and hopelessness, expanding domestic resources with positive impact in reducing the impact coping events in the subjects studied. Should be contemplated as adjuncts in the treatment of fibromyalgia.

Keywords: Beck Depression Inventory  Case Study  Fibromyalgia  Tracking  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


323. Browning, C. (1999). Flotar hacia atrás y flotar hacia delante: Técnicas para ligar el pasado, Presente y futuro [Floatback and Float Forward: Techniques for the Tie Past, Present and Future]. Presentation at EMDRIA Latinoamericana.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El protocolo estándar de EMDR requiere enfocar los orígenes de la perturbación, los gatillos del presente y crear un patrón de conductas adecuadas para el futuro (Shapiro). Algunos pacientes, sin embargo pueden tener dificultades para conectar su problema actual con acontecimientos del pasado. Así también, otros pacientes pueden tener dificultades para crear patrones positivos para el futuro, especialmente si ensayar conductas nuevas los pone ansiosos. Para estos problemas las técnicas de "Flotar hacia atrás" y "Flotar hacia delante" desarrolladas por William Zangwill Ph. D., entrenador del Instituto EMDR, son métodos efectivos para ligar el pasado, presente y futuro en un ámbito terapéutico y proveen al terapeuta de instrumentos para abordar eficientemente ambos temas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA ATRÁS Abordar recuerdos tempranos asociados con el material perturbador es fundamental para EMDR. Shapiro dice que ayudar al paciente a encontrar un recuerdo temprano "debe ser una de las primeras opciones que debe considerar al terapeuta..." (Shapiro, 1995). La Técnica de Flotar hacia atrás es un camino eficiente y poderoso para llegar a esta meta, permitiendo al terapeuta asistir al paciente a llevar a cabo sus propias asociaciones con acontecimientos del pasado. Su uso es muy apropiado cuando el terapeuta sospecha que una perturbación que el paciente experimenta en el presente, tiene sus raíces en experiencias del pasado; especialmente cuando preguntas como "Cuál es su recuerdo más temprano en relación a lo que se siente ahora? no ha tenido éxito en ayudar al paciente a conectar con eventos del pasado. También cuando un paciente presenta un tema o experiencia recurrente, la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es ideal para ayudar al paciente a identificar un target para el reprocesamiento. Muchos pacientes se ponen en contacto con los problemas actuales con relativa facilidad. Por ejemplo, una paciente que se queja que se siente abandonada cuando su marido se va de viaje de negocios, probablemente pueda recordar sus problemas actuales con facilidad. Entonces el terapeuta puede aplicar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás para ayudarle a la paciente a recordar un acontecimiento del pasado con rapidez y eficiencia. Para usar la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, arme el protocolo con el problema actual, utilizando los pasos que figuran en el Manual de Entrenamiento del Nivel I y del Nivel II (Shapiro, 1994) incluyendo la imagen, la cognición negativa (CN), la cognición positiva (CP), la validación de la cognición (VoC), emociones, Unidad Subjetiva de Perturbación (SUD) y sensación corporal. Sin embargo, no incide todavía el procesamiento (es decir, movimientos oculares u otra estimulación). En vez de eso, diga a su paciente: "Fíjese en la imagen de... y esas palabras (repita la imagen perturbadora del paciente y su cognición negativa), fíjese que emociones le vienen y donde las siente en el cuerpo. Ahora cierre los ojos y deje que su mente flote hacia atrás a un período anterior en su vida, no busque, simplemente deje que su mente flote a una época donde usted pensaba cosas similares... (repita las emociones que dijo el paciente) en ...(repita los lugares del cuerpo donde el paciente sintió las sensaciones). Cuando esté listo abra los ojos y dígame lo primero que le viene a la mente". Utilice esta experiencia más temprana como target, completando todos los items del protocolo: imagen, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD y ubicación de las sensaciones corporales y comience a procesar con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Una vez que se ha procesado este material, vuelva al target original del material actual. Muy a menudo se generaliza el trabajo realizado sobre el material más temprano y ya no hace falta procesar el material actual. Es importante usar términos generales cuando se le dan al paciente las instrucciones de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, es decir, pedir un recuerdo temprano y no el más temprano. Hay varias razones que avalan esto. Primero, muchas veces es el peor recuerdo y no el primero que funciona como el mejor target para el reprocesamiento,. Además, usar términos generales es una ayuda para los pacientes más compulsivos y perfeccionistas que de otra manera estarían demasiado preocupados en no equivocarse y encontrar exactamente la primera asociación. Finalmente, la flexibilidad que permite la utilización de términos generales más que términos específicos aumenta la posibilidad de éxito del paciente de conectarse con el pasado que es la meta de esta técnica. El rasgo esencial de la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás es usar las preguntas del protocolo para conectar los problemas del presente con eventos del pasado. Pasar las preguntas como fueron desarrolladas por Shapiro es un potente método para ayudar a los pacientes a sintonizar con todos los aspectos de su experiencia del problema. El material perturbador se vuelve más vívido y actual para el paciente y posibilita recordar experiencias similares. Se supone, como hipótesis, que al haber desarrollado el protocolo con todas las preguntas sobre el problema actual, estimula la red neuronal de asociaciones y posibilita casi sin esfuerzo el "flotar hacia atrás" a asociaciones tempranas. Además, el vínculo paciente-terapeuta es realzado porque el terapeuta valida la experiencia del paciente (la perturbación actual) al empezar el trabajo desde el punto en el que se encuentra el paciente. Las asociaciones son del paciente, eliminando el tema de la resistencia a cualquier idea o interpretación introducida por el terapeuta. El paciente se da cuenta vivencialmente de la conexión del presente con el pasado usando la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás, pudiendo esquivar la evitación y otras defensas. LA TÉCNICA DE FLOTAR HACIA DELANTE Mientras que la Técnica de Flotar hacia Atrás posibilita muy a menudo que los pacientes vean y sientan la conexión entre el problema actual y los eventos pasados, la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante permite que el paciente identifique y reprocese la ansiedad anticipatoria y desarrolle patrones positivos para el futuro. Es un método que puede ser utilizado en cualquier momento del proceso terapéutico para solucionar bloqueos, renuencias y en algunos casos, resistencias o temas de beneficios secundarios o pérdidas. Es especialmente útil para trabajar con el miedo del paciente a hacer EMDR. Para ponerlo en práctica, primero pida al paciente que imagine lo peor que le puede pasar si hace "X" (por ej. probar una nueva conducta, testear una nueva habilidad, empezar una experiencia nueva). ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si hace EMDR? Que es lo peor que le puede pasar si soluciona este problema? ¿Qué es lo peor que le puede pasar si le pone límites a su jefe respecto a la cantidad de trabajo que espera que usted haga? El paciente puede necesitar ayuda para identificar la peor escena. Algunas sugerencias incluyen el miedo a perder el control de sus emociones, el miedo a perder el control de sus funciones corporales como el control de esfínteres, miedo a tener un ataque de pánico, y no poder manejar su vida emocional entre las sesiones. Una vez que el paciente ha identificado el incidente, pregunte por la peor parte de esa escena y utilícelo como el target de EMDR, armando el protocolo con las preguntas estándar, pero con una leve modificación: pregunte por la imagen que representa la peor parte del peor incidente, por ej. "Cuando usted ve una imagen de si mismo/a haciendo......, que es lo peor que puede pasar?" Después siga con el resto de las preguntas estándar, es decir, CN, CP, VoC, emociones, SUD, y ubicación de la sensación corporal. Estimule el procesamiento del paciente con movimientos oculares u otro estímulo bilateral. Si el desarrollo de la peor escena del paciente le provoca un miedo racional, puede que se tengan que tomar medidas prácticas para solucionar estas preocupaciones. Por ejemplo, usando la técnica de flotar hacia delante con un chico de 13 años que estaba en un hogar adoptivo transitorio, la peor escena evocada por él fue: "Me van a devolver al Hogar si esta adopción no resulta". Durante el procesamiento, el SUD se redujo de 8 a 3 con bastante rapidez pero de ahí no bajaba. El paciente comentó que no bajaba porque esta "peor escena" podría sucederle realmente y le había sucedido en el pasado. Paramos los movimientos oculares, charlamos un rato y elaboramos un plan para: a) una sesión con sus padres adoptivos para hablar sobre la permanencia de la adopción y b) una llamada en conferencia a su asesor legal para clarificar sus derechos y opciones. Volviendo al target después de esto, le fue posible reducir el SUD a 1 con unos pocos sets de movimientos oculares. Al utilizar la Técnica de Flotar hacia delante para reprocesar la peor escena, el paciente tiene una oportunidad para resolver la ansiedad anticipatoria. Durante la instalación de la cognición positiva, el paciente está creando patrones positivos para acciones en el futuro. Una mujer cuyo hermano fue verbalmente abusivo con ella en la infancia y en la actualidad la intimidaba, armó una "peor escena" con: "Va a ser igualmente abusivo cuando lo vea la próxima vez". La paciente había hecho mucho EMDR, reprocesando incidentes de la infancia relacionados con el abuso verbal del hermano. Sin embargo, sin un referente positivo vivencial, seguía ansiosa cada vez que interactuaba con él. Pidiéndole que "flote hacia delante" y usando EMDR sobre una de las peores escenas, alivió su ansiedad respecto a una fiesta familiar que tenía pendiente. Instalando una CP de "Ahora estoy más fuerte" le permitió crear una imagen de si misma manejando a su hermano con humor y sintiéndose segura. A aplicar las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante y ocuparse así del pasado, presente y futuro, el terapeuta de EMDR puede sanar mejor a su paciente. Es más, las Técnicas de Flotar hacia Atrás y hacia Delante están basadas en EMDR. Las dos incorporan las preguntas del protocolo standard y le dan al terapeuta y al paciente la oportunidad de manejarse más fluidamente con dicho protocolo.

EMDR standard protocol requires a focus of the origins of the disturbance, the triggers of this and create a pattern of behaviors appropriate to the future (Shapiro). Some patients, however, may have difficulty connecting the current problem with past events. Also, other patients may have difficulty creating positive patterns for the future, especially if you try new behaviors makes them anxious. For these problems the techniques of "float back" and "Float forward" developed by William Zangwill Ph.D., EMDR Institute trainer, are effective methods to link the past, present and future in a therapeutic area and provide the therapist tools to effectively address both issues. THE ART OF FLOATING BACK Addressing early memories associated with foreign material is essential to EMDR. Shapiro said that helping the patient to find early memory "must be one of the first options to consider when therapist ..." (Shapiro, 1995). Floating Technique back is a powerful and efficient way to reach this goal, allowing the therapist to assist the patient to carry out their own associations with past events. Its use is most appropriate when the clinician suspects that a disturbance that the patient is experiencing at present, is rooted in past experiences, especially when questions like "What is your earliest memory in relation to what you feel now? Not been successful in helping patients to connect with past events. Also when a patient has a recurrent theme or experience, the Backward Floating Technique is ideal for helping the patient to identify a target for reprocessing. Many patients come into contact with the current problems with relative ease. For example, a patient who complains that she feels abandoned when her husband goes on a business trip, you can probably recall their current problems with ease. Then the therapist can apply the technique Float Backwards to help the patient to remember a past event quickly and efficiently. To use the technique to back float, arm the protocol to the current problem, using the steps listed in the Training Manual Level I and Level II (Shapiro, 1994) including the image, negative cognition (NC) positive cognition (PC), validation of cognition (VoC), emotions, Subjective Unit of Disturbance (SUD) and bodily sensation. However, it still affects the processing (ie, eye movements or other stimulation). Instead, tell your patient: "Look at the picture ... and those words (repetition of the disturbing image of the patient and negative cognition), note that emotions come from and where you sit on the body. Now close eyes and let your mind float back to an earlier period in your life, look no further, just let your mind float to a time when you thought things like ... (repeat the emotions that said the patient) .. . (repeat parts of the body where the patient felt the sensation). When you are ready open your eyes and tell me the first thing that comes to mind. " Use this early experience as a target, completing all protocol items: image, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD and location of bodily sensations and begin processing with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. Once this material has been processed, return to the original target of the current material. Very often we generalize the work done on the earlier material and no longer have to render the current material. It is important to use general terms when the patient is given instructions Technique Float Backwards, ie a memory request early and not earlier. There are several reasons that support this. First, it is often the worst memory and not the first that works as the best target for reprocessing. In addition, using general terms is an aid for compulsive and perfectionistic patients who otherwise would be too concerned with avoiding failure and find exactly the first association. Finally, the flexibility that allows the use of general rather than specific terms increases the likelihood of success of the patient to connect with the past that is the goal of this technique. The essential feature of the technique is to use Float Backwards questions of protocol to connect the problems of the present with past events. Skip the questions and were developed by Shapiro is a powerful method to help patients to tune into all aspects of their experience of the problem. The foreign material becomes more vivid and present to the patient and possible recall similar experiences. It is assumed, arguendo, that having developed the protocol with all the questions about the current problem, the neural network encourages and facilitates partnerships almost effortlessly "float back" early associations. In addition, the patient-therapist relationship is enhanced because the therapist validates the patient's experience (current disruption) to start work from the point where the patient is. Partnerships are the patient, eliminating the issue of resistance to any idea or interpretation introduced by the therapist. The patient realizes experientially connecting the present with the past by using the technique Float Backwards, can avoid the avoidance and other defenses. THE ART OF FLOATING FORWARD While technology enables Float Backwards often patients to see and feel the connection between the current problem and past events, the forward float technique allows the patient to identify and reprocess anticipatory anxiety and develop positive patterns the future. It is a method that can be used at any time of the therapeutic process to troubleshoot crashes, reluctance and in some cases, resistance or topics of ancillary benefits or losses. It is especially useful for working with the patient's fear to do EMDR. To put this into practice, first ask the patient to imagine the worst that can happen if you "X" (eg. Try a new behavior, test a new skill, start a new experience.) What's the worst that can happen if you EMDR? That's the worst that can happen if you solve this problem? What's the worst that can happen if you put your head limits on the amount of work expected to do? The patient may need help to identify the worst scene. Some suggestions include fear of losing control of his emotions, fear of losing control of their bodily functions such as bowel and bladder control, fear of having a panic attack and can not manage their emotional life between sessions. Once the patient has identified the incident, ask for the worst part of that scene and use it as the target of EMDR, setting up the protocol with the standard questions, but with a slight modification: ask for the image that represents the worst of worst incident, eg. "When you see a picture of him / herself by ......, it's the worst that can happen?" Then follow with the rest of the standard questions, ie, CN, CP, VoC, emotions, SUD, and location of bodily sensation. Stimulate the processing of patients with eye movements or other bilateral stimulation. If the development of the patient's worst scene provokes a rational fear, you may have to take practical steps to address these concerns. For example, using the technique of floating forward with a boy of 13 who was in a temporary foster home, the worst scene evoked for him was: "I will return home if this adoption is not." During processing, the LDS was reduced from 8 to 3 fairly quickly but it does not down. The patient said he did not go down because the "worst scene" could really happen and had happened in the past. Eye movements stopped, we chatted a while and developed a plan for: a) a meeting with her adoptive parents to discuss the permanence of the adoption and b) a conference call to his legal adviser to clarify your rights and options. Returning to the target after that, it was possible to reduce the LDS-1 with a few sets of eye movements. Using Floating Technique forward to reprocess the worst scenario, the patient has an opportunity to resolve the anticipatory anxiety. During the installation of the positive cognition, the patient is creating positive patterns for future action. A woman whose brother was verbally abusive to her children and now intimidated, put together a "worst stage" with: "It will be equally unfair when I see him next time." The patient had done much EMDR reprocessing childhood incidents related to verbal abuse of his brother. However, without a positive reference experiential, still anxious every time I interacted with him. Asking him to "float forward" and using EMDR on one of the worst scenes, relieved her anxiety about a family party that was pending. Installing a CP of "I'm stronger now allowed him to create an image of herself driving her brother with humor and feeling safe. To apply the techniques to float back and forth and deal well past, present and future, the EMDR therapist can heal your patient better. Moreover, techniques to float back and forth are based on EMDR. Both incorporate the standard protocol questions and give the therapist and the patient the opportunity to be managed more smoothly with this protocol.

Keywords: Floatback Technique  Float Foward Technique  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


324. Grand, D. (2001, May). Flow EMDR - Advanced clinical practice. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Although the structured protocols and procedures of EMDR practice have provided therapists with enhanced healing opportunities, the awkwardness of the procedure remains unnatural to many EMDR therapists. However, EMDR can be modified to a more natural face-to-face flowing treatment process. This presentation will comprehensively examine flow EMDR and its dual naturalising components of "essential listening" and extended bi-lateral stimulation. "Essential listening" entails the therapists accepting that all potential answers reside in the clients system. This information and the ensuing healing process is supported by the therapist suspending all meta communications emanating from the client. Following this procedure, combined with the targeted information of the protocol activated by bi-lateral stimulation, allows the client to process information until they arrive at their "essential truths". Flow EMDR also utilises longer sets and/or continuous bi-lateral stimulation afforded by auditory and tactile stimulation. Innovations in eye movement, called ''paint brushing", will also be demonstrated with varied pace, direction, pausing and distance. Auditory stimulation will be reviewed as to its current modes and tactile stimulation will also be explored in terms of tapping, pressing and mechanical activation. Flow EMDR also actively integrates ego state work, part protocols, multiple protocols, parallel protocols, self questioning interweaves, targeting of present mood states, resource activation's of locating and installing positive body sensations and body processing enhanced by colour and image associations. This presentation will include lecture, clinical demonstratipn, audience participation and extensive hand-out material.

Keywords: Essential Listening  Flow EMDR  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


325. Andresen, K. (2003, September). Focus on the body during EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinicians can enhance EMDR results by focusing more on body sensations. This enhances results by helping clients to engage more with the target and with their feelings about the target. Through focusing on the body, clinicians will learn how to help clients access more information about the target, direct clients so they can feel sensations more strongly or clearly, reduce stress that clients may feel about sensation states (sensate triggers), and enable clients to better release chronic muscle pain. Participants will be able to assess clients for when to use body focus and when to avoid it.

Keywords: Body  Sensations  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


326. Duke University Health System. Center for Integrative Medicine. (2006). Focus on: EMDR. In The Duke encyclopedia of new medicine: Conventional and alternative medicine for all ages, (pp. 272-273) London: Rodale.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


327. Shapiro, E. (2009). Four elements exercise for stress management. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 73-79). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The rationale behind the creation of "The Four Elements Exercise for Stress Management" is to address the cumulative effect of external and internal triggers that occur over the course of the day. Since we know that people cope better with stress when they stay within their arousal "window of tolerance," ways to lower stress—especially when under stress—are essential. The heart of the exercise consists of four, brief, self-calming and self-control activities. The sequence of the four elements—Earth-Air-Water-Fire—is designed to follow the body up from the feet to the stomach and chest, to the throat and mouth, and up through the head. It begins with the ground to signify safety in the present reality and moves up to the imagination of recalled safety. By checking in with stress levels at random times throughout the day and also when stressful events are occurring, the exercise can aid in preventing the accumulation of stress and enables clients to stay within their window of tolerance. The modest goal is to reduce the stress level by 1 or 2 units each time the exercise is performed. The original conceptualization of the Four Elements Exercise was that the first three elements could be a preparation for the Safe Place (or other resource exercise such as the Resource Connection), especially when there is an ongoing emergency situation or when it is difficult to find a Safe Place. Often, the fourth element is introduced at the following meeting, as the first three elements are enough to remember and practice in the beginning for clients. Working on the Safe Place separately during the following session gives it more space and impact. It is advisable to follow up on how the client practiced the four elements at the beginning of the next session and to ask them to show you how they do it. If necessary, demonstrate it again at the beginning of the first few sessions. This is a way of checking for compliance and readiness for EMDR as well as present level of stress and sense of safety with you in the room. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Four Elements Exercise  Protocol  Stress Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


328. Shapiro, S., & Abbott, G. (2004, September). Four methods of target selection for EMDR treatment. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research indicates that adherence to all Eight Phases of EMDR correlates with improved therapeutic results. The Adaptive Information Processing Model contributes to our understanding of this finding. The focus of this workshop will be on the EMDR Phase One imperative of comprehensive evaluation and treatment planning prior to reprocessing. Participant will review 4 strategies for selecting and ordering targets for reprocessing: 1) Shapiro’s "ten most disturbing memories"; 2) A time line method: 3) Kitchur's genogram approach: and 4) hypnotic age-regression strategy inspired by Milton Erickson. The presenters will analyze each strategy, emphasizing its unique strengths, limitations, and vulnerabilities. Participants will engage in interactive exercises.

Keywords: Target Selection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


329. Korkmazlar, U., Kurt, B., Bilgisin, G., & Atçeken, S. H. (2012, June). From child to family: Team work with EMDR [Del Niño a la Familia: Trabajo en Equipo EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on why we need team work especially when we are working with children and how do we integrate EMDR into our clinical work. We believe that when working with children, the teamwork and the cooperation with the family system are crucial. Most of the time parents bring their children to therapy as identified patients and want us to fix them. However, in the first session we realize that most of the child’s difficulties stem from unhealthy family system and parents’ conflicted relationship patterns. Most problems arise from attachment and trust/ security issues. We observe that when children have difficulty choosing home as safe place; this is a first sign that there are problems in the family system. Therefore, how we integrate the safe place exercise with play therapy, and the use of EMDR with storytelling method will be explained. We believe that after a couple of sessions with children, it is very effective referring parents to individual or couples therapy to work on their own relational and attachment issues to improve children’s mental health. We also mention how to use EMDR for unresolved trauma and deficient family resources that have been carried from previous generations. The effects of parents’ own attitudes and problems on children and their own inter-generational attachment issues are going to be explicated in detail including EMDR therapy to resolve those unfinished business. All these topics above will be explained with case examples.

Esta presentación se centrará en por qué necesitamos trabajar en equipo, especialmente cuando trabajamos con niños y cómo integramos EMDR dentro de nuestro trabajo clínico. Creemos que cuando trabajamos con niños, el trabajo en equipo y la cooperación con el sistema familiar son cruciales. La mayor parte del tiempo, los padres traen a sus hijos a terapia como pacientes identificados y quieren que los curemos. Sin embargo, en la primera sesión, nos damos cuenta de que la mayoría de las dificultades del niño provienen de un sistema familiar poco sano y de las pautas relacionales conflictivas de los padres. La mayor parte de los problemas surgen de problemas de apego y confianza / seguridad. Observamos que cuando los niños tienen dificultades escogiendo su hogar como lugar seguro, es una primera señal de que existen problemas en el sistema familiar. Por tanto, explicaremos cómo integramos el ejercicio del lugar seguro dentro de la terapia de juego y cómo usamos EMDR con el método cuentacuentos. Creemos que después de un par de sesiones con niños, es muy efectivo el derivar a los padres a terapia individual o de pareja para trabajar en sus propios problemas relacionales y de apego para mejorar la salud mental de los niños. También mencionamos cómo usar EMDR para el trauma no resuelto y para recursos familiares deficientes que han sido pasados de generaciones anteriores. Se explicarán en detalle los efectos de las actitudes y problemas de los padres sobre los niños y sus propios problemas intergeneracionales de apego, incluyendo la terapia EMDR para resolver esos temas incompletos. Todos los temas anteriores serán explicados con ejemplos de casos.

Keywords: Children  Family  Team Work  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


330. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


331. Imbroinise, F. (2008, June). The function of the EMDR approach as an anamnestic and therapeutic tool in paediatrics - psychosocial unit. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
652 children were treated during 2007 in our Paediatrics - psychosocial unit. The EMDR approach was a means to do the history taking and anamnesis and it was used as well as an intervention methodology for all pathologies and disturbances. Our clients received EMDR as inpatients in our war or as outpatients referred by the community paediatric services. Our therapeutical programme includes a detailed anamnesis done together with both parents or with caregivers if the child is very small or with the child himself if he’s able to provide the information. History taking with the EMDR approach is an unique opportunity for the family to focus on family life and its dynamics, and to analyse their unbalanced relational and affective patterns, which they are not always aware of. Subsequently a therapeutical programme is outlined where EMDR is presented as a treatment method to face and resolve the presenting complaints. This therapeutical approach facilitates the symptomatology resolution and is useful to develop a more aware vision of their own family dynamics. Another beneficial effect is to promote a greater psychophysical wellbeing for the client, providing a new meaning to the somatic disorder and helping the family to understand and manage their child’s problems in a more functional way. This poster describes all phases of the intervention and the disorders treated in our unit with EMDR. [There are three PDF files.]

Keywords: Anamnesis  Children  Pediatrics  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


332. Gold, S., & Faust, J. (2002). The future of trauma practice: Visions and aspirations. Journal of Trauma Practice, 1(1), 1-15. doi:10.1300/J189v01n01_01 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In the new and evolving field of traumatology, the need to keep practitioners apprised of emerging developments is acute. While many journals about trauma exist, most of them focus primarily on publication of empirical research studies. Applied professionals rarely read these journals because they see empirical investigations as having very little relevance to their daily practice. Regrettably, these circumstances foster divisiveness between traumatologists who identify themselves mainly as researchers and those who consider themselves chiefly practitioners. Providing an avenue for bridging and integrating the sub-cultures of trauma research and practice is one of the primary aims of the Journal of Trauma Practice (JTP). JTP also seeks to unite the diverse professions that routinely work with traumatized populations, such as emergency room personnel and other medical practitioners, attorneys and forensic specialists, law enforcement personnel, and emergency service workers. Accomplishing these objectives will require openness to innovation while maintaining high standards of scholarship. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Editorial  PTSD  Scientific Research  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


333. Gold, S. N., & Faust, J. (2002, January). The future of trauma practice: Visions and aspirations. Journal of Trauma Practice, 1(1), 1-15. doi:10.1300/J189v01n01_01.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In the new and evolving field of traumatology, the need to keep practitioners apprised of emerging developments is acute. While many journals about trauma exist, most of them focus primarily on publication of empirical research studies. Applied professionals rarely read these journals because they see empirical investigations as having very little relevance to their daily practice. Regrettably, these circumstances foster divisiveness between traumatologists who identify themselves mainly as researchers and those who consider themselves chiefly practitioners. Providing an avenue for bridging and integrating the sub-cultures of trauma research and practice is one of the primary aims of the Journal of Trauma Practice (JTP). JTP also seeks to unite the diverse professions that routinely work with traumatized populations, such as emergency room personnel and other medical practitioners, attorneys and forensic specialists, law enforcement personnel, and emergency service workers. Accomplishing these objectives will require openness to innovation while maintaining high standards of scholarship.

Keywords: Critical Incident Stress Debriefing  CISD  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Trauma  Trauma Practice  Trauma Research  Traumatic Memory  Traumatology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


334. Page, M. G. (2007, July). Gathering objective data from assessment to discharge in EMDR therapy: Galvanic skin responses, verbal prompts and tactile desensitization. EMDR Practitioner. Retrieved from http://www.emdr-practitioner.net on 12/27/2008.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This study shows how three changes (one addition to the EMDR protocol, plus two alterations) were used in the treatment of anxiety disorders. The addition to the EMDR protocol was: 1) The use of Galvanic Skin Response (GSR) monitors to provide a constant flow of objective, testable and measurable data specific to the experience of suffering or disturbance, exclusively to the clinician (and not to the patient) throughout the therapy process, The two other alterations were: 2) Incorporating specifically targeted verbal prompts at various points in the process, thus serving to maintain the patients emotional and intellectual focus on the experience of suffering the presenting disorder. 3) Allowing the patient to close his or her eyes and using tactile desensitization and reprocessing rather than eye movements, thereby allowing the patient to maintain the mental imagery specific to the suffering. The study group achieved beneficial outcomes sooner and more effectively than the control group who were given standard EMDR therapy.[Author abstract]

Keywords: Galvanic Skin Response  Tactile Desensitization  Verbal Prompts  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


335. Eckers, D. (2006). Gegenwarts- und ressourcenorientierung (GRO) in der behandlung und dosierte EMDR-behandlungsschritte [Present-and resource-orientation (GRO) in the treatment and dose EMDR treatment steps]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 8, 28-29.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Die grundsätzliche Wahrnehmung, dass die Gegenwart sicherer und stabiler ist als die traumatische Situation, ist die Voraussetzung dafür, eine Traumabearbeitung überhaupt in Erwägung zu ziehen. Je komplexer, anhaltender und früher die Traumatisierung war, desto mehr Sorgfalt muss auf eine stabile Gegenwarts- und Ressourcenorientierung (GRO) verwendet werden.

The general perception that the present is more secure and stable than the traumatic situation is the prerequisite for a trauma in general Whereas draw. The more complex, persistent and once the trauma was, the more attention is needed for a stable present and resource orientation (GRO) be used.

Keywords: GRO  Present-and-Resource Orientation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


336. Wilensky, M. (2010, April/May). Getting stuck: Navigating through the protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The focus of this workshop will be the Basic Eight Phase Protocol and most specifically the Three Prongedness (Past, Present, Future) of EMDR. When the Basic Protocol is followed diligently many problems disappear. The presenter will draw on his experience as a supervisor and trainer of EMDR clinicians to demonstrate strategies to deal with mini-impasses in therapy. Questions are welcomed about : how to formulate a treatment plan and find the touchstone memories, how to get well-formed Negative and Positive Cognitions, things to do when reprocessing is stuck, what to do when clients have difficulty identifying emotions, evaluating VOC and SUDs and generating an image with appropriate detail? How does the clinician react when the client "loops" and doesn't seem to progress? Issues of secondary traumatization and vicarious traumatization of the therapist. These and other common questions will be addressed,with ample time for examples and a possible practicum. If EMDR is a church, then the presenter is close to a fundamentalist. We all drift. Let's get back to Basics.

Keywords: Basic Protocol  Three-Pronged Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


337. Macdonald, H. (2009, October). Getting to grips with the pain protocol. Presentation at the 2nd annual EMDR Autumn Workshop, Leeds, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The Pain Protocol workshop will focus on the practical application of the Pain Protocol (based on Grant and Threlfo 2002); in the context of evidence available regarding its effectiveness. The emphasis of the workshop will be on clinical work using the protocol, and sharing experiences in practice. It is aimed at participants who have completed EMDR training, but who may have not had extensive experience working with this client group using EMDR.

Keywords: Pain  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


338. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario. Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como: - gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación. - estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas. - cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación. Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.

Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily. Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as: - Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation. - Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions. - Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research. With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.

Keywords: Prtactice  Protocols  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


339. Leeds, A. M. (2009). A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book serves as a resource for practicing clinicians, supervisors, clinic directors, and hospital administrators. Leeds provides clear, concise treatment guidelines on the clinical use of EMDR. This book provides an orientation to the clinical, professional, and risk management issues. Leeds provides sample consultation agreements and forms for documenting treatment planning, case summaries, and treatment outcomes. These forms will be especially helpful for case managers and clinical supervisors in agencies and community health treatment centers. Key features: Includes charts, forms, illustrations, tables, and decision trees, presenting essential information clearly and concisely to guide treatment planning and documentation. Presents case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and presenting guidelines for informed decision making. Outlines the stages of clinical skill development Discusses ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision, and research.

Keywords: Protocols  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


340. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


341. Matthess, H., & Mehrotra, S. (2008, June) . HAP-Europe: The European umbrella organization for non-profit projects teaching trauma therapy. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR-Humanitarian Assistance Programs Europe (HAP-Europe) an umbrella organization for all European national non-profit organizations and individual projects teaching trauma therapy including EMDR in a large number of European, Asian and African countries. It is a sister organization of EMDR – HAP in US and the information platform to exchange information and knowledge of current and ongoing trainings on a non commercial basis. We try to build up a global network of clinical psychologist, psychotherapists and psychiatrist who travel to places where is a need to teach trauma therapy and to prevent the after-effects of trauma and violence like the tsunami regions and earthquake areas. Till now a lot of HAP volunteers bring a powerful mental health resource to regions overwhelmed by the stress of natural disaster or local conflict areas. This presentation will give examples from all around the world of how HAP projects shift the focus from disaster response to mental health resource development.

Keywords: Earthquake  India  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


342. Laub, B. (2003, May). The healing connections to resources within and without the EMDR standard protocol. In E. Tizzabu and M. Jakobsen (Chairs), EMDR empowering. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
RC originated when I perceived a need to complement the standard EMDR protocol by emphasizing resources. Coming from a dialectical perspective it appeared that RC may supply accessibility to resources in the same way in which the standard protocol achieves accessibility to the problem when inquiring at the beginning of the session about the Sensory (Picture),Cognitive (NC), Emotional (feelings and SUDs) and Somatic (sensation) aspects of the problem (SCES). The dialectical tension created between the accessible poles of both, the problem and the resource, enhances the healing process by aiming towards a new balance.

Keywords: Empowerment  Resource Connection  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


343. Crenshaw, D. (2008, September-October). The healing power of play; Helping the traumatized child find safety again. Psychotherapy Networker, 32(5), 61-65.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract: W
hen children are too anxious, afraid, or traumatized to play, they can't utilize this natural resource of childhood to relieve a painful emotional state. Child therapists can help children reclaim this vital feature of emotional self-regulation by teaching, modeling, and setting the stage for the child to play.

Keywords: Children  Play Therapy  Psychotherapy  Youth  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


344. Laub, B. (2003, June). The healing power of resource connection (RC). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Rome Italy .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
RC originated when I perceived a need to complement the standard EMDR protocol by emphasizing resources. Coming from a dialectical perspective it appeared that RC may supply accessibility to resources in the same way in which the standard protocol achieves accessibility to the problem when inquiring at the beginning of the session about the Sensory (Picture),Cognitive (NC), Emotional (feelings and SUDs) and Somatic (sensation) aspects of the problem (SCES). The dialectical tension created between the accessible poles of both, the problem and the resource, enhances the healing process by aiming towards a new balance. The clinical experience accumulated in Israel by my collegues and myself in the last four years indicates that the procedure is working well for clients.

Keywords: Resource Connection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


345. Laub, B. (2002). The healing power of resource connection in the EMDR protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada Association, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Resource Connection  

Accuracy Verified: No


346. Laub, B. (2001, December). The healing power of resource connection in the standard EMDR protocol. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(Special Edition), 21-27.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In the EMDR standard protocol the problem becomes accessible by inquiring about its sensory, cognitive, emotional an somatic aspects. The RC procedure similarly focused on the accessibility of resources. My assumption is that the dialectical tension between the accessible poles of the problem and the resource enhances the healing process aiming towards a new balance.

Keywords: Resource Connection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


347. Forgash, C. (2004, June). Healing the heart of trauma: Restoring connections and stability. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
When trauma victims enter therapy, they generally seek help for symptoms of PTSD, depression and anxiety. However, additional trauma responses may lead the client to encounter difficulty in dealing with the trauma and also with the trauma and also with relationships in their life. These responses also include the inability to love, nurture and bond with other individuals (even those currently in relationship to victim). These clients often experience feeling internally fragmented, detached, alienated and fearfully isolated. Gathering this information is an important part of history taking and becomes crucial to treatment planning. The aim of this presentation is to help clinicians learn to implement strategies that help traumatized clients to experience reconnection, stability, and then, trauma processing. Integrating ego state strategies with the preparation phase of the EMDR protocol results in a safety/stability focused therapeutic approach necessary for these clients to resolve the sequelae of trauma.
Emphasis is placed on the sequential formulation of guided imaginal and somatosensory exercises (enhanced with DAW) that provide stability for the dissociated aspects of the self unable to cope with symptoms and current stresses. The central work includes the development of an internal Home Base, Workplace, and a positive body resource that compliments the standard safe place/stress reduction work. Stabilizing exercises include constructive avoidance, distancing, grounding, containment as well as affect and dissociative symptom management techniques. When stabilized, client’s access and work with their ego state system to resolve conflicts, develop resources, reconnect and then successfully desensitize and reprocess trauma.
Learning objective include: the importance of including information in the history taking about an inability to love, loss of connections, fragmentation, detachment and alienation; defining the ego state strategies that help such client s successfully process traumas with the EMDR protocol; learning the preparation exercises for managing affect and dissociative symptoms. Participants will select the appropriate interventions to help trauma clients reconnect with dissociated, disconnected parts and employ this sequential method in their practice with traumatized clients.

Keywords: Affect Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


348. Herbert, C. (2004, February). Healing the inner child - EMDR imagery re-scripting technique with complex trauma clients. Presentation at the 2nd annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Birmingham, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neuropsychological findings indicate that affect regulation is learned through secure attachment during the first year of an infant's life (Siegel, 1999; Schore, 1994, 1996). Poor affect regulation is one of the main indicators of clients diagnosed with Personality Disorders and those having experienced early life trauma, e.g. CSA or other abuse. Hence, one of the aims of a successful treatment outcome is healthy affect control. Yet, few therapeutic approaches for Personality Disorder or Complex Trauma currently focus ont the quality and re-building of such clients' early attachment relationships. Herbert (2002, 2003) describes a therapeutic framework, utilizing both EMDR and CBT (Cognitive Behavioural Therapy) technqiues for working with complex client problems, that incorporates an assessment of the quality of early attachment relationships and, based on this, various therapeutic methods, such as imaginal re-nurtuing, which aid clients to re-script and repair ruptures in clients' experiences of their early attachment relationships. Clinical practice indicates that through the use of these techniques, clients with previously poor affect control and functionally disrupted lives, can learn to build a more secure and functionally positive sense of Self with healthy mechanisms of affect regulation. a) The learning objectives for this presentation are to introduce participatns to 1. the concept of attachment and its role ind determining affect control, 2. a therapeutic framework for working with clients with complex problems, and 3, clinicial technqiues that hep repair deficits in early attachment relationships to allow cients build healthy mechanisms of affect control.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Personality Disorders  Re-Scripting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


349. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


350. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Sexual Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


351. Ray, K. (2000, September 30). Health in focus. London, England: The Times, Features.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
I consider that I have never been rendered so emotionally well as I am now as a result of this EMDR therapy. The EMDR Association can be contacted on 020-8951 3420 or at www. emdr.practitioner.net. I would seriously recommend anyone who is struggling in adult life as a result of early childhood traumas to consider this as a very valuable and hopeful type of therapy.

Keywords: General  Overview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


352. Treadway, D. C. (2008, September). The heart of loving: A new model of couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Treadway’s new model of organizing couples therapy helps the clients design their own treatment plan. This workshop will show how couples choose whether to work on making changes in the here and now, focus on healing from the wounds of their past, or work through their trauma history from their family FRIDAY of origin. Once couples choose whether to focus on the present or the past, this model then has a variety of additional choices for a couple to explore. Couples might decide to work on communications or behavior changes, problem solving or sexual intimacy. And since many of the couples’ issues stem from trauma in their respective childhoods or earlier in their relationship, Dr. Treadway will demonstrate how he explores the healing possibilities of utilizing EMDR adjunctively or independently. This workshop will particularly address ways couples can learn to be intimate and sexual, despite their inevitable tensions and trauma history. Participants will learn practical techniques and exercises for helping couples talk honestly about their sexual preferences and differences, be more playful with each other, and design their own solutions to sexual impasses. Dr. Treadway will also explore how couples can rekindle romance and bring spirituality into their erotic life together.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


353. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource. This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


354. McKay, L. (2006). Helping the helpers: Understanding, assessing, and treating humanitarian workers experiencing acute stress reactions. Pasadena, CA: Headington Institute.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Where there is crisis or hardship, there are usually humanitarian workers. Hundreds of thousands strong, they are usually employed by one of the many non-governmental organizations (NGOs) currently operating worldwide. The diversity of roles that a humanitarian worker can undertake is staggering. Some work specifically in aid and disaster response. This can include famine relief, refugee aid, emergency relief after natural disasters, or the provision of primary health care services. Other humanitarian workers focus more generally on civil society and peace-building, human rights, education, advocacy, economics, governmental and election monitoring, arms-control and refugee, gender and/or children’s issues. All of these diverse roles and aims are linked by a common end – service in the face of crisis and suffering worldwide.

Keywords: Acute Stress Reactions  Helpers  Humanitarian Workers  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


355. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2005, November). Het EMDR protocol: werk in uitvoerig [The EMDR protocol: A work in progress). Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sinds de introductie van EMDR heeft het basis-protocol veel veranderingen doorgemaakt, zowel in de Verenigde Staten als daarbuiten. Voor een deel waren dat min of meer cosmetische aanpassingen, maar verscheidene aanpassingen zijn ingegeven door culturele, conceptueel-inhoudelijke of technische overwegingen. Een deel van de aanpassingen zijn afkomstig van Shapiro zelf, een ander deel is voortgekomen uit ervaringen in de praktijk. De afgelopen jaren is met name sprake geweest van tekstuele aanpassingen die er op gericht zijn de lastigste stukken in het EMDR-protocol (bijvoorbeeld de vraag: “Welke uitspraak over u zelf past daar het beste bij?”) te vereenvoudigen en (vooral) sneller en doelgerichter te komen tot - wat wij graag noemen - 'scherpstellen'.
Deze workshop is bedoeld voor iedereen die de afgelopen 3 jaar geen oficiele EMDR (basis of vervolg) opleiding heeft gevolgd. Stilgestaan wordt bij de doelstelling, de structuur en (vooral) de actuele, exacte formuleringen in het EMDR-protocol van 2005. Telkens zal worden aangegeven wat de achtergrond van de doorgevoerde aanpassingen is. De verwachting is dat het huidige protocol zich soepeler laat toepassen in de therapeutische praktijk. En dat is goed voor zowel therapeuten als patiënten.

Since the introduction of the basic EMDR protocol made many changes, both in the United States and abroad. In part, some were more or less cosmetic changes, but modifications are motivated by several cultural, conceptual, technical or substantive considerations. Some of the changes come from Shapiro herself, somechanges arose from practical experience. In recent years there has been some particular textual changes at AIM. The most difficult pieces in the EMDR protocol (e.g. the question: "Which statement best fits with yourself about you?") To simplifying and (especially) faster and targeted to achieve - what we like to call it - 'Focus'.
This workshop is for anyone over the past three years of no company EMDR Approved (or basic) education followed. Stood is the objectifying, structuring and (Especially) the current, exact genesis of the EMDR protocol or 2005. Each will be given the background to the adjustments is. The expectation is that the current protocol allows more flexible use in therapeutic practice. And that's good for bone healing therapists and patients.

Keywords: Standard Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


356. Froning, M., Horne, B., & Maiberger, B. (2009, August). How to successfully and safely close down an EMDR session - Especially an incomplete one. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on Phase VII (Closure) of the EMDR Protocol. By providing a wide array of strategies for containing negative affect, participants will increase their ability to properly close incomplete EMDR sessions. Experiential exercises will enable participants to practice new methods before using them with clients.

Keywords: Closing Down A Session  Complete Sessions  Incomplete Sessions  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


357. Brivio, R., & Bergamaschi, L. (2008, January). Human and organizational aspects affecting the wellbeing in rescue-working activity: EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation: The role of training methods, practice and simulation for psychological risks prevention and management in emergency workers.. International Workshop Reinforce Rescuers' Resilience by Empowering a well-being Demension Workshop, Turin, Italy .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The wellbeing of rescuers: Relational, organizational and technical aspects that can affect rescuers' wellbeing during rescue activities: Stress inoculation, role playing and the role of mirror neurons in training, also through the use of video recordings. Relaxation techniques, psychological debriefing and EMDR in trainings.

Focus of our intervention is the wellbeing of the rescuer. The study and research on this matter came and were carried out thanks to the activity done both during trainings and simulations of the Civil Protection than real emergencies. Our team work received contribution by some psychologists of OPP (Parma’s Psychologists’ Observatory: A.Sozzi, E.Pedrelli, F.Frati, A. Bocelli, T. Serra). Wellbeing, defined as a subjective and positive emotional state together with a global life satisfaction (Diener, 1984), is strongly at risk during rescuer’s emergency activities and can affect the rescuer both physically and psychologically. The rescuer's capabilities, that we think are technical “know how” and thorough knowledge, are essential to give the best performance according to the complexity and urgency of the intervention. These skills can really contribute to the rescuer's wellbeing, because they can improve the self-efficiency perception. To effectively manage and train rescuers, it is furthermore important to consider and acknowledge the influence of interpersonal relationships on technical performances. It is, in fact, particularly important to recognize and support the typical relationships that can be created in a team with the same task and specialization, as well as in multidisciplinary teams, or teams belonging to different Institutions but operating in the same scenario.

In recent years increasing attention has been given to training activities, even through the use of the role play for interventions in artificial emergency scenarios. To recreate scenarios of massive emergencies, different Civil Protection Associations, as well as First Aid volunteer associations and the local Institutions have been involved. In these simulations, most cases focus on improving technical performances. Lately psychologists have been asked to join the rescuers team. During these simulations, the role-play of emotional and psychological problems occurs thanks to the cooperation between emergency psychologists and the medical team. The introduction of the role and expertise of psychologists allowed to extend and strengthen the attention to cross support and care aspects for the psychological wellbeing of both victims and rescuers. The psychologist must therefore consider the “wellbeing” in all the emergency scenarios and contexts, as a sum of all the components that we talked about here and the ones we will describe during our intervention. He must first of all be aware of the complexity of each intervention in the field, and adopt a kind of approach aimed at creating and recovering wellbeing strategies, that can be used by himself as well. Strategies on how to build, recover and maintain the wellbeing identify stress as the first danger source the rescuer has to face in his training and emergency activity. When external events or stimuli are perceived as difficult to face compared with resources available at that moment, the individual gets stressed. When the person's efforts are not adaptive to the external requests and/or coherent with his performance expectations, he becomes vulnerable to emotional, behavioural, cognitive and physical reactions, which can be even very difficult to manage both in the short and/or in the medium-long term. This can happen when the sources of stress depend on the rescuer’s performance, and it can also happen in case of post traumatic stress, visible in different stages after the event. From the psychologist's specialist background and from the integration of this with the result of field experiences, the demand for a range of different tools to manage the different kinds of stress emerges, and these tools must be applicable both to the individual and to the group. This range is still improving, and the results of our observational activity from past and present experiences lead us to see the opportunity to carry on our research of tools of efficacy. During this speech we would like to underline that approaches like Stress Inoculation Training (SIT, Michenbaum, 1983) and the use of role playing allow the technical appraisal and let the rescuers improve their stress management skills, and all that can lead to a decrease in the risk of PTSD. In past simulations of emergencies, we found out that the use of videotapes for the role plays is a tool that should be taken more into account. We think it is important to evaluate its potential for the rescuers' benefit, because it seems to be not only “a record of technical performances”, but also an observation and learning tool about the rescuer's own defence and adaptive strategies. In fact, during these simulations we found out that the rescuers' psychological and emotional vulnerability emerged in several situations. The fact that even in these artificial situations there were acute stress episodes and O codes urged us to focus more on the matter of mutual influence between technical performance and internal experience of stress. We understand that such acute stress episodes may occur during real life critical events but we can see how role playing and video recordings show that such acute stress episodes affected the simulators themselves even during the simulation. The videos show that even apparently “high immunity” simulators, who are considered 'immune' thanks to their comprehensive and strong experience, experienced acute stress, perhaps because of an incorrect selfevaluation of their own stress management skills. The interest in the use of videos as a training and reprocessing tool for rescuers led some of us to specialize in role playing recording, so as to carry out a more accurate and comprehensive study on those same videos and use them as a mirror of reality and better educational tool through a vicar experience or through “seeing oneself from within the experience” and in the interpersonal dynamics that took place in the scenario. Videotapes are a very known and widely used tool in other kinds of trainings, disciplines and therapies (i.e. Family Therapy and CBT). The discovery of mirror neurons by Rizzolati, Gallese et Al., provides the evidence that when someone observes the same action performed by another person, the neurons "mirrors" the behaviour of that person, as though the observer were itself acting. Thanks to these researchers it is now proven that this can happen thanks to the motor neurons in the pre-motor cortex. Therefore, we would like to underline the role of videos as very useful and versatile training tools, since they expose a situation in an unexpected realistic manner “as if” it were true and “as if” we were really experiencing that situation, with the consequent learning movements at the emotional, cognitive and behavioural level, at the stress management level, as well as at the level of team work dynamics. Visual imagination activates the same brain regions that are active during visual perception and motor imagination activates the same brain regions activated the movement is really happening. More importantly, it was possible for us to verify that the videos recorded by other operators were not focused on showing the important psychological aspects we mentioned for the goal of the trainings, thing that happened instead with the videos recorded by psychologists. We think therefore that the use of videotapes recorded by psychologists should be given more consideration in the trainings of rescuers. During this intervention we will devote part of the time to broadcasting two short videos; the first one shows the role playing of an intervention in an emergency context, and the second one shows a part of an EMDR session (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing). We think it is important to recreate and protect rescuers wellbeing in the post-role playing and post emergency stages too. For years EMDR has been proven effective in improving the individual's coping skills and in reprocessing, wherever necessary, the post traumatic aspects resulting from critical events to whom not only the victims, but also the rescuers too, are exposed during emergencies.

Keywords: Emergency Workers  Mirror Neuron and Stress Inoculation  Rescue-Working Activity  Risk Prevention and Management  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


358. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, Settembre). I disturbi de personalita e l’EMDR [Personaity disorders and EMDR]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I pazienti con disturbi di personalità manifestano difficoltà nel loro funzionamento quotidiano; nella loro storia di vita in molti casi sono presenti eventi traumatici e relazioni primarie di attaccamento insicuro. In questo workshop ci focalizzeremo sui disturbi di personalità del gruppo B, in particolar modo sui borderline. Tenteremo di spiegare l’interrelazione dei criteri del DSM con eventi traumatici precoci. Comprendere questi aspetti è basilare per un’adeguata concettualizzazione del caso nella Fase 1 e pianificazione del trattamento di questi pazienti con EMDR. ... In questo workshop verranno approfondite anche le evidenze empiriche riguardo al trauma e ai disturbi di personalità e le pubblicazioni riguardanti l’EMDR e i Disturbi di Personalità. Un aspetto interessante di questo workshop è l’integrazione dell’esposizione teorica e la presentazione di video di casi clinici, al fine di comprendere meglio gli specifici aspetti della terapia con EMDR nei disturbi di personalità . Verranno esposti e spiegati la struttura generale della terapia dell’EMDR nei disturbi di personalità, gli interventi della fase di preparazione e le considerazioni riguardo al lavoro sul trauma con l’EMDR.

Patients with personality disorders, difficulties in their daily operation; in their life history in many cases there are traumatic events and the primary relationships of insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on personality disorders in group B, especially on the borderline. We will attempt to explain the interrelationship of the criteria of the DSM with traumatic events early. Understanding these aspects is fundamental for an adequate conceptualization of the case in Phase 1 and treatment planning of these patients with EMDR. ... This workshop will also discuss the empirical evidence about the trauma and personality disorders, and publications on EMDR and Personality Disorders. An interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposure and presentation of video case studies, in order to better understand the specific aspects of EMDR therapy in personality disorders. Will be exhibited and explained the general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, the operations of preparation and considerations about the work on trauma with EMDR.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


359. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2009). I patientens tjeneste: NLP, hypnose og EMDR i kombination og samspil som en mulig virksom form for psykoterapi i det 21. århundrede [Inpatient services, NLP, hypnosis and EMDR in combination and interaction as a possible form of psychotherapy in the 21st century]. Udgave: 1, Oplag: 1 [1st ed] , Copenhagen, Dansk: Frydenlund.

Language: Danish

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beskrivelse
Det etablerede systems opfattelse af sig selv og af så­kaldt alternativ terapi debatteres i denne bog. Forfatteren har valgt at sætte fokus på problemerne med spiseforstyrrelser. Kritikken af de eksisterende forhold i det etablerede system på dette område er meget skarp, men derimod er de beskrevne terapeutiske forslag om en mulig virksom terapi generøse. Disse nye muligheder er terapeutiske tiltag, der stadig betragtes som alternative, men de kan ikke desto mindre anvendes på alle de områder, hvorom man i dag mener, der kan bedrives psykoterapi. Det kræver dog, at man forlader illusionen om, at terapi baseret på samtale med såkaldt sund fornuft har nogen som helst terapeutisk effekt. Den omfattende, mulige terapeutiske værktøjskasse beskrives. Det drejer sig om NLP som basis for hypnose. Denne metode kan kombineres med modificeret EMDR. Der fremlægges i bogen mange forskellige paradigmer; det drejer sig bl.a. om tilknytningsteorier, affectteorier, den tredelte hjerne og ikke mindst også de resultater, som den moderne hjerneforskning har produceret i de sidste femten år. Dette omfattende materiale bliver sat sammen til en klinisk enhed, der er fleksibel og mangfoldig. Desuden rummer bogen detaljerede beskrivelser af terapiforløbet for flere patienter med en spiseforstyrrelse. --

Description: The system established perceptions of themselves and the so-called alternative therapies discussed in this book. The author has chosen to focus on problems with eating disorders. Criticism of the existing conditions in the established system in this area is very sharp, but they are described therapeutic suggestions about a possible business therapy generous. These new opportunities are therapeutic interventions that are still considered alternative, but they can nevertheless be applied to all areas on which we now believe there may commit psychotherapy. It requires that you leave the illusion that therapy based on interviews with "common sense has any therapeutic effect. The extensive potential therapeutic tool sets. It is about NLP as a basis for hypnosis. This method can be combined with modified EMDR. Presented in the book many different paradigms, namely, inter alia, on related theories affectteorier, the triune brain, and not least also the results of modern brain research has produced over the last fifteen years. This extensive material is put together to form a clinical entity that is flexible and diverse. In addition the book contains detailed descriptions of therapy for more patients with an eating disorder.

Keywords: Hypnosis  Neurolingquistic Programming  NLP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


360. Knipe, J. (1997). Identifying blocking beliefs worksheet. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.

Keywords: Blocking Beliefs  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


361. Knipe, J. (1997, December). Identifying hidden blocking beliefs. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(6), 10-11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Sometime, EMDR processing can be blocked by a belief or “point of view” that the client has about the problem that is the focus of treatment. The situation can be difficult if the blocking belief is hidden to both client and therapist. Often the belief is just outside the client’s awareness, or is not linked up in the client’s mind with the problem to be solved.

Keywords: Blocking Beliefs  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


362. Plassmann, R. (2009). Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten [In our own rhythm, the connection allergy disorders EMDR treatment of eating disorders, pain, anxiety disorders, tinnitus and addictions]. Giessen, Deutschland:: Psychosozial-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Weil Emotionen direkt mit dem Körper in Verbindung stehen, treten bei starken emotionalen Belastungen regelmäßig körperliche Störungen auf, beispielsweise Magersucht, Bulimie, Allergien, Schmerzen, Tinnitus, Süchte und Kopfschmerzen. Mit erstaunlichem Erfolg haben nun einzelne innovative Therapeutinnen und Therapeuten begonnen, solche emotional bedingten Störungen mit EMDR zu behandeln, und berichten in diesem Buch darüber. Bei der EMDR-Therapie regt der Therapeut den Patienten nach strukturierter Vorbereitung zu bestimmten Augenbewegungen an, wodurch belastende Gedanken besser verarbeitet werden können. Weitere Kapitel schildern die Behandlung von Angststörungen mit EMDR, das seelische Auftanken (Ressourcenorganisation) und die Wirkmechanismen des EMDR. In ihrem Kapitel über Bindungstherapie mit EMDR zeigt Marion Seidel, wie sie mit Müttern und Kindern gemeinsam arbeitet und sich dabei die emotionalen Blockierungen lösen können. Das Buch gibt Behandelnden und Patienten einen sehr ermutigenden Einblick in die neu entwickelten Behandlungsmöglichkeiten dieser Erkrankungen.

Because emotions directly with the body are connected to contact with strong emotional stress regularly to physical disorders, such as Anorexia, bulimia, allergies, pain, tinnitus, headaches and addictions. With amazing success now have some innovative therapists and Therapists begun such emotionally related disorders with EMDR to treat, and report in this book about it. Excited at the EMDR therapy the therapist to the patient according to certain structured preparation Eye movements, thereby upsetting thoughts workable can. Other chapters describe the treatment of anxiety disorders with EMDR, the emotional refueling (Resource Organization) and the mechanisms of action of EMDR. In her chapter on bond with EMDR therapy Marion Seidel shows how it together with mothers and children working and it's emotional Can dissolve blockages. The book gives a very encouraging patients administering treatment and insight into The newly developed treatment of these diseases.

Keywords: Addictions  Anxiety Disorders  Eating Disorders  Pain  Tinnitus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


363. Steele, A. (2003, September). Imaginal nurturing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Imaginal Nurturing blends guided imagery with EMDR components to provide a means of weaving nurturing experiences into and through the therapeutic process. These experiences build upon each other to facilitate a new relationship with self, and the development of a secure base within. In this workshop, participants will learn the principles of IN, how to use it in relation to trauma work, how to develop an attachment-related body resource, and how to ground the imagery in the client's life. There will be a review of ways to deal with probems that arise. Handouts include sample scripts.

Keywords: Imaginal Nurturing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


364. Daigger, M. (2007). Imaginative techniken in der psychotraumatherapie unter besonderer berücksichtigung des motivs "Die innerern helfer" [Imaginative techniques in the psychotrauma-therapy in special view of the motif "The inner helpers"]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie, Psychotherapiewissenschaft, Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 5(2), 39-51.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In psychotraumatherapy den therapeutischen Prozess (Stabilisierung, Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, Trauma-Exposition) ist oft durch mehrere Probleme behindert. Dann das Motiv "Die Inneren Helfer" als eine phantasievolle Ressource im Zusammenhang mit der suggestiven Beeinflussung durch den Therapeuten kann gute Dienste leisten. Die Inneren Helfer symbolisieren unbewussten Teile des Selbst, die losgelöst haben und verdrängten durch das Mittel der Projektion im Sinne von Fähigkeiten, die der Patient hat (noch) keinen Zugang. Die Inneren Helfer nehmen eine repräsentative Funktion für den Patienten, bis er in der Lage, diese Teile des Selbst nach Gebrauch mit integrierten ihnen. Die Aktivierung dieser Ressourcen phantasievolle ermöglicht nicht nur ein Erfolg versprechende Stabilisierung und Therapie mit dem inneren Kind, sondern auch eine sanfte und wenig Anstrengung Trauma Exposition für Patient und therapist.In diesem Artikel möchte ich zunächst das Motiv einführen "Die Inneren Helfer" . Ich weiterhin durch den Nachweis wichtige Techniken der Psychotraumatologie, indem sie Beispiele für mögliche Anwendungen der das Motiv des Inneren Helfer in schwierigen Situationen des therapeutischen Prozesses. Alle Techniken ergänzen einander und können miteinander kombiniert werden. [Autor Zusammenfassung]

In psychotraumatherapy the therapeutic process (stabilization, therapy with the Inner Child, trauma exposure) is often hindered by multiple difficulties. Then the motif "The Inner Helpers" as an imaginative resource in connection with suggestive influencing by the therapist can serve well. The Inner Helpers symbolize unconscious parts of the self that have been dissociated and repressed by the means of projection in the sense of abilities to which the patient has (yet) no access. The Inner Helpers take a representative function for the patient until he is able to use these parts of the self after having integrated them. The activation of these imaginative resources not only makes possible a success promising stabilization and therapy with the Inner Child, but also a gentle and little straining trauma exposure for patient and therapist.In this article I first want to introduce the motif "The Inner Helpers". I continue by demonstrating important techniques of psychotraumatology by giving examples of possible applications of the motif of the Inner Helpers in difficult situations of the therapeutic process. All techniques complete each other and can be combined. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Psychotrauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


365. Forgash, C. (2012, October). The impact of complex PTSD and attachment issues on personal health: An EMDR treatment approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment will be presented as a successful model for dealing with the attachment deficits and health problems of trauma survivors. The development of an EMDR Treatment Plan to treat both health and attachment problems with a focus on a Health History and specific target selection is highlighted. Specialized techniques will be utilized in phases 1-3 to help the patient experience self soothing, develop emotional regulation, and to avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting. Phases 4-7 will emphasize specific work on past attachment ruptures as well as specific health issues. Skills development such as rehearsal will also be presented.

Keywords: Attachment Issues  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex-PTSD  C-PSTD  Personal Health  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


366. Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., & Pagani, M. (2008, 26-28 Settembre). Impatto dell'EMDR sulle fuzioni e sulla neurobiologia cerebrali [Impact on EMDR and neurobiological brain functions]. In T. Farma (Chair), Simposio, Il modello psicotraumatologico: Un ponte tra indicatori neurobiologici e Psicoterapia. VII Congresso SPR Italia, Modena.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introduzione:negli ultimi anni il numero di studi condotti nell’ambito dei disturbi causati da eventi traumatici ha subito una forte accelerazione rilevando l’esistenza di alterazioni fisiologiche e morfologiche in specifiche aree cerebrali associate sia alla risposta emotiva al trauma che alla insorgenza dei sintomi della sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD). L’impiego delle tecniche di neuroimmagine ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulla funzione cerebrale. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Molte ricerche sono state effettuate per valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR, ma solo un numero esiguo di esse ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia. Le metodiche di neuroimmagini utilizzate finora per studi sull’EMDR sono la Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) e la Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). La prima raccoglie dati sull’attivita’ cellulare cerebrale mentre la seconda riporta dati anatomici strutturali. Gli studi funzionali condotti con SPECT consentono di identificare le variazioni del metabolismo e del flusso ematico cerebrale, suggerendo un ruolo specifico per ciascuna area cerebrale coinvolta nel complesso meccanismo che sottende il processamento delle emozioni; la MRI consente invece di rilevare la presenza di variazioni morfologiche e volumetriche di specifiche strutture cerebrali. Negli ultimi anni, studi SPECT e MRI, volti ad esaminare gli effetti dell’EMDR sulla fisiopatologia cerebrale in pazienti affetti da disturbi d’ansia, hanno riscontrato sostanziali variazioni del flusso ematico ed alterazioni strutturali di alcune regioni cerebrali in seguito a terapia. L’efficacia dell’EMDR nel trattamento del PTSD è stata confermata da uno studio SPECT su sei soggetti ( Lansing et al.) (1) che ha evidenziato dopo terapia una diminuzione del flusso ematico nel lobo occipitale bilateralmente e nel lobo parietale sinistro e un aumento di flusso nel giro frontale inferiore sinistro. Sempre utilizzando la SPECT Oh e Choi (2) hanno riportato una significativa modificazione del flusso cerebrale in seguito ad EMDR, prevalentemente riscontrabile nell’area limbica e nella corteccia prefrontale. Un recente studio con utilizzo di MRI (3) ha inoltre messo in evidenza un aumento di volume dell’ippocampo in seguito a trattamento con EMDR, aumento invece non riportato in un lavoro di Lindauer et al. su 9 soggetti con PTSD, nonostante il successo clinico della psicoterapia eclettica eseguita (4). Obiettivi: il nostro gruppo ha studiato gli effetti a breve e lungo termine dell’EMDR (5, 6) dimostrando la sua efficacia nel trattamento di soggetti traumatizzati sul lavoro, e una stabilità del miglioramento clinico ottenuto in risposta alla terapia, ancora presente a distanza di tre anni. Nell’ambito dello stesso progetto sono state anche studiate le variazioni del flusso ematico cerebrale e della volumetria di alcune strutture cerebrali in relazione alla terapia con EMDR. Un primo studio SPECT ha analizzato la variazione della distribuzione di flusso in 11 soggetti guariti clinicamente da PTSD in seguito a EMDR messi a confronto con 5 soggetti nei quali la terapia non ha avuto effetto (7). Risultati: è stato evidenziato nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali, alla disfunzione delle quali sono ascrivibili alcuni sintomi presenti in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso post-terapia sono state registrate nell’ippocampo, nella corteccia parieto-occipitale e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo e’ sede della memoria a breve termine; la corteccia parieto-occipitale processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattivita’ di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Inoltre la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha dimostrato un aumento di flusso nei soggetti che hanno risposto positivamente alla terapia. Questa regione chiave oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico e’ essenziale per i processi di attenzione e di autostima, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In ulteriori studi che combinano indagini funzionali e strutturali utilizzando SPECT e MRI abbiamo messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo riguardo all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR (Pagani et al. sottomesso). Conclusioni: gli effetti della terapia con EMDR sono risultati, unitamente ad un consistente miglioramento della sintomatologia e ad una riduzione della iperreattività a stimoli di carattere emotivo, in una normalizzazione funzionale di alcune aree specifiche e in un aumento del volume ippocampale probabilmente ascrivibile a neo-neurogenesi. Questi risultati sono in linea con la pregressa letteratura e con le attuali conoscenze sul PTSD e suggeriscono basi neurobiologiche dell’effetto terapeutico dell’EMDR confermandone l’impatto funzionale su strutture cerebrali coinvolte in patologie ansiogene. Bibliografia: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci;17(4):526-532. 2. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res;1(1):24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med ; 35 :1-11. 5. Hogberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych; 61(1):54-61. 6. Hogberg et al. (2008). Psych Res; doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm; 28(10):757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Introduction In recent years the number of studies in disorders caused by traumatic events has been greatly accelerated by detecting the existence of morphological and physiological changes in specific brain areas associated with both the emotional response to trauma to the onset of symptoms Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD). The use of neuroimaging techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action on neural circuits. Many studies have been carried out to assess the effectiveness EMDR, but only a small number of them have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy. The methods used so far for neuroimaging studies on EMDR are Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The first collects data on 'brain cells while the second contains structural anatomical data. The functional studies performed with SPECT to identify changes in metabolism and cerebral blood flow, suggesting a specific role for each brain area involved in the complex mechanism underlying the processing of emotions, instead of MRI allows detection of morphological changes and volume of specific brain structures. In recent years, MRI and SPECT studies, aimed to examine the effects of EMDR on brain pathophysiology in patients with anxiety disorders, have found substantial variations in blood flow and structural alterations of some brain regions after treatment. The effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD was confirmed by a SPECT study in six subjects (Lansing et al.) (1) showed that after treatment reduced blood flow in the occipital lobe bilaterally and in left parietal lobe and a increase of flow in left inferior frontal gyrus. Always using SPECT Oh and Choi (2) reported a significant change of cerebral blood flow after EMDR, mainly found in limbic and prefrontal cortex. A recent study using MRI (3) has also highlighted an increase in volume of the hippocampus after treatment with EMDR, but no increase in reported work of Lindauer et al. on 9 subjects with PTSD, despite the clinical success of eclectic psychotherapy performed (4). Objectives: Our group has studied the effects of short and long term EMDR (5, 6) demonstrating its effectiveness in treating traumatized individuals at work, and stability of clinical improvement obtained in response to therapy, yet this distance three years. Within the same project were also studied changes in cerebral blood flow and volume of certain brain structures in relation to treatment with EMDR. A first SPECT study analyzed the change in flow distribution in 11 subjects clinically recovered from PTSD after EMDR compared with 5 subjects in whom treatment had no effect (7). Results: It was shown in patients with symptomatic remission, significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas, which are attributable to dysfunction of some symptoms of PTSD being present. Flow decreases post-treatment were recorded in the hippocampus, cortex parietal-occipital and primary visual cortex. The hippocampus and 'seat of short-term memory, the parietal-occipital cortex processes the recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the visual memory of events. The lack of inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity' of PTSD in these regions are responsible for the pathological review of the traumatic event and the presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Moreover, the dorsolateral frontal cortex showed an increase in flow in subjects who responded positively to therapy. This key region in addition to being appointed to inhibit the pathological response to stimuli that recall the traumatic event and 'essential for the processes of attention and self-esteem, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following the remission of the disease. In further studies that combine functional and structural investigations using SPECT and MRI have shown the predictive value of the size of the hippocampus on the effectiveness of EMDR therapy (Pagani et al. Submitted). Conclusion: the effects of EMDR therapy were coupled with a significant improvement in symptoms and a reduction of hyperreactivity to stimuli, emotional, functional in a normalization of some specific areas and an increase in hippocampal volume probably due to neo- neurogenesis. These results are consistent with previous literature and with current knowledge about PTSD and suggest a neurobiological basis of therapeutic EMDR confirming the functional impact on brain structures involved in anxiety-disorders. Bibliography: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 17 (4) :526-532. 2. I DH and J. Choi (2007). J EMDR pract Res, 1 (1) :24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 19 (4) :475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med, 35 :1-11. 5. Högberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych, 61 (1) :54-61. 6. Högberg et al. (2008). Psych Res, doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). NUC Med Comm, 28 (10) :757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Keywords: Brain Functions  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


367. DeGraffenried, D. F. (2007, September). Implementing EMDR practice in community mental health & agency settings: Working with clinical or administrative reluctance. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has not achieved full acceptance as a practice model within community mental health and agency settings. Some agencies are reluctant to develop an EMDR practice due to administrative concerns, clinical apprehensions or implementation reluctance. This resistance has constrained the development of EMDR in communities with the greatest need and often in settings where post traumatic stress is the focus of treatment. This workshop will identify the three common areas of agency reluctance concerning EMDR and, via a PowerPoint presentation, will demonstrate the use of a simple assessment tool designed to identify where the intervention is needed to accomplish change and support EMDR integration into the agency.

Keywords: Client or Administrative Reluctance  Community Mental Health Agencies  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


368. Handberg, H. H. (2007, June). Implications of "unity of duality" Tibetan psychology and philosophy in regard to psychotherapy and personal development and its correlations to EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the Tibetan psychology and philosophy, the understanding that what we identify as the object does not exist as such independently of the experiencing subject is – at all levels of mind – essential. The subject perceives the object at a conceptual, feeling and sense level. In other words, as individuals we create the object at these three levels, and it becomes an integral part of our reality experience.
Tibetan Psychology has as it basis an understanding of the nature and functioning of the mind in its many different states of experiences. However, it does not see the mind-experience as an isolated phenomenon. It sees the body and mind as mutually interdependent and interdetermining on all levels – from both an ordinary level of body and mind to the basic energy level. The former is characteristic by an experience of great separation, and the latter by the experience of the inseparability of the body/mind.
In accordance with Tibetan metaphysics matter emerges from four basic “energy origins,” such that energy is seen as both the basis of matter, and is continuously pervading matter. From the energy resource all forms of existence arise and return again in a continuous movement of birth, existence and death, taking places every instant of time. It is because of the relationship of subject and object that we can change our object-experience, as well as our experience of the world and of the situations which arise in it.
Tibetan psychology maintains in this respect that the notion of self or self-identity is the core around which psychological patterns and the reality of the individual develop. The transformation process of an adequate self-identity into a healthier an less artificial identity takes the adept or client through the following process of change: (1) from a solid form level of the problematic subject/object experience, (2) to an energy level, taking us beyond the artificial identity and connect experience of reality, and (23) back into a new creation o the form level, into a new an more genuine experience of oneself and reality. Thus, when applying the insight of this basic interrelatedness of body and mind, subject and object and energy and matter – Unity in Duality – the experience of self-identity and that of the object undergoes a change, and the former problematic subject/object is transcended. The Tibetan self-development methods and the Tibetan psychotherapeutic methods, which Tarab Tulku has developed, deal essentially with healing and strengthening of the self-feeling and refining the self-reference/self-identity. It gives the theoretical analysis for changing the experience of self and the surroundings – of changing the approximation of reality – and it offers adequate psychotherapeutic as wall as self-development methods for its attainment. All in the Tibetan psychology and psychotherapy gives a new and valuable perspective, foundation and method supplementing and enriching Western Psychology in general and EMDR in particular.

Keywords: Poster  Tibet  Unity of Duality  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


369. Henry-Schneider, P. (2013, May). The importance of working with the mind/body system. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ai Chi is a moving meditation in warm water. It is a powerful way to reinforce the body as a positive resource, because it is a multimodal experience. Ai Chi involves being aware of the body in a warm, supportive, nurturing environment. As Bessel van der Kolk points out, “Our brains will continue to take in new information and construct new realities as long as our bodies feel safe.” (2003) Ai Chi reinforces feelings of safety, allowing clients to build upon positive memories and to release negative ones. Ai Chi can be integrated into various stages of the EMDR model. Given an increased awareness of the significance of somatic interventions, an introduction to a little-known modality is important. Utilizing concepts of interpersonal neurobiology developed by Daniel Siegel, levels of integration that constitute mental health will be explored. It will become clear that the characteristics that represent integration are paralleled and reinforced by the Ai Chi process. This puts both EMDR and Ai Chi within a broader context and demonstrates how Ai Chi can reinforce and expand the effects of EMDR. The experience of incorporating a sense of well-being becomes both literal and metaphorical. Participants will learn some of the movements on land and also watch a video of the process. Not only is Ai Chi suitable for most populations, it is particularly helpful for people with chronic pain issues as well as an older population. Learning Objectives: • Come to a basic understanding of mental health from an interpersonal neurobiological point of view • Learn about the practice of Ai Chi • Explore how combining EMDR and Ai Chi can promote the 9 levels of integration described by Daniel Siegel MD • Hear about specific cases and how combining EMDR and Ai Chi has contributed to the resolution of a variety of mental health issues • Experience Ai Chi and/or watch video demonstrating Ai Chi.

Keywords: Ai Chi  Mind/Body Connection  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


370. Blore, D. (2012). In search of the antonym to trauma: An eye movement desensitisation & reprocessing perspective on positive psychological changes after trauma. Lap Lambert Academic Publishing GmbH & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book, derived from the author's PhD thesis, examines the lived experience of positive psychological changes following trauma. Negative changes, including psychiatric diagnoses, have understandably, been the focus of research for well over a century as the relief of suffering is probably the foremost role of the mental health practitioner worldwide. On the other hand, positive psychological change following trauma is a developing field for which there is no standard terminology. The plethora of labels of which 'Post Traumatic Growth' is the most common descriptor, masks a significant gap in clinical and theoretical understanding. Even less well understood is the totality of psychological change after trauma, i.e. both negative and positive change and how they may interact. The author focuses on two specific contexts: psychological trauma stemming from Road Traffic Accidents (RTAs), and subsequent treatment with Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR). The book's findings are quite remarkable and suggest that a totally knew perspective on psychological trauma is needed.

Keywords: Post Traumatic Growth  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


371. Shapiro, F., & Maxfield, L. (2002, March). In the blink of an eye. The Psychologist, 15(3), 120-124.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Imagine a safe, rapid and effective treatment that results in the elimination of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). When I originally introduced eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) (Shapiro, 1989), the claims that it could quickly alleviate the disabling symptoms of PTSD were received with both interest and scepticism. Since then EMDR has been the object of much scrutiny and debate, and the focus of many empirical investigations. This article reports on the clinical applications of this innovative method, on research evaluating treatment outcomes, and on EMDR’s mechanisms of action.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


372. Leeds, A. M. (1997, July). In the eye of the beholder:  Reflections on shame, dissociation, and transference in complex post-traumatic stress and attachment disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper covered material on how affect theory, attachment theory and EMDR theory can help with case formulation and treatment planning. This paper provided the first in depth presentation on Resource Development and Resource Installation which previously had been presented only at EMDR Institute trainings at speciality presentations. [Author abstract]

Keywords: Neurobiological Correlates  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  Shame  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


373. Reddemann, L. (2009). The inner safe place. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp.71-72). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The imagery of an "Inner Safe Place" is part of a body of work on stabilization techniques for trauma therapy called "Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy (PITT)". It is used within PITT to prepare clients for EMDR. However, it works very well as a resource for EMDR. It is important to know that clients who live in unsafe circumstances are often not able to develop the images and so seeing what happens while working on installing the inner safe place can tell us something about clients' external safety. If clients are able to create an inner safe place, the therapist can proceed with the exercise. If clients are unable to create and install a safe place, other stabilization work is used. This chapter provides the Inner Safe Place Script. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Inner Safe Place  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


374. Plassmann, R. (2005, June). Inpatient psychotherapy with EMDR for patients with eating disorders. In EMDR and eating disorders. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A trauma therapeutic concept for inpatient treatment of patients with eating disorders (anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa) will be presented. The therapeutic program is divided into four phases (stabilization, resource organization, exposition and reorientation). EMDR is integrated as standard protocol or modified for the purpose of resource organization into each of these therapy phases. The use of this trauma therapy concept of eating disorders has resulted in a substantial improvement in therapeutic results. The treatment results of 69 Patients with Bulimia and 61 patients with Anorexia are presented.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


375. Leeds, A. (2006, September). Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes. In Criteria for assuring appropriate clinical use and avoiding misuse of Resource Development & Installation when treating complex posttraumatic stress syndromes (A. Leeds. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The consensus model of treatment for patients with complex posttraumatic syndromes emphasizes assuring adequate stabilization before and during uncovering and resolving of traumatic memories. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) has been reported to be a potentially effective intervention for enhancing patient & stabilization. There are now several published descriptions and case reports of RDI including a summary in the standard reference text on EMDR. The growing use of RDI by EMDR trained clinicians has been followed by reports indicating that a significant number of patients with posttraumatic stress syndromes who meet standard EMDR readiness criteria for ego strength and stability have been offered RDI without being offered standard EMDR reprocessing. This presentation will review specific criteria for identifying: for which patients and clinical situations the use of RDI is indicated; for which patients and clinical situations RDI should be offered cautiously, if at all, but alternate stabilization methods should be considered; and for which patients RDI should not be offered but where standard EMDR reprocessing should be offered without delay. An overview of RDI procedural steps will be presented to clarify its use. Strategies will be offered to address technical, clinical and countertransference issues that may be associated with misuse of RDI. Clinical vignettes will be presented to illustrate appropriate clinical use, clinical cautions and misuse of RDI.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  Consensus Model  C-PTSD  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  Treatment Criteria  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


376. Parnell, L. (2012, June). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma [EMDR centrado en el apego: Curar el trauma relacional]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment-­‐focused EMDR is a new model of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) developed over a period of nineteen years by psychologist and EMDR trainer Dr. Laurel Parnell that adapts this powerful and effective trauma therapy to the needs of clients with attachment wounds. In this workshop you will learn how the standard EMDR protocol can be modified so that it flows more easily, supports client safety, maintains the therapeutic connection and enhances attunement. Attachment-­‐focused EMDR is client-­‐centered and emphasizes a reparative therapeutic relationship, using a combination of Resource Tapping (Parnell, 2008) to strengthen clients, EMDR to process traumas and talk therapy to help integrate the information from the EMDR sessions and to provide healing from therapist-­‐client interaction. In this workshop Dr. Parnell will present the five basic principles of Attachment-­‐ Focused EMDR and how they are implemented in the treatment of traumatized clients with attachment wounds. Case material and video clips of sessions will be used to illustrate key points.

El EMDR centrado en el apego es un nuevo modelo de EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) desarrollado a lo largo de diecinueve años por la psicóloga y formadora de EMDR Dra. Laurel Parnell y que adapta esta terapia de trauma potente y efectiva a las necesidades de clientes que sufren heridas de apego. En este taller, se aprenderá cómo se puede modificar el protocolo de EMDR de tal forma que fluye con mayor facilidad, apoya la seguridad del cliente, mantiene la conexión terapéutica y mejora la sintonía (attunement). Attachment-­‐focused EMDR se centra en el cliente y refuerza una relación terapéutica reparadora, con una combinación de Recursos de Tapping (Resource Tapping) (Parnell, 2008) para fortalecer a los clientes, EMDR para procesar los traumas y “talk therapy” (terapia hablada) para contribuir a integrar la información de las sesiones de EMDR y para proporcionar la curación derivada de la interacción entre terapeuta y el cliente. En este taller, la Dra. Parnell presentará los cinco principios básicos de Attachment-­‐Focused EMDR y cómo se implementan en el tratamiento de clientes traumatizados y con heridas de apego. Se presentará material sobre los casos y vídeos de las sesiones para ilustrar los puntos más importantes.

Keywords: Attachment Repair  Relational Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


377. Forgash, C., & Knipe J. (2012). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 120-128. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.120.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from Healing the Heart of Trauma and Dissociation with EMDR and Ego State Therapy (edited by Carol Forgash and Margaret Copeley, 2007, pp. 1-59). The preparation phase of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is very important in the therapy of multiply traumatized clients with complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and dissociative symptoms. EMDR clinicians who treat clients with complex trauma will benefit from learning specific readiness and stabilization interventions that are inherent to Phase 1 of a well-accepted phased trauma-treatment model. Extending the preparation phase of EMDR by including these interventions provides sequential steps for the development of symptom-management skills and increased stability. Additional focus is placed on helping clients work with their ego state system to develop boundaries, cooperative goals, and healthier attachment styles. Following an individually tailored preparation phase, the processing of long-held traumatic memory material becomes possible.

Keywords: C-PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


378. Cooke, L. J., & Grand, C. (2007, September). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of eating disorders. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This is a day-long program designed for the EMDR professional interested in enhancing their ability to conceptualize and provide effective EMDR treatment in working with the complexity of eating disorder symptoms. Paralleling phase-oriented treatment for trauma, this workshop will focus on stabilization skills utilizing state-to-state techniques with or without bilateral stimulation; working through underlying traumatic experiences utilizing the standard protocol; and future template work for integration of the psycho-biological changes. Current treatment approaches on attachment issues and emotion regulation, trauma’s impact on the brain and body, and affect management will be integrated throughout the program. Participants are invited to bring their most challenging cases to work on in practice sessions or during the case consultation segment of the program.

Keywords: Eating Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


379. Whisman, M., & Keller, M. (1999, June). Integrating EMDR in the treatment of obsessive compulsive disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the model of understanding and educating the client about OCD; 2) gain an understanding of biological, cognitive, behavioral, and affective theoretical orientations as they apply to OCD; 3) learn the eight stages of treatment, modification of the standards model, cognitive interweave, and resource installation; 4) learn of the foundation of success of EMDR and OCD treatment, information processing, avoidance of emotions, and the development of self; 5) be able to define a successful treatment, therapeutic stance, similarities in processing to trauma processing; and 6) learn about fear, superstition, ridigity, and control within the family context.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweave  Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  Resource Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


380. Lipke, H. (2003, December). Integrating EMDR into clinical work:  When getting started is a problem. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(4), 11-13.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Updated May 31, 2004
As EMDR is traditionally taught the components are each described and then combined for the practice sessions. When EMDR is then used with clients it is natural for therapists to expect themselves to apply it as a whole, with the exception of perhaps pairing eye movement with a “safe place” or “resource installation” exercise instead of a trauma processing protocal. For many new EMDR practitioners this is an effective and satisfactory way of introducing EMDR. For many others it does not work as well, for reasons such as differential comfort thresholds in trying a new method with a client, or having no clients who appear to meet the criteria for beginning EMDR. Because, in these, and other situations, it is difficult to bring the whole package to clients at once, the method doesn’t get used, even when the practitioner has had positive experiences in the training sessions.

Keywords: Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


381. Gelinas, D. (2003). Integrating EMDR into phase-oriented treatment for trauma. Journal of Trauma and Dissociation, 4(3), 91-135. doi:10.1300/J229v04n03_06.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Originally introduced a century ago by Pierre Janet, phase-oriented treatment has been independently proposed by many authors and is now widely considered by trauma specialists to be the treatment of choice for PTSD and other posttraumatic disorders. Much more recently, introduced by Francine Shapiro in 1989, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has also become available for the treatment of PTSD and other trauma-based disorders. EMDR has become widely accepted by clinicians and has received strong support regarding its efficacy from a wide range of empirical studies. However, with a very few exceptions (highlighted in this paper), these two major approaches for treating trauma have developed largely independently. The present paper integrates the major EMDR developments with the different stages of the phase-oriented approach to assess if such an integration is conceptually and clinically useful. The EMDR developments integrated into the phases of trauma treatment include: Shapiro's prototypic protocol for PTSD and the protocols for other trauma-based disorders, safety protocols, Leeds' and Korn's work with Resource Development and Installation, and Kitchur's Strategic Developmental Model for EMDR. The usefulness of integrating phase-oriented treatment and EMDR is then assessed. These approaches were found to strongly complement each other in their clinical strengths and weaknesses, while sharing many underlying theoretical and structural elements. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


382. Grand, D. (1995, June). Integrating EMDR into the psychodynamic treatment process. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The discovery of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has led to a structured treatment model conceptualized in cognitive constructs (the three pronged approach). Based on the diagnostic and treatment situation, this may or may not, be easily integrated into a psychodynamic (insight oriented) treatment approach. However, I have empirically found a dramatic, acceleration and deepening of the psychodynamic treatment process with patients when flexibly utilizing EMDR in session. This presentation will explore the different applications of EMDR incorporating Freudian, ego psychological, separation/individuation and self psychological theories with practice wisdom derived from extensive case material. Attention will be given to the associative process, screen memories, dream work, resistance, transference, countertransference and character analysis. The structural (id, ego and superego) and topographical (unconscious, preconscious and conscious) models of the mind as well as the listening process will be examined as they inform the use of EMDR. Particular focus will be devoted to how the cognitive interweave can be expanded conceptually to incorporate the techniques of interpretation and mirroring. The anxieties, resistances and allegiance issues evoked in the psychodynamically trained therapist, as they attempt to integrate EMDR into their practices will also be addressed.

Keywords: Psychodynamic  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


383. Glang, C., & Penner, C. (1996, June). Integrating EMDR with marital and family systems therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation reflects our thoughts and clinical experiences regarding ways that EMDR can broaden the therapeutic interplay between individual and systemic issues. We will discuss iwmerous areas of consideration, along with case examples. A list of questions will be handed out, which can help to guide therapists' thinking. We will also suggest ways to design cognitive interweaves with a systemic focus.

Keywords: Family Therapy  Marital Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


384. Darker-Smith, S. (2008, June). Integrating emotion for attached-disordered and dissociated children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The accessibility of emotions in children with attachment disorders is known to be complex at best. This presentation looks at a new method of enabling children disassociating from emotions with severe attachment disorder and complex, traumatic histories to access emotions using the installation phase of EMDR. For teaching purposes, this presentation will use real-life cases of 4 attachment disordered children where none of the children were able to access emotions and were attachment disordered. The children were aged between 12 to 13 years of age and all had a diagnosis of attachment disorder, co-morbid with post traumatic stress disorder. Most of the children did not experience emotions directly. Using the installation phase of EMDR within the context of a one-to-one therapy session, each child was asked to focus on a particular emotion and focus on where in their body they experienced any feelings, which may be associated to that emotion. The children began to describe complex emotions, which they had never previously expressed, prior to this. An example of one child�s experience follows: �I feel sad in my heart. It feels cold � as if someone has smashed it into a thousand bits��. Following on this, all the children were also encouraged to sit with their new emotions and not to be afraid of them. One child stated: �It feels good to be sad. When I cry � that stops my heart hurting so much and the tears make the glue to fix my broken heart.� So far, we have not experienced an unsuccessful outcome; however, this method is still in the early stages of being developed.

Keywords: Attachment Disorders  Dissociation  Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


385. Potter, A. E. (2003, September). Integrating inner child therapy and dialectical-behavior therapy with EMDR resource installation. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Before ciients begin processiing traumatic memories with the EMDR trauma protocol, a modified resource development protocol is utilized, integrating Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy, to assist clients in developing skills for affect tolerance/emotion regulation, distress tolerance, and mindfulness. The modified resource installation protocol also helps clinicians in assessing clients' emotional readiness for initiating trauma work with the EMDR trauma protocol. Inner Child Therapy provides an overall cognitive framework for trauma work based on the Transtheoretical stages of change. Inner Child Therapy and Dialectical-Behavior Therapy are employed as strategies to minimize re-traumatization, affect/emotion dysregulation, and problems with impulsive and compulsive behaviors during the trauma-processing phase of therapy.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Inner Child Therapy  Modified Resource Development and Resource Installation  Protocol  RDI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


386. Foster, S. (2004, June). Integrating positive psychology concepts into the EMDR peak performance protocol. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop is the first effort to integrate EMDR Peak Performance with techniques from positive psychology, the new science of happiness and excellence and strengths such as courage. The presenter will explain how the EMDR Peak Performance protocol (which she co-created) is based on the standard EMDR protocol with three modifications: the Future is emphasized; resource development is oriented toward empowerment and possibility; and skills are taught to help clients reach optimal functioning. While the ‘Peak’ protocol already had self-actualization as its goal, its efficacy is enhancing by integrating the positive psychology techniques of using: positive emotions in the performance venue of importance to the client; the Appreciative Inquiry method for envisioning the future and for performance improvement; and optimistic explanatory style. Given time constraints; it is not possible to fully prepare participants to use the Peak Performance protocol. However, in an interactive format that include mini practica, participants will be able to: 1) describe the key difference between the Peak and basic protocols 2) help client develop “Peak’ resources 3) begin to establish an empowerment stance with clients 4) summarize the benefits of teaching clients basic positive psychology concepts 5) pursue further learning from the extensive positive psychology bibliography.

Keywords: Positive Psychology  Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


387. Kiessling, R. (2005). Integrating resource development strategies into your EMDR practice. In R. Shapiro, (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 57-87). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
As EMDR became more accepted within the psychotherapy community and more clinicians became trained, a greater number of clients with diagnoses other than PTSD were introduced to it. As a result, it became apparent that some of these more difficult, complex clients were not immediately ready for EMDR targeting and reprocessing. Many were either too unstable, had affect tolerance issues, or lacked the ego strengths to withstand the potential rigors of target desensitization. Others lacked needed coping skills, lacked the ability to recognize that they have the tools available to address their issues, or were fearful of addressing their traumatic experiences. Resource Development and Installation (RDI) strategies were developed and, over time, have been accepted within the EMDR community as valuable solutions for these challenging clients. [Text, p. 57]

Keywords: Life Experiences  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


388. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. (1995, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy & EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various strategies, especially EMDR. This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema- Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change technique. The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that represent life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting infonmtion - asking the client about specific events and problems, then obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc. As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case Conceptualization. This involves putting together the information from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of cognitive interweave to use, etc. Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR broadens the scope of EMDR. 1) Cognitive Therapy for Personalitv Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed. Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813)366-7913; 2) Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.

Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


389. Young, J., & Zangwill, W. M. (1996, June). Integrating schema-focused therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Young has developed an integrative model that seems especialy appropriate for combining with EMDR. According to the theory proposed, eighteen Early Maladaptive Schemas (EMS) are at the core of personality disorders. An EMS is defined as an extremely broad, pervasive theme regarding oneself and one's relationship with others, developed during childhood and elaborated throughout one's lifetime, and dysfunctional to a significant degree. Shapiro's concept of childhood file folders would be analogous to the concept of schemas. These eighteen schemas are primarily unconscious but can be brought to awareness through various strategies, especially EMDR. This presentation will demonstrate how to integrate the use of Schema-Focused therapy with EMDR. In this model, Schema- Focused therapy serves as the primary conceptual framework for working with the client while EMDR is seen as the primary change technique. The first step in this process is a thorough history taking looking for both traumatic life events and the client's underlying vulnerabilities and schemas. History taking is accomplished both through client interviews and the use of Lazarus' Multimodal Life History Questionnaire. The Schema Questionnaire and the Parent Questionnaire developed by Young are given and scored. As part of this process, the therapist attempts to help the client discriminate memories representing primary trauma versus memories that represen life long issues. The EMDR model eliciting information - asking the client about specific events and problems, then obtaining Pictures, Negative and Positive Cognitions, Affect and Body Sensations as well as SUDS and VOC ratings - is used as soon as the client is comfortable. Collecting information this way without the use of Eye Movements has been shown to be a very effective way of tapping into the neural network where related memories are stored. The grouping of these memories often appears to be along such schema lines as Vulnerability, Defectiveness, Abandonment, etc. As the therapeutic relationship develops, clients are educated about EMDR and schemas. The last part of this process is the Case Conceptualization. This involves putting together the infonmtion from history taking, the schema questionnaire and the parent questionnaire and the client's in-session behavior to formulate a useful picture of client problems, likely problem origins, and recommended change techniques. Knowing what issues/themes your client is vulnerable to, tells you where to start your EMDR exploration. It also helps suggests where to probe when processing stops, i.e., what blocking beliefs may be present, what type of cognitive interweave to use, etc. Once the case conceptualization is complete, EMDR is used as always. However, the use of Schema Focused therapy with EMDR broadens the scope of EMDR. 1)Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach. Revised Ed. Professional Resource Press, Sarasota, FL, (813) 366-7913 2)Reinventing Your Life, J. Young and J. Klosko. New York, Plume, 1994.

Keywords: Schema-Focused Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


390. Lutz, J. (2009, April 18). Integrating yogic postures, breathing techniques and deep relaxation with EMDR practice. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will offer theoretical information on, research findings about, and an experience of, seated yoga postures, breathing practices and deep relaxation, including yoga nidra, which are currently being used in the healing of trauma. Specific applications to EMDR processing and resource development will be described.

Keywords: Breathing  Relaxtion  Yoga  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


391. Keenan, L. (2010, June). The integration and progression of EMDR within a generic primary care mental health service. In Trainiing issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2007 the Department of Health (DoH. UK) published "Improving Access to Psychological Therapies" (IAPT). This meant that primary care mental health services (PCMHS) had to seriously consider the mode, method and efficacy of their service delivery. This paper will consider one such service, critically reflecting on the integration of EMDR as a mainstream therapeutic intervention. The service utilises therapists from various therapeutic paradigms, counselors, graduate workers, cognitive behavioural psychotherapists, cognitive analytical psychotherapists, clinical psychologists and registered mental nurses. Clients are referred with a wide range of psychological issues such as Depression, anxiety disorders, OCD, and PTSD. Following a further EMDR training initiative in 2007 (Birmingham University), the service now boasts, One EMDR Consultant/Facilitator, three accredited practitioners, three level three trained therapists and two clinicians at level two. This paper will present a brief history of the development of EMDR within the PCMHS, exploring how EMDR has been utilised not only in the treatment of PTSD (NIHCE 20051, but also in the treatment of other psychological pathologies. The paper will highlight the number of clients treated with EMDR (retrospectively over a twelve month period), the average number of sessions per client and the therapeutic outcomes as measured by the Patients Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9) (Kroenke & Spitzer, 2002) and the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Questionnaire (CAD-7) ( Spitzer et al 2006). The Dissociative Experience Scale is used when considering EMDR as an intervention strategy and the Impact of Events Scale- Revised (WEISS et al 2004) when appropriate. The paper will conclude with a brief analysis of qualitative data from clinicians as to the impact EMDR has had on their clinical practice. Learning Outcomes: By the conclusion of the presentation the participants will: 1. Be able to discuss the application of EMDR in the treatment of psychopathologies other than PTSD. 2. To consider the integration of EMDR with other psychotherapeutic paradigms. 3. To critical consider the treatment outcomes and in particular the cost effectiveness of EMDR as a psychotherapeutic tool in a generic primary care setting. 4. Be aware of the ethical and political considerations of integrating EMDR into a generic primary care mental health service. Innovation: This work is innovative as it focuses on how EMDR can be utilised within generic mental health services. It critically reflects on the phenomenology of integrating EMDR into a PCMHS and it has encouraged the training of other EMDR clinicians outside of the primary care mental health team.

Keywords: Generic Primary Care  Symposium  Training Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


392. Silvestre, M. (2007, Juin). Integration EMDR et therapie familiale [Integration of EMDR and family therapy]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cette présentation s'articule autour de l'intégration du travail EMDR avec des enfants et de l'approche de thérapie familiale systémique. Nous savons qu'à la suite d'un incident traumatique vécu par un member d'une famille, les liens familiaux souffrent au point parfois de se déchirer. Nous pouvons aider la personne traumatisée et aussi permettre à la famille de digérer les conséquences de cet incident sans perdre son unité. Le travail insistra sur l'aide individuelle (EMDR) et l'aide aux liens familiaux malmenès lors l'accidents traumatiques. Le système familial peut alors garder son intégrité et ètre un lieu de ressources. Les points de comment, quand et pourquoi intégrer ces deux approches seront illustrés par des éléments théoriques et des exemples cliniques.

This presentation focuses on the integration of EMDR work with children and the approach to systemic family therapy. We know that following a traumatic incident experienced by a member of a family, family relationships suffer sometimes to the point of tearing. We can help the traumatized person and also allow the family to digest the implications of this incident without losing its unity. The work on individual aid insistra (EMDR) and assistance to abused family ties in the traumatic accident. The family system can then maintain its integrity and be a resource. The points of how, when and why to integrate these two approaches are illustrated by theoretical and clinical examples.

Keywords: Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


393. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research institute) in Palo Alto. California. First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the sessions the family members. people who are contributing to the problem and people who will come up and help to find solutions. The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem. Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that: they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'. They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction (behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties of techniques that belong to other approaches without any confusion. In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names: Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and some others. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist. Our learning objectives are: 1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Brief Strategic Family Therapy 2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT 3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention. The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose without causing any mental confusion on the part of the therapist and the client.

Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


394. Rouanzoin, C. (2007, September). The integration of EMDR in the treatment of dissociative clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the use of EMDR in the treatment of patients who span the dissociative spectrum. The participants will learn how to understand dissociative process from simple to complex dissociation and how to utilize EMDR in their treatment. This presentation will discuss dissociative process from the Adaptive Information Processing Model of EMDR. It will cover: the implications and complications of clinical treatment with dissociative process; the nature of dissociative process; screening for dissociation and the ‘Red Flags’ of treatment concerns; the differential diagnoses of dissociation – from dissociation found in diagnostic categories other than Dissociative Disorders (e.g., Mood Disorders, Anxiety Disorders, PTSD) to DDNOS (ego states work) and DID; the use of EMDR in the treatment of dissociation in relation to trauma; and therapist attributes that help contribute to the successful treatment of dissociative patients. Participants will be encouraged to share their own insights and difficulties in working with this highly traumatized population of individuals.

Keywords: Dissociation  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


395. Woller, W. (2011, June). Integration von EMDR in tiefenpsychologische therapien [Integration of EMDR in deep psychological therapies]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Der Workshop beschäftigt sich mit Fragen der Integration von EMDR in ein psychodynamisches Therapiesetting. Zum einen kann EMDR sinnvoll mit psychodynamischer Therapie kombiniert werden, wenn bei komplexen posttraumatischen Belastungsstörungen Symptome einer PTSD zusammen mit depressiven, dissoziativen, somatoformen und anderen Symptomen auftreten. Daneben finden sich verschiedene andere Anwendungsmöglichkeiten von EMDR im Rahmen psychodynamischer Therapien, bspw. wenn dysfunktionale Erinnerungsnetzwerke die Wirkungsweise klarifizierender, konfrontierender und deutender Interventionen blockieren. Dies gilt für Anpassungsstörungen ebenso wie fixierte, aber verhaltenssteuernde negative Selbstkognitionen und für psychosomatisch abgewehrte implizite Emotionen im Rahmen somatoformer Störungen. Schließlich können ressourcenaktivierende Interventionen im Rahmen des EMDR den Aufbau von Ich-Funktionen bei Strukturpathologien unterstützen.

The workshop will focus on integration of EMDR in a psychodynamic therapy setting. First, EMDR can be usefully combined with psychodynamic therapy, which may arise in complex post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms of PTSD with depressive, dissociative, somatoform and other symptoms. In addition, various other applications of EMDR in related psychodynamic therapies, for example, if dysfunctional memory block the operation of networks klarifizierender, confrontational and interpretive interventions. This applies for adjustment disorders as well as fixed, but behavior-controlling negative self-cognitions and psychosomatic thwarted emotions implicit in the context of somatoform disorders. Finally, support resource-activating interventions of EMDR the development of ego functions in structural pathologies.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Psychodyamic Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


396. Sittig, K.-J. (2008, September). Integration von EMDR und hypnose. Eine innovative, hocheffektive, ressourcenbasierte methode der PTBS – behandlung [Integration of EMDR and hypnosis. An innovative, highly effective, resource-based method of PTSD treatment]. Presentation at the European Society of Hypnosis in Psychotherapy and Psychosomatic Medicine, Vienna, Austria.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


397. Korn, D. (1995, June). Integrative and strategic utilization of EMDR in treating survivors of sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will focus on integrating EMDR into an overall treatment plan and utilizing EMDR in conjunction with other cognitive behavioral approaches. Strategic utilization of EMDR to move clients through the various stages of recovery will be discussed. 1) In the first stage of treatment, safety, stabilization, coping, and development of a strong therapeutic relationship are emphasized. Treatment focuses on decreasing (1) suicidal and parasuicidal behavior, (2) treatment - interfering behavior, and (3) quality-of-life-interfering behavior (Linehan, 1993). Efforts are made to assist the client in developing a repertoire of cognitive-behavioral coping skills; relevant skills address grounding, trigger awareness, basic self - care, mindfullness, distress tolerance, affect regulation, assertiveness, relaxation, self - monitoring, stress inoculation, and cognitive restructuring. At this stage, EMDR can be used to shift negative cognitions which interfere with commitment to treatment, skill development, and the restoration of hope. The following are examples of negative cognitions whlch interfere with first stage stabilization goals: - I will only get acknowledgment of my pain if I act out. - I don't deserve to feel better. - If I take care of myself, no one will know I hurt. - I'm pathetic, a failure. - I will die/go crazy fiom these feelings. - I can never do anything right. - I can't stand this feeling. I must cut myself. - Don't trust anyone or anything. Newly learned information about coping can be reinforced and further integrated in the course of an EMDR session. Clients can be encouraged to notice their ability to tolerate affect and to practice their assertiveness skills, grounding skills, mindfulness skills, etc. 2) In the second stage of treatment, the focus is on processing traumatic memories and decreasing behaviors related to post-traumatic stress. EMDR interventions can be designed to assist clients with specific recovery tasks or issues: - fear/terror and associated avoidance - sense of powerlessnesshelplessness - responsibility/accountability - safety - self, others, environment - self-esteem/self as bad, defective, unlovable - lack of individuation - dependency - anger - grief/mouming - trust/mistrust - fear of abandonment - guilt/self-blame - shame/self-loathing With regard to each of these issues, maladaptive schemas can be addressed via effective cognitive interweave strategies. Ideas for supplementing EMDR work with written assignments, imagery exercises, recovery rituals, and planned in vivo exposure will be discussed. Strategies for handling possible problems, obstacles, or resistance at this stage will also be noted. Finally, the role of ongoing assessment and data collection in making decisions about EMDR targets will be addressed. 3) In the third stage of treatment, the emphasis is on personal development and increased connection with others. Recovery tasks and issues addressed via EMDR include: - Increasing intimacy and healthy connections - Increasing self-esteem - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Reclaiming sexuality - Increasing self-efficacy and sense of mastery - Identity exploration and development - Establishing goals, initiating new projects, and taking reasonable risks At this stage, EMDR can be useful in detecting remnants of shame, fear, etc. In addition, EMDR can be used to reduce anxiety and increase confidence as a client sets his/her sights on the future and prepares to face new and challenging situations. EMDR can aid in the generalization of skills and adaptive schemas across time and place. It can facilitate the integration of a new, more positive and vital self-image. The presentation will conclude with a videotape case presentation highlighting relevant recovery tasks and issues in applying EMDR at a specific stage of treatment.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


398. de Villiers, E. F. (2005). An integrative approach to narrative therapy and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
As I engaged in a therapy journey with a single client, the possibilities for research on the integrative use of narrative therapy and EMDR unfolded. I investigated recent literature and realised that much had been written about narrative therapy as single approach to therapy within the postmodern paradigm. There was also extensive writing on EMDR and its integrative use with other therapies in assisting people who struggle with upsetting memories of trauma. Since I was unable to find any literature to date on the integrative use of narrative therapy and EMDR, I realized that there was much to be discovered and learned on such an integrative research journey. The client's experiences and descriptions of overwhelming emotional distress (as the problem in her life) during the process of integration was the main focus of this qualitative case study. During our therapy conversations knowledges were gathered and deconstructed. Video or tape recordings, photographs, work with clay, sketches, letters and other documents were useful in keeping track of the research journey. A reflecting team and the participation of the client's boyfriend contributed and enriched both the therapy and research journeys.

Tydens terapeutiese werk met 'n enkele kliënt het die moontlikhede van navorsing oor die integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR vir my 'n werklikheid geword. Ek het onlangse navorsing bestudeer en besef dat narratiewe terapie as 'n enkele benadering tot terapie binne die post-moderne paradigma, al 'n geruime tyd lank nagevors is. Daar bestaan ook literatuur oor EMDR en die integrasie daarvan met ander terapeutiese benaderings in die ondersteuning van persone wat probleme ondervind met ontstellende herinnerings van trauma. Aangesien ek tot op hede geen literatuur oor die integrasie van narratiewe terapie en EMDR kon vind nie, het ek vermoed dat 'n navorsingsreis op hierdie terrein verskeie ontdekkings en die ontginning van nuwe kennis moontlik sou maak. Die fokus van hierdie kwalitatiewe gevallestudie val op die kliënt se belewing en beskrywings van oorweldigende emosies (as probleem in haar lewe) tydens die terapeutiese integrasieproses. Waarhede of kennis is tydens terapiegesprekke versamel en gedekonstrueer. Video- of bandopnames, foto's, kleiwerk, sketse, briewe en ander dokumente was waardevol om die koers van die navorsingsreis aan te dui. Insette en deelname van 'n refekterende span, asook die kliënt se kêrel, het beide die terapie- en navorsingsreise verryk en uitgebrei.

Keywords: Education  Narrative Therapy  Psychic Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


399. Harford, P. M. (2010). The integrative use of EMDR and clinical hypnosis in the treatment of adults abused as children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(2), 60-75. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.2.60.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The potential benefits of the use of a permissive style of clinical hypnosis as a therapeutic medium to enhance eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) trauma treatment are explored. A comparative review of hypnosis and EMDR is provided, including putative psychophysiological mechanisms for both. A rationale for integrating clinical hypnosis with EMDR treatment is presented. It is suggested that hypnosis primarily enhances the accessibility of traumatic information while EMDR primarily enhances the reprocessing of traumatic information and that accessibility and reprocessing are reciprocal features. The relative and combined merits of hypnosis and EMDR for resource development are discussed. The author proposes that clinical hypnosis may be incorporated into EMDR without necessarily modifying the eight-stage EMDR protocol apart from modifications that are indicated for special conditions. Three case vignettes are used to illustrate the integrative use of clinical hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of adults who experienced childhood abuse.

Keywords: Abuse  ACC  Adolescents  Children  Clinical Hypnosis  Complex PTSD  Complex Posttraumatic Strress Disorder  C-PTSD  Integrative Use  VMPFC  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


400. Sochaczewsky, E. (2002, May). Intergenerational violence and resource development and installation for parents in a childs psychiatric hospital. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Intergenerational Violence  Psychiatric Hospital  RDI  Resource Development and Installation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


401. Pereira, I. (2012, Novembro). Intervenção psicoterapêutica no tratamento de paciente com a síndrome de fibromialgia [Psychotherapeutic intervention in the treatment of patients with fibromyalgia syndrome]. In EMDR e fibromialgia. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objetivo: Compartilhar a remissão dos sintomas da Síndrome da Fibriomialgia, com a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR – Dessensibilização e Reprocessamento através de movimentos oculares. R.M.S. iniciou seu tratamento psicoterapêutico em Outubro de 2010, na Abordagem Cognitiva Comportamental. R.M.S. nasceu em 23/06/1957, estava com 53 anos, viúva, tem duas filhas, uma solteira a outra casada. Sofria um luto há mais de três anos porque não aceitava a morte do marido. Apresentava Depressão e Ansiedade, e outras comorbidades: Anorexia Nervosa, Lúpus, Síndrome de Fibriomialgia. De Outubro de 2010 a Dezembro de 2011, a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica em TCC foi associada à medicação psicotrópica com a qual conseguiu redução dos sintomas depressivos. Fazia uso de outros medicamentos para a Síndrome da Fibriomialgia, Lúpus, assim como recorrentes internações em hospital de Clinica Médica Geral para a realização de procedimentos para a redução da dor intensa no corpo (Síndrome da Fibriomialgia) e de intervenção aos sintomas da Anorexia. Após um período de férias, entraram em contato comigo informando que a paciente estava hospitalizada permanecendo duas semanas com a hipótese diagnóstica de câncer, o que na sequência não foi confirmado, tendo recebido alta hospitalar. A dor intensa no corpo, a dificuldade para respirar permaneciam iguais. Solicitou o retorno para a psicoterapia, quando foi sugerido sobre a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR. As sessões foram realizadas conforme protocolo do EMDR. Para o Planejamento das Sessões o foco incial era a Síndrome de Fibriomialgia. Foi pedido à paciente para definir onde ela sentia mais dor no corpo, e de imediato mencionou a dificuldade para respirar, com a queixa de dor no peito. Nesta primeira sessão, ocorreram dessensibilização e reprocessamento rapidamente, tendo a mesma solicitado para trabalhar os braços. As sessões foram realizadas duas a três vezes na semana, e ao longo deste processo podem ser ouvidas frases tais quais: “Como pode passei por tantos médicos e estou sendo curada com por uma psicóloga” (sic); “Gastei com tanto medicamento, aqui com você não tomo remédio e não estou sentindo mais dor no meu corpo” (sic). A terapia prossegue a Intervenção Psicoterapêutica EMDR.

Objective: Share remission Syndrome Fibriomialgia, Psychotherapeutic Intervention with EMDR - Desensitization and Reprocessing through eye movements. R.M.S. began her psychotherapeutic treatment in October 2010, Cognitive Behavioral Approach. R.M.S. born on 06.23.1957, he was 53 years old, a widow, has two daughters, one married another maiden. He suffered a bereavement for over three years because they did not accept her husband's death. Presented Depression and Anxiety, and other comorbidities: Anorexia Nervosa, Lupus, Fibriomialgia Syndrome. From October 2010 to December 2011, Psychotherapeutic Intervention in CBT was associated with psychotropic medication which could reduce depressive symptoms. Made use of other medications for Fibriomialgia Syndrome, Lupus, as well as recurrent hospital admissions in Medical Clinic General to carry out procedures for the reduction of pain in the body (Fibriomialgia Syndrome) and intervention for symptoms of Anorexia. After a vacation, contacted me stating that the patient was hospitalized two weeks remaining in the diagnosis of cancer, which as a result was not confirmed, having been discharged. Severe pain in the body, difficulty breathing remained the same. Requested the return for psychotherapy, when it was suggested on EMDR Psychotherapeutic Intervention. The sessions were performed according to the protocol of EMDR. Planning sessions for the initial focus was Fibriomialgia Syndrome. The patient was asked to define where she felt more pain in the body, and immediately mentioned the difficulty breathing, complaining of chest pain. In this first session, desensitization and reprocessing occurred rapidly, with the same request to work the arms. The sessions were held two to three times a week, and during this process can be heard phrases such as: "How can so many doctors and I'm being healed by a psychologist with" (sic), "I spent with both medicine here I do not take medication with you and I'm not feeling more pain in my body "(sic). The therapy continues Psychotherapeutic Intervention EMDR.

Keywords: Comorbidity  Fibromyalgia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


402. Luber, M., & Shapiro, F. (2009). Interview with Francine Shapiro: Historical overview, present issues, and future directions of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(4), 217-231. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.4.217.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This interview with Dr. Francine Shapiro, originator and developer of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), provides an overview of the history and evolution of EMDR from its inception to current findings and utilization, as well as future directions in research and clinical development. Dr. Shapiro discusses the psychological traditions that informed the development of EMDR and the Adaptive Information model, as well as the implications for current treatment. The rationale for the application of EMDR to a wide range of disorders is discussed, as well as its integration with other therapeutic approaches. Topics include research on the role of eye movements, the use of EMDR with combat veterans, somatoform disorders, attachment issues, and the distinct features of EMDR that have allowed it to be used for crisis intervention worldwide. Dr. Francine Shapiro is the originator and developer of EMDR. She is a senior research fellow at the Mental Research Institute (MRI) in Palo Alto, California, executive director of the EMDR Institute in Watsonville, California, and the founder and president emeritus of the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program, a nonprofit organization that coordinates disaster response and supports low fee training worldwide. She has written the primary text on EMDR: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles and Procedures (Guilford Press) and co-authored or edited four others: EMDR: The Breakthrough Therapy for Overcoming Anxiety, Stress and Trauma (Basic Books), EMDR as an Integrative Psychotherapy Approach: Experts of Diverse Orientations Explore the Paradigm Prism (American Psychological Association Books), Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes (Wiley), and Short-Term Therapy for Long-Term Change. She has written and co-authored more than 60 articles and chapters and is an invited speaker at psychology conferences all over the world. Dr. Shapiro is a recipient of the American Psychological Association Division 56 Award for Outstanding Contributions to Practice in Trauma Psychology, the Distinguished Scientific Achievement in Psychology Award presented by the California Psychological Association and the International Sigmund Freud Award for Psychotherapy presented by the City of Vienna in conjunction with the World Council of Psychotherapy. She was appointed one of the “Cadre of Experts” by the American Psychological Association and Canadian Psychological Association Joint Initiative on Ethno-political Warfare. She has served as an advisor to many trauma treatment and outreach organizations and journals. She has three awards bestowed in her honor. Those given by the EMDR International Association and the EMDR-Ibero-American Association celebrate members of the EMDR community who follow in her footsteps of creative thinking, service, and dedication to the standard of EMDR. The EMDR Europe Association presents the Francine Shapiro EMDR-Europe Research Award in order to encourage research in the field. In 2008, a comprehensive electronic resource for scholarly articles and other important references related to EMDR and adaptive information processing was introduced and was named The Francine Shapiro Library in honor of Dr. Shapiro (http://emdr.nku.edu/emdr_data.php).

Keywords: History  Interview  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


403. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, March). Interweaves in beeld: Het visueel en nonverbaal maken van interweaves [Interweaves in image: The visual and nonverbal making interweaves]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Door ons werk met dove en slechthorende cliënten zijn wij gedwongen ons te richten op de visuele wereld. Deze wereld is echter geenszins voorbehouden aan doven en slechthorenden. Ook bij het werken met preverbaal trauma, volwassenen en kinderen die de taal (nog) niet beheersen en bv bij EMDR in een tweede taal, zullen we ons visueel moeten uitdrukken. Graag nemen we de toeschouwer/toehoorder mee in een verkenning van de visuele mogelijkheden die het EMDR proces biedt en hopen hen daardoor met mimische, beeldende en visuele mogelijkheden te verrijken. De presentatie wordt uiteraard ondersteund met beeldmateriaal en er zal een tolk Nederlandse Gebarentaal aanwezig zijn.

Through our work with deaf clients, we are forced to focus on the visual world. This world is by no means reserved for the hearing impaired. Even when working with preverbal trauma, adults and children who speak the language (yet) and control eg EMDR in a second language, we will need to express visually. We would like to take the viewer / listener along in exploring the visual possibilities offered by the EMDR process and offers them hope thereby to mimic, plastic and visual possibilities to enrich. The presentation is supported with imagery and of course there will be a Dutch sign language interpreter present.

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  Nonverbal Interweaves  Visual Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


404. Karim, S. F. (2002-2003). Introducing EMDR: Its implications for clinical practice and research. Journal of the Faculty of Arts, The Dhaka University Studies, 59(1), 50 (2), & 60(1), 201-206.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is a complex, time efficient and powerful method of psychotherapy that integrates many of the most successful elements of a wide range of therapeutic approaches, even long-term Freudian analysis. The procedure involves having the client focus intensively on the traumatic memory while moving the eyes rapidly from side to side, by visually tracking the therapist's moving hand. This seems to render the traumatic memory accessible to the healing resources of the rest of the personality, where it may be worked through and integrated. In addition, it uses eye movements or other forms of rhythmical stimulation. such as taps or tones, in a way that seems to assist the brain's information-processing system to processed at a rapid rate. Special protocols may be used for a single traumatic event, current anxiety and behaviour, recent traumatic events, phobias, excessive grief, illness and somatic disorders and different forms of addictions. Protocols include the sequence of progressing on a particular target. EMDR as an integrative approach starts from the moment the client enters through the door. Although called Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing, directed eye movements (where the eye movement is given a direction by tracking with two fingers) is only one form of stimulation used as a part of its complete methodology. Other forms of stimulation include bilateral auditory stimulation and alternate hand tapping. It is an innovative clinical treatment for victims of trauma. Francine Shapiro introduced it in 1989 and a large number of clinicians worldwide have been trained in the method. Francine Shapiro defines "the goal of EMDR is to achieve the most profound and comprehensive treatment effects possible in the shortest period of time, while maintaining client stability with a balanced system" (Shapiro, 2001).

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


405. Herbert, C. (2004, June). Introduction to a safe place installation protocol for use with clients who have no pre-existing concepts or feelings of safety. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Theoretical background: The teaching of a “safe place installation protocol” forms part of the standard EMDR training and for my EMDR practitioners and consultants alike it belongs to their repertoire of EMDR treatment techniques. Such a protocol requires clients to access and identify with an experienced place of safety in their lives. Complex (i.e., Type II) trauma clients, as well as other clients which have not been able to build a secure, positive sense of inner self, as a result of their unsafe experiences during most of all of their life, however, may find it very difficult to access and identify a safe place, which they can draw on during the use of EMDR safe place installation protocol. The standard safe pace installation protocol therefore frequently does not work for these clients. Yet, it is suggested in this presentation that access to the inner ‘safe place’ resource can be of particular therapeutic benefit for this client group. In recognition of the need for such a resource, Dr. Herbert has developed an alternative version of an EMDR-based safe place installation protocol, which draws on all sensory modalities (involving, cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) that will work with clients who have no known prior access to a place of safety in their lives.
Aim of presentation: The conference audience will have the unique opportunity to experience Dr. Herbert’s safe place installation protocol’ during an in-vivo EMDR demonstration session. Suggested variations of the protocol tailored to individual client differences and clinical applications for the use of such a resource with this client group will also be explored. The latter will include use of the protocol as an inner anchoring point that clients can access and connect to in situations of crisis in their daily life and as an aid to facilitate the rebalancing of nervous system functioning.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  EMDR Resource Installation  Protocol  Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


406. Pagani, M. (2010, June). Introduction to neuroimaging in EMDR research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In the recent years the number of neuroimaging studies evaluating neural correlates of psychotherapy has steadily increased revealing its clear neurobiological effects on brain function across a wide range of psychiatric disorders. Functional studies by single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) detect changes in cerebral blood flow and metabolism patterns, identifying the brain areas processing the various components of emotional processing and/or affected by the disorders. investigations by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) have also revealed psychiatry disease-related structural changes. The first part of the workshop (20 minutes) will describe the neuroimaging methodologies implemented in EMDR research and their possible clinical implementations will be discussed. In the second part (10 minutes) neuroimaging studies on the neurobiological effect of EMDR will be reviewed (1-5). The third part of the workshop (30 minutes) will deal with the last findings in EMDR research and will focus on a recent studies published by our group on the Journal of Psychiatry Research about the predictive value of MRI on the outcome of EMDR therapy (6).Moreover a collaborator of our group will describe and present the preliminary findings of an ongoing experiment aiming to identify the neurophysiological mechanisms active during EMDR therapy. The description and the discussion about the contents of the workshop will provide the audience 1 the necessary information to understand the methodological principles behind the neuroimaging techniques (PET and SPECT) and their possible applications in research and clinic; 2, the critical knowledge of the limited number of published papers in the field of EMDR-related functional and anatomical studies (1-6); 3. the basic research principles and examples to be motivated to begin, take part and/or collaborate to EMDR research in order to shed light on the neural basis of this fascinating psychotherapeutic technique. The presented material will represent the state-of-the-art of the current neuroscience EMDR-related research and of the neuroimaging methodologies available at the moment. in case more contributions will be included in this workshop the proposed presentation time schedule might change. References: Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; l7(4):526-532. Propper et al. (2007). J Nerv Met Dis; 195:785-788. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res; l(l):24-30. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm: 28(10):757-65. Bossini et al (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476. Nardo et al. (2010). J Psychiatry Res; D0110.1016/jjpsychires.2009.10.014

Keywords: Neuroimaging  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


407. Barach, P. (2000, September). Introduction to the diagnosis and treatment of dissociative disorders:  Learning the ropes, avoiding the pitfalls. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is not the focus of this program. Participants will: 1) become acquainted with interview questions and diagnostic instruments that access for the presense of a dissociative disorder; 2) learn current thinking concerning the etiology of dissociative disorder; and 3) learn how to use therapeutic boundaries and pacing to structure a treatment plan for dissociative clients that helps maintain daily functionality; 4) understand the basic issues in the false memory/recovered memory controversy; and 5) understand some of the common traps and errors in the treatment of this population.

Keywords: Diagnostic Instruments  Dissociation  False Memory  Interview Questions  Pacing  Recovered Memory  Therapeutic Boundaries  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


408. Beutler, L. E. (2002, December). Introduction to the special series on EMDR. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(12), 1451-1452. doi:10.1002/jclp.10098.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Notes that eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been the focus of a good deal of research. While the mechanisms of action associated with EMDR continue to be hotly debated, ample research evidence has accumulated to indicate that this treatment is associated with positive benefits, at least compared to other established treatments for many anxiety disorders. The current special series of this journal is designed to illustrate preliminary results of research programs and early pilot studies of ways in which this treatment may be extended and modified to improve its effects and expand its range of applications. It should be noted that the modified peer-review criteria applied to these preliminary studies require further research be initiated on these ideas before they are widely applied in clinical practice. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Introduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


409. Oglesby, C. A. (1999, September). An investigation of the effect of eye movement desensitization reprocessing on states of consciousness, anxiety, self-perception, and coach-perceived performance ratings of selected varsity collegiate athletes. Temple University, Philadelphia, PA. AAT 9921186.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
PTSD experts have recently pointed out that while traumatic events have been the core of cultural tales for centuries, it is highly unlikely today that any individual will avoid the direct experience of a traumatic event during a lifetime. The present study was an initial exploration of the effectiveness of an approach, designed for clinical issues of trauma, in sport; a nonclinical, field study environment marked by consistent high pressure to perform with excellence. The hypotheses of the study called for examination of pre and post treatment scores of control, EMDR, and placebo group subjects on five dependent variables: States of Consciousness During Movement Activity Inventory (SCMAI); State-trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI); Coach-Perceived Performance Rating (CPPR); Subjective Units of Distress Scale (SUDS); and Validity of Cognition Scale (VoC).Collegiate varsity athletes (N = 48) from the sports of field hockey, gymnastics, lacrosse, track and field, and volleyball were randomly assigned to one of three treatment groups. The control group completed the SCMAI and STAI with 3 to 4 weeks intervening. The placebo group completed the inventories and a week later met with a sport psychology consultant (researcher) for focus on the identified "worst moment in sport." The SUDS and VoC scores were collected during the session. After another week, the inventories were completed for the last time. The pattern for the eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) group was identical to the placebo group except the session followed a basic protocol for EMDR. The focus of the session was, again, the subjects, worst moment in sport. The results revealed no statistically significant pre to post changes in treatment group scores in regard to the SCMAI, STAI, and coach-perceived performance. Results significant p < .02 were found on the SUDS and VoC as the EMDR group reported more favorable gains that did the placebo group. Additionally, descriptive statistics, and qualitative protocol examples, were utilized to illustrate trends of potential individual benefit from the EMDR procedure. This research represented the first study of a potential line of research examining the efficacy of EMDR with athletes and, perhaps, with performers in various peak performance settings. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 60(3-B), Sep 1999, pp. 1292.

Keywords: Athletes  College Students  Effects  Empirical Study  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effects  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


410. Dunn, T. (2008, June). An investigation of therapists’ beliefs about how EMDR works?. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of my study is to explore how EMDR trained Therapists explain to themselves and their clients, how EMDR works in clinical practice, in their views. A second aim of my study is to examine how EMDR trained Therapists’ explanations relate to their original clinical training. The Research Question is: Do CBT trained Therapists differ in the explanations they give about the therapeutic mechanisms of EMDR from, say, analytically oriented Therapists? Do Humanistic Therapists explain how EMDR works from existentially oriented Therapists? A third aim of my study is to examine how Therapists from different backgrounds incorporate EMDR into their clinical practice. The Research Question here is: Do Therapists from some backgrounds such as CBT find it easier to incorporate EMDR into their everyday clinical work than other types of Therapists? Research Methodology: I 24 shall use a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods in this research project. The quantitative method will be a short 2 page anonymous questionnaire which will be given out at the Conference for delegates to complete and return to the stand. I would hope to have at least 50 such Questionnaires completed by consenting delegates to the Conference. The qualitative methods will be a number of focus groups (maximum number of 12 people in each group) which I hope to run at the end of each day of the Conference. I plan to have 3-4 such focus groups from which the data will be gathered. The other qualitative method will be 1:1 semi-structured interviews either face to face at the Conference or by telephone (post conference) with consenting delegates attending the Conference. Altogether, I would hope to have a total of about 50 participants in the qualitative data gathering methods.

Keywords: Poster  Therapist's Beliefs  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


411. Snyker, E. (1998). The invisible volcano: Overcoming denial of rage. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 91-112). New York: W. W. Norton. xii, 292 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The case in this chapter integrates EMDR and interpretive short-term dynamic therapy as contrasted with cognitive, interpersonal, or existential short-term therapies. I became interested in Davanloo's technique of intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy (ISTDP) after attending a workshop in 1981. Short-term dynamic therapy, which is rooted in psychoanalytic theory, emphasizes brevity, focus, therapist activity, and patient selection. The goal is to effect change in the personality or character structure of the person, not simply alleviate symptoms. The treatment is dynamic in that it emphasizes a single focal issue that serves as a link to core conflicts arising from early life experiences. The transference relationship is used to examine and reexperience important past relationships that account for current difficulties. In addition to dealing with issues of transference and complexity of the case (single versus multi-foci), handling resistance (conscious and unconscious) aimed at avoiding painful affects must be addressed. [Text, p. 91]

Keywords: Adults  Americans  Anger  Anxiety Disorders  Brief Psychotherapy  Case Report  Child Abuse  Defense Mechanisms  Depressive Disorders  Females  Life Experiences  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


412. Woller, W. (2004, June). Is there a place for EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders?. In complex traumatisation and EMDR (K. Linder, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is substantial evidence that EMDR is an effective treatment method un posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). However, comorbid disorders have to be taken into account when treating PTSD with EMDR. Personality disorders are a frequent comorbid disorder of PTSD, and a high prevalence of childhood traumatization has been found in personality disorders as well. Given this background, the paper to be presented discussed (1) modifications and limitations of EMDR technique required for treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder with comorbid personality disorders, and (2) further applications of EMDR in the treatment of personality disorders without PTSD. If comorbid personality disorder is present, EMDR has to be integrated into a complex treatment plan which includes stabilization, symptom control, resource installation, identification of distorted interpersonal perceptions, and modification of maladaptive interpersonal interactions. Because of the central role of generalized negative beliefs in maintaining cyclical maladaptive patterns, EMDR is regarded a valuable tool to modify negative beliefs along with processing traumatic memories and body sensations, Problems of therapeutic alliance due to transference phenomena and acting out can make stabilization difficult and time-consuming. EMDR technique should be subjected to important modifications depending on personality disorder subtype, defence structure and symptomatic comorbidity. Structural dissociations of the personality (e. g., as in dissociative identity disorder) call for a consideration of all ego-sates of the personality system before planning EMDR treatment. In addition to unresolved trauma, current and future interpersonal stressors can be chosen as EMDR targets.

Keywords: Personality Disorders  Symposium  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


413. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives: 1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model. 2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists. 3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes 4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist. 5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


414. Gurel, D. (2010). Kronik aðrý tedavisinde güncel bir psikoterapotik yaklaþým: Göz hareketleri ile duyarsýzlaþtýrma ve yeniden yapýlandýrma [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in treatment of chronic pain as a contemporary psychotherapeutic approach]. Klinik Psikiyatri Dergisi, 13(1), 36-41.

Language: Turkish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Klinik psikoloji alanında ağrıya ilişkin çalışmalar son yıllarda gittikçe artmaktadır. Önceleri kronik ağrının psikolojik boyutlarına yönelik model oluşturmaya ağırlık verilirken daha sonraları tedaviye yönelik psikoterapotik yaklaşımların geliştirilmesine odaklanılmıştır. 1987 yılında Klinik Psikolog olan Francine SHAPİRO, istemli ve sistematik olarak yapılan göz hareketlerinin, olumsuz ve rahatsız edici düşüncelerin yoğunluğunu azalttığı tezinden hareketle Göz Hareketleri ile Duyarsızlaştırma ve Yeniden Yapılandırma-Eye Movement Desensitization and Repocessing (EMDR) tekniğini geliştirmiş. İki yıl boyunca etkinliğini araştırmak üzere çalışmalar yapmıştır. EMDR ilk olarak, savaş stresi, taciz, doğal afetler veya çocukluk döneminde yaşanan üzücü olaylar gibi rahatsız edici yaşam deneyimlerinin neden olduğu duygusal sorunların iyileştirilmesinde kullanılmıştır. Daha sonraları fobi, performans kaygısı, panik bozukluk, beden algısı bozukluğu, çocuklardaki travma belirtileri, yas, dermatolojik bozukluklar, fantom organ ağrısı ve en son olarak da kronik ağrı tedavisinde kullanılmış oldukça çarpıcı sonuçlar elde edilmiştir. Aşağıdaki yazıda ülkemizde henüz yeni yeni yaygınlaşan bu tekniğin tedavi rasyoneli ve uygulaması hakkında kısa bir bilgi sunulmaktadır. Özünü bilgi işleme yaklaşımlarından ve davranışın nöropsikolojik temellerinden alan EMDR Tekniğin in kronik ağrıyı açıklanma biçiminin zenginliği yanı sıra tedavideki sıra dışı başarısının önümüzdeki yıllarda psikoterapi alanında daha çok ilgi yaratacağı düşünülmektedir.

Psychological treatment studies in pain disorders have greatly increased in recent years. The focus was first on the development of theories and models related to chronic pain. However, main focus has been on the development of therapeutic approaches which are effective in the treatment of chronic pain. In 1987, Clinical Psychologist Francine Shapiro developed the novel Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR ) technique based on the idea that voluntary and systematic eye movements could effectively decrease the intensity of negative and disturbing thoughts and has since then been undertaking research on the topic. EMDR was first used in post-travmatic stres disorders as a result of wars, rape, earthquake and childhood abuse to deal with the emotional disturbaunces of problematic life experiences. It later started to encompass phobias, performance anxiety, panic attacks, body-image disorders, trauma symptoms in children bereavement, skin diseases, phantom limb pains and lastly chronic pain treatment with striking results. This paper consists of brief information on the underlying principles and application procedures of EMDR. This technique is mainly based on both information processing and neuropsychological approaches. EMDR has comprehensive approaches to explain the reasons for chronic pain. It seems most likely that the technique will prove widespread to be of great interest within the area of psychotherapies.

Keywords: Chronic Pain  Pain Disorders  Pain Psychotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


415. Tripolt, R. (2008, September). Körpererfahrung und EMDR-prozess [Body experience and the EMDR process]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Pre-Kongress zum Thema EMDR bei der Vorkkongress EMDR beim Europaischen Hypnoeskongress, Wien.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Menschen die an einer PTBS und deren Folgen leiden, erleben den Körper und dessen Symptome oft als Feind. Die sanfte, geleitete Schulung der Körperwahrnehmung ist ein Weg sich mit dem Körper anzufreunden. Lernen, angenehme Körperempfindungen wahrzunehmen erhöht das Vertrauen und erleichtert die Verarbeitung schmerzvoller Erfahrungen. Lernen mit unangenehmen oder schmerzhaften Körperwahrnehmungen umzugehen, reduziert die Angst. Den Focus auf die Körpersensationen zu richten, setzt voraus, mit den auftretenden Körpererinnerungen, Schmerzen und/oder der Übererregung fertig werden zu können. Die Kombination von Körper- und Körperimpulswahrnehmung und bewusster Bewegung im EMDR Prozess gibt die notwendige Sicherheit und erlaubt durch tiefe und bewußte Körpererfahrung eine sanfte Verarbeitung und Integration traumatischer Erfahrungen. Stabilisierungsphase: Aufbau und Verankerung positiver Körpererfahrung und Körperressourcen mit bilateraler Stimulierung. Schulung der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung und deren Verbalisierung. Psychoedukation in Hinblick auf amnestische und/oder vorsprachlich codierte Erfahrungen im sinnlich, körperlichen Bereich. EMDR Prozess: Erweiterung des EMDR Protokolls um das Installieren von Körperressourcen. Einweben von Bewegungsimagination und gerichteter Aufmerksamkeit auf bewusste Handlungsimpulse. Bewusstmachen und therapeutisches Nutzen von Körperhaltungen, Bewegungsimpulsen und Bewegungen während der Prozessierungsphase. Abschluss und Integration: Körpertest vor Abschluss des Protokolls. Integration von neuer Körpererfahrung in Bewegung, Handlung und Begegnung. Führen eines Therapietagebuchs mit den Kategorien: Ich denke (Kognition) – Ich fühle(Emotion) – Ich spüre (sinnliches Erleben).

People suffering from PTSD and the consequences of experiencing the body and its symptoms often an enemy. The gentle, conducted training of body awareness is a way to make friends with the body. Learning to perceive pleasant body sensations increased confidence and facilitate the processing of painful experiences. Learning to deal with unpleasant or painful body awareness, reduces anxiety. The focus to addressing the body sensations presupposes being able to cope with the developing body memories, pain and / or hyperarousal. The combination of body and body movement in the conscious perception and impulse EMDR process provides the necessary security and allows the body through deep and conscious experience a gentle processing and integration of traumatic experiences. Stabilization phase: structure and anchoring positive body experience and body resources with bilateral stimulation. Training of sensory perception and its verbalization. Psychoeducation in terms of amnesic and / or encoded preverbal experience in sensual, physical area. EMDR process: expansion of the EMDR protocol for the installation of body resources. Weaving of movement and imagination directed attention to conscious action impulses. Awareness and therapeutic benefits of postures, movement, impulses and movements during the Prozessierungsphase. Completion and integration: body test before the conclusion of the Protocol. Integration of new body of experience in movement, action and encounter. Run a therapy diary with the categories: I think (cognition) - I feel (emotion) - I feel (sensory experience).

Keywords: Body Experience  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


416. Lazzari, D. (2008, Novembre). L'EMDR in ottica PNEI (interazione corpo-mente) [EMDR in optical PNEI (interaction body-mind)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In questi anni l’EMDR si è affermata come trattamento di evidenza nel più classico e più grave dei disturbi direttamente legati allo stress, cioè il PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) e sono stati evidenziati i suoi effetti sul SNC. Nonostante questo ed il suo progressivo impiego in una ampia varietà di situazioni sono ancora poche le riflessioni sull’EMDR dal punto di vista dell’integrazione mente-corpo, in particolare utilizzando i dati offerti dal campo di ricerca della PNEI. Nel presente lavoro ci soffermeremo su alcuni di questi aspetti per evidenziare come l’EMDR rappresenta una delle terapie più rispondenti alle nuove evidenze scientifiche ed alle esigenze di una scienza integrata della salute. Tre gli elementi salienti offerti dalla ricerca: 1. La vita ha plasmato nel percorso evolutivo strutture altamente integrate, descrivibili come sistemi complessi a rete in retroazione continua con il contesto. In particolare i sistemi nervoso, endocrino ed immunitario costituiscono nel network psicocorporeo un “super-sistema” di relazione e regolazione in grado di assicurare gli equilibri adattativi incorporando l’esperienza e gestendo la dinamica mantenimento-cambiamento (“regolazione allostatica”). Quindi l’organismo non è una macchina fatta di parti autonome tra loro assemblate, ma una realtà che parte dall’unità (zigote) e mantiene tale carattere unitario in tutte le sue articolazioni. 2. Lo stress non è qualcosa di per sé eccezionale e patologico, deve invece essere visto – all’opposto – come l’espressione di un insieme di processi (un sistema) che modulano la regolazione individuo-contesto a fini adattativi. In sostanza il sistema dello stress è sempre attivo e solo in situazioni di eccesso o di carenza (acute o croniche) produce effetti progressivamente dannosi per l’individuo. Le attività legate allo stress producono un “carico allostatico” (peso biologico, energetico) che – in relazione a fattori soggettivi ed esterni – può divenire “sovraccarico” innescando una catena di successive alterazioni nel funzionamento dell’organismo. Parallelamente vi è un “carico” ed un “sovraccarico psicologico” legati al primo da processi circolari. 3. Nel network corporeo e nel sistema dello stress, ovvero nei processi di regolazione generale interni e individuo-contesto, la mente svolge un ruolo cruciale di modulazione come dimensione nella quale i segnali (interni ed esterni) vengono trasformati in informazioni (assegnazione di significati) in base ai percorsi ed alle esigenze individuali di adattamento. La mente rappresenta così la più alta espressione dell’evoluzione della vita e delle sue strategie adattative e ciò spiega il suo ruolo rispetto al funzionamento complessivo dell’organismo. Le recenti acquisizioni delle neuroscienze hanno mostrato l’interdipendenza tra attività psichica, espressione genica e plasticità cerebrale che rende possibile il ruolo della mente. Il sovraccarico allostatico e psicologico legati allo stress dipendono in gran parte dall’attività mentale e costituiscono il principale fattore di rischio per la salute nelle società occidentali, antecedenti accertati delle patologie più diffuse. Se guardiamo a quanto detto sinora nell’ottica dello sviluppo individuale (fase intrauterina, processi di attaccamento, eventi significativi successivi) possiamo avere una idea di come mente, corpo e contesto interagiscono nella strutturazione dell’individuo ed il ruolo condizionante e de-strutturante delle situazioni e degli eventi che provocano una alterazione da stress. Le ricerche sul rapporto tra stress e sviluppo psicobiologico, tra modalità di attaccamento, strutturazione dei circuiti cerebrali, o tra queste e salute, confermano tali assunti (Lazzari, 2007). Venendo più da vicino all’EMDR, gli studi sulla psicobiologica del PTSD stanno mostrando che siamo di fronte sostanzialmente ad una manifestazione (particolarmente complessa ed accentuata) degli effetti dello stress sul network psicocorporeo (Iribarren et al., 2005). La ricerca sul PTSD (e gli altri disturbi da stress del DSM) deve incrociare necessariamente i filoni di studio sopra richiamati ed utilizzare la cornice concettuale che ne scaturisce. Gli effetti psicobiologici dello stress estremo e del trauma vanno inquadrati nell’ambito delle interazioni mente-corpo e della regolazione allostatica (carico vs sovraccarico allostatico). A nostro avviso, al di là degli specifici effetti sul SNC, l’EMDR si è mostrata efficace nel PTSD in relazione alla sua caratteristica generale di ricercare ed utilizzare come “target” non singoli aspetti di una esperienza, bensì l’esperienza nei suoi diversi aspetti: cognitivi, emotivi, fisiologici e relazionali. Il lavoro dell’EMR va a recuperare una integrazione perduta e lavora su questa. Si deve tenere presente infatti che, in via generale e preminente, lo stress compromette i livelli di integrazione, coerenza e flessibilità del sistema: lo stress cronico per processi progressivi di disregolazione, quello acuto per “rotture”, blocchi e sconnessioni. Pertanto l’elaborazione dell’informazione (e delle conseguenze) legata ad eventi e situazioni stressanti passa attraverso una re-integrazione di tutti gli aspetti psicobiologici correlati per giungere ad una ristrutturazione. Il livello di “penetrazione” (efficacia) di un approccio terapeutico è molto legato alla sua omogeneità con la realtà su cui interviene,cioè al fatto di parlare lo stesso linguaggio. E questo è un punto di forza notevole per l’EMDR. I dati disponibili sono coerenti con quanto enunciato: l’EMDR modifica i parametri fisiologici riducendo ed annullando l’attivazione da stress, spostando la bilancia dall’inibizione simpatica all’attivazione parasimpatica (Sack et al. 2007) e risulta associata l’abbassamento dell’arousal fisiologico, cioè con pattern di attività regolari e trofiche (Sack et al. 2008), mostrando similarità con quanto accade durante il sonno REM (Elofsson et al., 2008). L’EMDR incide altresì su disturbi fisici legati al sistema dello stress, come ad esempio hanno mostrato ricerche su patologie dermatologiche (Gupta, 2002).

In recent years, EMDR has established itself as the treatment of evidence in the most classical and most serious of disorders directly related to stress, that is, PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) and were highlighted its effects on the CNS. Despite this and its progressive use in a wide variety of situations are still few reflections from the perspective sull'EMDR mind-body integration, in particular using data provided by the search of PNEI. In this work we will focus on some of these issues to highlight how EMDR is one of the therapies are more responsive to new scientific evidence and the needs of an integrated science of health. Three main elements of research are: 1. Life has shaped the evolutionary highly integrated structures, we describe how systems complex feedback network continues with the context. In particular, the nervous, endocrine immune network and provide psycho in a "super-system" of relationship and adjustment able to ensure the balance incorporating adaptive expertise and managing the dynamic maintenance-change ( "regulation allostatica"). Then the body is a machine made of autonomous parts, assembled together, but a reality that leaves the unit (zygote) and maintains that unitary in all its joints. 2. Stress is not something in itself exceptional and pathological, but must be seen - in contrast -- as the expression of a set of processes (a system) that modulate the individual-regulation framework for adaptive. In essence, the system of stress is always on and only in situations of excess or deficiency (acute or chronic) effects progressively damaging to the individual. The Stress-related activity produces a "load allostatico" (weight biological energy) that -- relation to subjective factors and external - can become "overloaded" by triggering a chain of subsequent alterations in the functioning of the organism. In parallel there is a "load" and a "Overload psychological" processes related to the first round. 3. In the network system and body of stress, or in the process of setting general internal and individual-context, the mind plays a crucial role as a dimension of modulation in which signals (internal and external) are transformed into information (assigning meanings) depending on the paths and individual needs of adaptation. The mind is so the highest expression of the evolution of life and its adaptive strategies, which explains its role in relation to the overall functioning of the organism. The recent acquisitions of neuroscience have shown the interdependence of psychic activity, gene expression and plasticity brain that makes the role of the mind. Overload allostatico and psychological stress-related depend in large part by activism mental and constitute the main risk factor for health in Western societies, antecedents established disease spreading. If we look to the foregoing view of personal development (stage intrauterine attachment process, significant events later) we can have an idea of how mind, body and environment interact in the structuring the individual and the role conditioning and de-structuring of situations and events that cause an alteration by stress. Research on the relationship between stress and psychobiological development, including mode of attachment, structure of brain circuits, or between them and health, confirmation of these given (Lazzari, 2007). Coming closer all'EMDR, psychobiological studies of PTSD are showing that we are dealing essentially an event (especially complex and pronounced) the effects of stress on the network psycho (Iribarren et al., 2005). Research on PTSD (and other stress disorders DSM) must necessarily cross the strands study mentioned above and use the conceptual framework that arises. Psychobiological effects of extreme stress and trauma should be classified within mind-body interactions and regulation allostatica (load vs. overload allostatico). In our view, beyond the specific effects on the CNS, EMDR has been shown effective in PTSD in connection with his characteristic broad research and use as a "target" rather than individual aspects of an experience, but experience in its different aspects: cognitive, emotional, physiological and relational. Work dell'EMR goes to retrieve a lost and working on this integration. It should be remembered that, in general, and prominent, stress affects the levels of integration, consistency and flexibility of the system: chronic stress for progressive process of dysregulation, the acute "broken", blocks and disconnections. Therefore processing information (and consequences) related to events and stressful situations through a re-integration of all aspects related to psychobiological reach a restructuring. The level of "penetration" (effectiveness) of a therapeutic approach is very attached to his homogeneity with the reality on which it operates, namely the fact of speaking the same language. And this is a great asset for EMDR. The available data are consistent with the statement: EMDR change physiological parameters reducing and canceling the activation by stress, shifting the balance from the inhibition nice parasympathetic activation (Sack et al. 2007) and is associated with lowering dell'arousal physiological, ie regular patterns of activity and trophic (Sack et al. 2008), showing similarities with what happens during REM sleep (Elofsson et al., 2008). EMDR also impacts on physical ailments related to the system of stress, such as have Show searches on dermatological (Gupta, 2002).

Keywords: Body-Mind Interaction  PNEI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


417. Bruno, T. (2006, Maggio). Le emozioni dei terapeuti nel lavoro con persone vittime di traumi interpersonali [The emotions of therapists working with victims of interpersonal trauma]. Presentazione alla Conferenza Nazionale, Associazione per l'EMDR in Italia, Firenza, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Quando ascoltiamo storie di devastazione, terrore, impotenza e di tradimento della fiducia, come naturale conseguenza, le nostre sicurezze più profonde possono essere messe in crisi. Applicando l’EMDR, a volte, possiamo essere messi di fronte alla “realtà del trauma” inaspettatamente, senza parole: il/la paziente “torna là” rivive l’esperienza col corpo e noi assistiamo e “viviamo il suo trauma”. Le emozioni (paura, schifo, terrore, rabbia, senso di paralisi ecc.) possono irrompere nello spazio sicuro della stanza di terapia e sfidare il nostro senso di “invulnerabilità” e prevedibilità. Rispetto all’impatto del materiale traumatico sul terapeuta quando si trova come testimone di eventi terribili e delle loro conseguenze ci possono essere risposte quali senso di paralisi, paura, desideri sadici e di vendetta, fino a “violazioni del setting”. Nel lavoro sul trauma possiamo agire in un continuum che va da risposte di evitamento con sentimenti di rifiuto e rabbia verso risposte di iper identificazione con la vittima. Esiste un rapporto circolare fra aspetti controtransferali e traumatizzazione secondaria negli operatori. Possono emergere problemi esistenziali e spirituali, sentimenti aggressivi e di giudizio, orrore, rabbia, senso di vulnerabilità, dolore-pena e sintomi classici del Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. La conoscenza, la consapevolezza e la gestione di questo processo all’interno della relazione terapeutica è fondante rispetto alla riparazione del danno nelle vittime e alla salute mentale dei terapeuti. Nel corso della presentazione ci sarà una focalizzazione sugli aspetti del ciclo del controtranfert e della traumatizzazione secondaria nel terapeuta e si forniranno elementi di protezione per i terapeuti.

When we hear stories of devastation, terror, helplessness and betrayal of trust, as a natural result, our securities may be made deeper into crisis. Applying EMDR, sometimes, we may be confronted with the "reality of trauma" unexpectedly, without words, it/the patient "back there" relive the experience with the body and we are seeing and "live her trauma." Emotions (fear, disgust, fear, anger, sense of paralysis, etc.) can break into the safe space of the therapy room and challenge our sense of "invulnerability" and predictability. Compared to the impact of traumatic material when the therapist is as a witness to terrible events and their consequences there may be responses such as sense of paralysis, fear, desires and sadistic revenge, to "violations of the setting." In work on trauma, we can act on a continuum ranging from avoidance responses with feelings of rejection and anger responses of hyper identification with the victim. There is a circular relationship between trauma and countertransference issues in the secondary players. Existential and spiritual problems can arise, aggressive feelings and judgments, horror, anger, sense of vulnerability, pain and pain-classic symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Knowledge, awareness and management of this process within the relationship Therapeutic compliance is fundamental to repairing the damage in the victims and mental health therapists. During the presentation there will be a focus on aspects of the cycle controtranfert and secondary traumatization in the therapist and will give protection elements for therapists.

Keywords: Interpersonal Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


418. Robinson, N. S. (2001, June). Life enhancement:  A quality of life focus for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
For people who feel that something essential is missing in terms of goals, creativity, or satisfaction. Participants will be able to: 1) adapt EMDR for non-trauma work; 2) apply techniques of mind mapping and life review movies; and 3) learn to close any course of EMDR more thoroughly.

Keywords: Closing Down A Session  Life Review Movies  Mind Mapping  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


419. Yoeli, F. R. (2002, May/June). Life in the shadow of anxiety; The mask of OCD: and EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Frankfurt, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chairs: Sack M. & Spector J.
My focus today is on the etiology of the trauma-based predisposition to OCD. I would like to demonstrate how the obsessive-compulsive disorder serves the dissociative adult as a MASK thereby maintaining the hidden status of both the traumatic memories, and the dissociation; and finally I would like to demonstrate how EMDR can be used to target the OCD as an ego state to uncover the dissociated parts, the anxiety and the original trauma. I would like to share with you some thoughts and examples from my clinic in the form of these goals, which you will find in your handouts:...[Author abstract]

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder  OCD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


420. Leeds, A. M. (1998). Lifting the burden of shame: Using EMDR resource installation to resolve a therapeutic impasse. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications, (1st ed.) (pp. 256-281). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
With Meredith, what had seemed an insurmountable impasse using a standard PTSD protocol had become amenable to significant resolution when addressed with a non-standard protocol. The key to this approach was to install multiple positive resources without deliberately activating the distressing emotions and associations of a specific, disturbing memory or current stimuli. I have coined the phrase "EMDR resource installation" to describe this protocol. I have since used this approach with other challenging clients who have childhood histories of significant failures of attachment with their primary caregivers. In these cases, their histories and current functioning led me to conclude that their capacity for self-soothing and affect modulation was not yet developed to the point where they could tolerate directly targeting distressing memories using the standard EMDR protocol. [Text, pp. 276-277]

Keywords: Adults  Case Report  Child Abuse  Defense Mechanisms  Diseases  Females  Neglect  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


421. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2002). Light in the heart of darkness: EMDR and the treatment of war and terrorism survivors (1st ed.). New York: Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Notes that the effects of war and terrorism can be long-lasting and discreet, emerging years later in different forms of psychological and physical strain in the body. In this work, the authors uncover how developments in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) can be successfully applied to the treatment of war and terrorism trauma. They address issues confronted by all clinicians attempting to respond to this particular type of trauma--the psychological aftermath of man's inhumanity to man. The authors focus on the application of EMDR to clients' traumatic experiences, covering a wide range of traumatic settings and survivors from school violence to "near-war" experiences, refugees, combat soldiers, children, and emergency service workers. They provide a review of the research on the use of EMDR, specific case studies to demonstrate their results as well as general suggestions for integrating EMDR into the therapeutic process. It is stated that this book can be used as a general reference for all practitioners looking to broaden their understanding and care of trauma patients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Psychotherapeutic Processes  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Survivors  Terrorism  Veterans  War  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


422. Nickerson, M. (2009, April). Listening to the body: Enhancing body awareness in EMDR reprocessing. Presentation at the Western Massachusetts EMDRIA Conference "EMDR and the Body," Amherst, MA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Life experience can shape how a person carries oneself (e.g. slumped shoulders, chronic scowl, etc.). Client postures and gestures can be used effectively to assist recovery from trauma. This workshop will outline specific applications of this concept including using client gestures and postures as targets for reprocessing; to enhance the connection to the NC and/or PC, as part of resource development, and as interweaves. Video recorded case material will illuminate points. Participants will practice these techniques.

Keywords: Body Awareness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


423. Janse, J., & Doornkate, L. (2012, June). Listening with your eyes: Exploring visual aspects of the EMDR-process [Escuchar con los ojos: la exploración de los aspectos visuales del proceso de EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In our therapeutic EMDR work with deaf and hard of hearing clients, we are forced to strongly focus on the visual world. But focus on visual aspects is not only necessary with this client group! When working with pre-­‐verbal trauma, with children or adults who are (not yet) fluent in their native speech or when we use EMDR with clients that use a second language, we will have to use alternatives to spoken languages. When used correctly, visual input can enrich and enable the EMDR process greatly. In this presentation we invite visitors to explore the visual aspects and possibilities of the EMDR process with us. Visitors will feel more adequate in using mimic, visual and imaging techniques with their clients. Video material will enrich our presentation. We will present in English and Dutch sign language. Our interpreter will translate the Dutch sign language in spoken English.

En nuestro trabajo terapéutico con EMDR con clientes sordos o con hipoacusia, nos vemos obligados a centrarnos mucho en el mundo visual. Sin embargo, ¡el énfasis en los aspectos visuales no solo es necesario con este grupo de pacientes! Cuando trabajamos con trauma acaecido durante el período pre-­‐verbal, con niños o con adultos que (aún) no dominan su lengua materna o cuando usamos EMDR con clientes que hablan un segundo idioma, tendremos que hacer uso de alternativas a las lenguas habladas. Cuando se emplea correctamente, el input visual puede enriquecer y capacitar el proceso con EMDR mucho. En esta presentación, invitamos a los visitantes a acompañarnos en nuestra exploración de los aspectos visuales y de las posibilidades del proceso con EMDR. Los visitantes se sentirán más apropiados con la utilización de la mímica y las técnicas visuales y de imagen con sus clientes. Los vídeos servirán para enriquecer nuestras presentaciones. Presentaremos en inglés y en el lenguaje de signos del neerlandés. Nuestra intérprete traducirá de lenguaje de signos neerlandés en inglés hablado.

Keywords: Visual Aspects of EMDR Process  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


424. Hingorany, S. (2010, July). Long-term treatment effect for pain disorder and eating disorder by using EMDR: A case report. Symposium (Samin Karim, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This case received an integrated approach treatment mainly composed of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and Resource Development. The patient did not respond to the previous treatment with psychotropic medications and supportive psychotherapy. Thirty sessions of EMDR treatment were done for the patient. Psychological assessments were conducted before starting the treatment, after 5 months of treatment (mainly using EMDR ), the pain had disappeared completely. Binging Episodes had reduced to nil. The antidepressant medication had been maintained through the treatment. After the treatment, the patient improved on all the psychological scales and behavioural measures. This case suggests that the integrated approach treatment using EMDR may be effective for complex Pain Disorders and Eating Disorders

Keywords: Case Report  Eating Disorders  Pain Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


425. Paulsen, S. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR therapists and clients (269 pp.). Baindrige Island, WA: Sandra Paulsen, Ph.D..

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


426. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR clinicians and clients. Charleston, NC: Booksurge.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.[Publisher Abstract]

Keywords: Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


427. Paulsen, S. L. (2010, February). Looking through the eyes: EMDR & ego state therapy across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the 3rd World Congress of Ego State Therapy, Sun City, South Africa.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop teaches the ego state methods to do this, and this second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods. [The second workshop ”Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State and Somatic Therapies Acrosss the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed.] This first workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Participants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6.For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


428. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes: EMDR, Ego state & somatic therapies across the dissociative continuum. Presentation at the Bainbridge Institute for Integrative Psychology, Bainbridge Island, Washington .

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
There are two workshops that are similar, in that they describe ways to work with dissociative clients in the phased approach recommended by the Treatment Guidelines of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, to which Dr. Paulsen contributed for the Third Revision That phased approach emphasizes stabilization and containment before conducting EMDR, and then using a measured approach to pace the use of EMDR for maximal safety for dissociative clients. The first workshop ["Looking Through the Eyes: EMDR & Ego State Therapy Across the Dissociative Continuum” with its own entry] teaches the ego state methods to do stabilization and containment. This second workshop describes somatic methods as well as ego state methods, making that workshop very full indeed. This workshop will elaborate on the key phase of stabilization, before ever conducting EMDR for a dissociative client. It will describe ways to increase affect tolerance, employ somatic resourcing, and other somatic methods to reconfigure ego states, use a two-step containment strategy for traumatic material and for ego states. A key focus is on working directly with perpetrator introjects or other “monstrous” disowned or shameful parts, to minimize resistance and internal conflict. Leading edge methods for resetting affective circuits and clearing very early attachment trauma will be touched upon. Partipants will be able to: 1. Explain why and when to assess every client for degree of dissociation prior to doing EMDR and choose an appropriate protocol, 2. Utilize a phased approach to therapy, including EMDR when and where appropriate, for complex dissociative clients, 3. List six tactics for stabilizing clients, prior to doing EMDR for dissociative clients to increase rapport, increase soma tolerance, contain affect, orient to present circumstances, reduce inner conflict, and build coping resources, 4. Prepare for EMDR processing using ego state and other methods to clarify roles and plan the work, 5. Structure EMDR sessions using imagery, ego state interventions (and somatic methods, for the second workshop) for pacing, fractionating and trouble shooting the work, and 6. For the somatic version of the workshop, list several somatic interventions to assist with various phases work with dissociative clients.

Keywords: Dissociative Continuum  Ego State Therapy  Somatic Resourcing  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


429. Meignant, I. (2012, April). L’approche systémique et l’EMDR: Soigner le couple [The systems approach and EMDR: Treating the couple]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’utilisation conjointe du modèle systémique du double lien réciproque de Mony ElKaïm et du modèle du Traitement Adaptatif de l'Information (TAI) d’EMDR est une nouvelle perspective pour la thérapie de couple. L'utilisation des deux approches permet de développer un plan de traitement en EMDR qui tient compte et respecte les systèmes relationnels ex : couple, homme /femme, parent/enfant, employé/employeur. Lors de cette présentation les participants apprendront quand et comment travailler avec un membre du couple comme co-thérapeute ; comment un lieu sûr sur le plan individuel peut aussi s’appliquer au niveau du couple et être utilisé durant la session et à la maison ; comment déterminer les cibles dans un plan de traitement EMDR et systémique qui soit guidées par la compréhension systémique du double lien réciproque et finalement comment adapter les 8 phases du protocole EMDR auprès du couple en se basant sur le modèle systémique.
Objectifs d'apprentissage: 1. Déterminer lorsqu’il est approprié d’utiliser l’EMDR en thérapie de couple 2. Pouvoir faire l’installation d’un lieu sûr afin que cela soit une ressource pour le couple 3. Comprendre comment utiliser le modèle systémique du double lien réciproque afin d’identifier les cibles individuelles qui contribuent aux difficultés actuelles du couple 4. Comprendre les particularités de chacune des 8 phases du protocole EMDR lorsque utilisés auprès du couple.

Using both the systemic model of the double reciprocal link Mony Elkaim and model of the Adaptive Information Processing (ADP) EMDR is a new perspective for couple therapy. The use of both approaches can develop a treatment plan that considers EMDR and respects relational systems eg couple, man / wife, parent / child, employee / employer. During this presentation participants will learn when and how to work with a member of the couple as co-therapist; how a safe place at the individual level can also be applied to the couple and used during the session and at home, how identify targets in a treatment plan that is systemic and EMDR guided by the systemic understanding of the double reciprocal link and finally how to adapt the eight phases of EMDR protocol with the torque based on the systemic model.
Learning Objectives: 1. Determine when it is appropriate to use EMDR in couples therapy 2. Able to install a safe place so that this is a resource for the couple 3. Understand how to use the systemic model of the double reciprocal link in order to identify individual targets that contribute to the current difficulties of the couple 4. Understand the particularities of each of eight phases of EMDR protocol when used with the couple.

Keywords: Couples  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


430. Giannantonio, M. (2001, Ottobre). L’eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (E.M.D.R.) negli adulti e adolescenti abusati sessualmente in età infantile [The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in adults and adolescents sexually abused in childhood]. Congresso AIAMC, Palermo, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) nasce come interevento elettivo nella terapia del Disturbo Post-traumatico da Stress (PTSD) e, in particolar modo nelle fasi iniziali del suo consolidamento clinico e teoretico, ha calibrato il proprio protocollo di intervento standard sul PTSD generato da combattimenti bellici, catastrofi naturali e provocate dall’uomo. L’abuso sessuale, soprattutto se avvenuto nell’infanzia, in modo prolungato ed all’interno di un contesto familiare (ovvero il tipo di abuso sessuale sul quale concentrerò ora la mia attenzione), è un tipo di evento traumatico che può presentare caratteristiche peculiari: elementi dissociativi da marcati ad assenti, alterazioni mnestiche e codifiche mnestiche statodipendenti, massicci meccanismi di repressione operanti anche per decenni, condizionamento negativo dell’evoluzione del sistema comportamentale dell’attaccamento, presenza di memorie somatiche di difficile gestione da parte del paziente, disturbi sessuali, difficoltà nell’instaurazione e nel mantenimento della relazione terapeutica. L’abuso sessuale intrafamiliare si accompagna abitualmente alla trascuratezza emotiva ed alla violenza psicologica, in alcuni casi anche a quella fisica. Di fronte ad un quadro 2 clinico così complesso (laddove la presenza di PTSD è semplicemente uno dei possibili esiti psicopatologici, e con ogni probabilità non il più frequente), l’intervento con l’EMDR richiede modificazioni rispetto al protocollo standard di intervento per il PTSD ma, soprattutto, l'inserimento all'interno di un intervento clinico di respiro decisamente più ampio rispetto all’impiego di algoritmi terapeutici ridotti all’essenziale. Il sottoscritto ritiene che, al momento attuale, lo studio più approfondito sull’argomento sia una pubblicazione di Laurel Parnell del 1999. Personalmente, ed in modo concorde con quest’ultimo autore, ho verificato la notevole efficacia nell’operare con l'EMDR - anche molto direttivamente - sulla storia di attaccamento del paziente al fine di colmarne le falle evolutive o eliminare gli ostacoli per il conseguimento di questo fondamentale obiettivo terapeutico.

The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is born as interevento elective in the treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) and, especially in the early stages of its consolidation clinical and theoretical, has calibrated their intervention protocols for the standard PTSD generated by fighting wars, natural disasters and caused man. Sexual abuse, especially if done in childhood, so Prolonged and within a family context (ie the type of abuse which focus on sex now my attention) is a type of event trauma that may have special characteristics: elements dissociative to be marked absent, changes in mnemonic and mnemonic encodings statodipendenti, massive repression mechanisms operating for decades negative evolution of behavioral conditioning system attachment, presence of somatic memories of unmanageable the patient's sexual problems, difficulty in establishing and maintaining the therapeutic relationship. Sexual abuse is intrafamilial usually accompanies the emotional neglect and violence psychological, in some cases to physical. Faced with a framework 2 clinical as complex (where the presence of PTSD is simply a possible outcomes of psychopathology, and probably not the most frequent), intervention with EMDR requires changes compared to standard protocol of intervention for PTSD but, more importantly, the inclusion within a clinical intervention to breath much larger than use of therapeutic algorithms reduced to essentials. My opinion that, at present, more thorough study on the subject is a Published by Laurel Parnell in 1999. Personally, and so agreed with this page, I checked the remarkable effectiveness in working with EMDR - very directly - on the history of attachment of the patient in order to bridge the evolutionary gaps or eliminate obstacles to achieving this important therapeutic target.

Keywords: Adolescents  Adults  Postttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes


431. Solomon, R. M. (2010, Novembre). L’uso dell’ EMDR nel trattamento del dolore, del lutto e del dolore traumatico [The utilization of EMDR in the treatment of grief, mourning and traumatic grief]. Presentazione al "Convegno La psicotraumatologia Oncologica, Roma, Italia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il dolore è uno di reazione ad una perdita e lutto è l'assimilazione e la sistemazione della perdita. Trau